NVIM v0.1.3

Features:
  f2ae5a9 Add TextYankPost and TextDeletePost autocmds
  44b2cef bufhl: new mechanism for plugins to add highlights to a buffer
  39c3842 Make set{qf,loc}list() take {title}
  77a7ca4 'shortmess': Add "F" flag. #4446
  99d4c8c keymap: Support <D-...> (super/command key).

Fixes:
  14c9b30 terminal.c: temporary fix for incorrect paste handling

Notable changes:
  50e129f defaults: Enable syntax and filetype plugins.
  4e39eee upgrade libvterm (improves terminal reflow)

.asan-blacklist

@@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
 # libuv queue.h pointer arithmetic is not accepted by asan
 fun:queue_node_data
+fun:dictwatcher_node_data

.ci/after_success.sh

@@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ if [[ -n "${CI_TARGET}" ]]; then
   exit
 fi
 
-coveralls --gcov "$(which "${GCOV}")" --encoding iso-8859-1 || echo 'coveralls upload failed.'
+[ "$USE_GCOV" = on ] && { coveralls --gcov "$(which "${GCOV}")" --encoding iso-8859-1 || echo 'coveralls upload failed.' ; }

.ci/before_script.sh

@@ -19,6 +19,10 @@ if [[ -n "${LLVM_SYMBOLIZER}" ]] && [[ ! $(type -P "${LLVM_SYMBOLIZER}") ]]; the
   echo "\$LLVM_SYMBOLIZER: '${LLVM_SYMBOLIZER}' is not executable."
   exit 1
 fi
+if [ "${BUILD_32BIT}" = ON ] && [ "${BUILD_MINGW}" = ON ]; then
+  >&2 echo "32-bit MinGW builds not supported."
+  exit 1
+fi
 
 if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" == osx ]]; then
   # Adds user to a dummy group.

.ci/common/build.sh

@@ -1,15 +1,13 @@
 build_deps() {
   if [[ "${BUILD_32BIT}" == ON ]]; then
-    if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
-      >&2 echo "32-bit MinGW builds not supported."
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
     DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS="${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_FLAGS_32BIT}"
   fi
   if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
     DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS="${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_FLAGS_MINGW}"
   fi
+  if [[ "${FUNCTIONALTEST}" == "functionaltest-lua" ]]; then
+    DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS="${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS} -DUSE_BUNDLED_LUA=ON"
+  fi
 
   rm -rf "${DEPS_BUILD_DIR}"
 
@@ -42,11 +40,6 @@ build_nvim() {
     CMAKE_FLAGS="${CMAKE_FLAGS} -DCLANG_${CLANG_SANITIZER}=ON"
   fi
   if [[ "${BUILD_32BIT}" == ON ]]; then
-    if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
-      >&2 echo "32-bit MinGW builds not supported."
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
     CMAKE_FLAGS="${CMAKE_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_FLAGS_32BIT}"
   fi
   if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then

.ci/common/test.sh

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ run_unittests() {
 }
 
 run_functionaltests() {
-  if ! ${MAKE_CMD} -C "${BUILD_DIR}" functionaltest; then
+  if ! ${MAKE_CMD} -C "${BUILD_DIR}" ${FUNCTIONALTEST}; then
     asan_check "${LOG_DIR}"
     valgrind_check "${LOG_DIR}"
     exit 1

.ci/install.sh

@@ -14,7 +14,9 @@ elif [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
   # binutils-mingw-w64-i686 gcc-mingw-w64-i686 g++-mingw-w64-i686 mingw-w64-dev mingw-w64-tools
 
   echo "Downloading MinGW..."
-  curl -sSL "http://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/mingw-w64/Toolchains%20targetting%20Win32/Personal%20Builds/rubenvb/gcc-4.8-release/i686-w64-mingw32-gcc-4.8.0-linux64_rubenvb.tar.xz" | tar xJf - -C "${HOME}/.local"
+  curl -sSL "https://github.com/neovim/deps/raw/master/opt/i686-w64-mingw32-gcc-4.8.0-linux64_rubenvb.tar.xz" \
+    | tar xJf - -C "${HOME}/.local"
+  
 fi
 
 # Set CC to default to avoid compilation problems

.ci/script.sh

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ set -e
 set -o pipefail
 
 if [[ -n "${CI_TARGET}" ]]; then
-  make lint
+  make "${CI_TARGET}"
   exit 0
 fi
 

.editorconfig

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+root = true
+
+[*]
+indent_style = space
+indent_size = 2
+end_of_line = lf
+insert_final_newline = true
+charset = utf_8
+
+[Makefile]
+indent_style = tab
+tab_width = 4

.gitignore

@@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ tags
 # Folder generated by the unit tests
 /test/includes/post/
 
+# generated by luacheck during `make testlint'
+/test/.luacheckcache
+
 # luarocks, not added as a subtree because of the large number of blobs
 /third-party/luarocks
 
@@ -64,3 +67,5 @@ local.mk
 /runtime/doc/doctags
 /runtime/doc/errors.log
 
+# clint errors, generated by `make lint`
+/errors.json

.travis.yml

@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ env:
     - PATH="$(python2.7 -c 'import site; print(site.getuserbase())')/bin:$HOME/.local/mingw32/bin:$PATH"
     # LLVM symbolizer path.
     - LLVM_SYMBOLIZER="$(which llvm-symbolizer-3.6)"
-    # Force verification of DLOG macros.
-    - CFLAGS="-DMIN_LOG_LEVEL=0"
     # Build directory for Neovim.
     - BUILD_DIR="$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/build"
     # Build directory for third-party dependencies.
@@ -28,9 +26,9 @@ env:
     - CMAKE_FLAGS="-DTRAVIS_CI_BUILD=ON
                    -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug
                    -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX:PATH=$INSTALL_PREFIX
-                   -DUSE_GCOV=ON
                    -DBUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE=gtest
-                   -DDEPS_PREFIX=$DEPS_BUILD_DIR/usr"
+                   -DDEPS_PREFIX=$DEPS_BUILD_DIR/usr
+                   -DMIN_LOG_LEVEL=0"
     - DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS="-DDEPS_DOWNLOAD_DIR:PATH=$DEPS_DOWNLOAD_DIR"
     # Additional CMake flags for 32-bit builds.
     - CMAKE_FLAGS_32BIT="-DCMAKE_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH=/lib32:/usr/lib32:/usr/local/lib32
@@ -55,41 +53,43 @@ env:
     # if the tests were successful, but don't have this information
     # available in before_cache (which is run before after_success).
     - SUCCESS_MARKER="$BUILD_DIR/.tests_successful"
+    # default target name for functional tests
+    - FUNCTIONALTEST=functionaltest
 
 matrix:
   include:
     - os: linux
-      env: CI_TARGET=clint
+      env: CI_TARGET=lint
     - os: linux
       compiler: gcc-5
-      env: GCOV=gcov-5
+    - os: linux
+      compiler: gcc-5
+      env: FUNCTIONALTEST=functionaltest-lua
     - os: linux
       # Travis creates a cache per compiler.
       # Set a different value here to store 32-bit
       # dependencies in a separate cache.
       compiler: gcc-5 -m32
-      env: GCOV=gcov-5 BUILD_32BIT=ON
+      env: BUILD_32BIT=ON
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang-3.6
-      env: GCOV=llvm-cov-3.6 CLANG_SANITIZER=ASAN_UBSAN
+      env: GCOV=llvm-cov-3.6 CLANG_SANITIZER=ASAN_UBSAN CMAKE_FLAGS="$CMAKE_FLAGS -DUSE_GCOV=ON"
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang-3.6
-      env: GCOV=llvm-cov-3.6 CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
+      env: CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang-3.6
       env: CLANG_SANITIZER=TSAN
     - os: osx
       compiler: clang
-      env: GCOV=gcov
     - os: osx
       compiler: gcc-4.9
-      env: GCOV=gcov-4.9
     - os: linux
       env: BUILD_MINGW=ON
   fast_finish: true
   allow_failures:
     # TODO: Remove when all MSan errors have been fixed.
-    - env: GCOV=llvm-cov-3.6 CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
+    - env: CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
 
 before_install: .ci/before_install.sh
 install:        .ci/install.sh

BACKERS.md

@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Thank you to everyone who backed our [Bountysource fundraiser](https://www.bount
 - Michael Ulm www.mulm.at
 - Mikael Jansson http://mikaelj.se
 - Mikkel Høgh http://mikkel.hoegh.org/
-- Ming Liu http://www.codingupfengshui.io
+- Ming Liu http://ming.codes
 - Holger Peters http://www.holger-peters.de
 - Alexander Myshov http://myshov.com/
 - Darren Cheng http://sanguinerane.com/

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,13 +1,22 @@
 cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.8.7)
-project(NEOVIM)
+project(nvim)
+
+if(POLICY CMP0059)
+  cmake_policy(SET CMP0059 OLD)  # Needed until cmake 2.8.12. #4389
+endif()
 
 # Point CMake at any custom modules we may ship
 list(APPEND CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake")
 
 # Prefer our bundled versions of dependencies.
 set(DEPS_PREFIX "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/.deps/usr" CACHE PATH "Path prefix for finding dependencies")
-list(INSERT CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH 0 ${DEPS_PREFIX})
-set(ENV{PKG_CONFIG_PATH} "$ENV{PKG_CONFIG_PATH}:${DEPS_PREFIX}/lib/pkgconfig")
+if(CMAKE_CROSSCOMPILING AND NOT UNIX)
+  list(INSERT CMAKE_FIND_ROOT_PATH 0 ${DEPS_PREFIX})
+  list(INSERT CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH 0 ${DEPS_PREFIX}/../host/bin)
+else()
+  list(INSERT CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH 0 ${DEPS_PREFIX})
+  set(ENV{PKG_CONFIG_PATH} "$ENV{PKG_CONFIG_PATH}:${DEPS_PREFIX}/lib/pkgconfig")
+endif()
 
 # used for check_c_compiler_flag
 include(CheckCCompilerFlag)
@@ -35,36 +44,35 @@ if(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME STREQUAL "Darwin")
   set(USE_FNAME_CASE TRUE)
 endif()
 
-# Set available build types for CMake GUIs.
-# A different build type can still be set by -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=...
-set_property(CACHE CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE PROPERTY
-  STRINGS "Debug" "Dev" "Release" "MinSizeRel" "RelWithDebInfo")
-
 # Set default build type.
 if(NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
   message(STATUS "CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE not given, defaulting to 'Dev'.")
   set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE "Dev" CACHE STRING "Choose the type of build." FORCE)
 endif()
 
-# Version tokens
+# Set available build types for CMake GUIs.
+# A different build type can still be set by -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=...
+set_property(CACHE CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE PROPERTY
+  STRINGS "Debug" "Dev" "Release" "MinSizeRel" "RelWithDebInfo")
+
+# If not in a git repo (e.g., a tarball) these tokens define the complete
+# version string, else it is combined with the result of `git describe`.
 set(NVIM_VERSION_MAJOR 0)
 set(NVIM_VERSION_MINOR 1)
-set(NVIM_VERSION_PATCH 0)
+set(NVIM_VERSION_PATCH 3)
+set(NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE "") # for package maintainers
 
 file(TO_CMAKE_PATH ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/.git FORCED_GIT_DIR)
 include(GetGitRevisionDescription)
-if(NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE)
-  get_git_head_revision(GIT_REFSPEC NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT)
-
-  # TODO(justinmk): UTC time would be nice here #1071
-  git_timestamp(GIT_TIMESTAMP)
-  if(GIT_TIMESTAMP)
-    set(NVIM_VERSION_BUILD "+${GIT_TIMESTAMP}")
-  endif()
-else()
-  # If possible, get the Git tag for the current revision.
-  git_get_exact_tag(NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT)
-  set(NVIM_VERSION_BUILD "")
+get_git_head_revision(GIT_REFSPEC NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT)
+if(NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT) # is a git repo
+  git_describe(NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM)
+  # `git describe` annotates the most recent tagged release; for pre-release
+  # builds we must replace that with the unreleased version.
+  string(REGEX REPLACE "^v[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+"
+         "v${NVIM_VERSION_MAJOR}.${NVIM_VERSION_MINOR}.${NVIM_VERSION_PATCH}"
+         NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM
+         ${NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM})
 endif()
 
 set(NVIM_VERSION_BUILD_TYPE "${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}")
@@ -149,7 +157,11 @@ if(${INIT_FLAGS_NAME})
   set(CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS "${${INIT_FLAGS_NAME}}")
 endif()
 
+# Include <string.h> because some toolchains define _FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 in
+# internal header files, which should in turn be #included by <string.h>.
 check_c_source_compiles("
+#include <string.h>
+
 #if defined(_FORTIFY_SOURCE) && _FORTIFY_SOURCE > 1
 #error \"_FORTIFY_SOURCE > 1\"
 #endif
@@ -198,11 +210,18 @@ if(MSVC)
 else()
   add_definitions(-Wall -Wextra -pedantic -Wno-unused-parameter
     -Wstrict-prototypes -std=gnu99)
+
+  # On FreeBSD 64 math.h uses unguarded C11 extension, which taints clang
+  # 3.4.1 used there.
+  if(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME STREQUAL "FreeBSD")
+    add_definitions(-Wno-c11-extensions)
+  endif()
 endif()
 
 if(MINGW)
   # Use POSIX compatible stdio in Mingw
   add_definitions(-D__USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO)
+  add_definitions(-D_WIN32_WINNT=0x0600)
 endif()
 
 # OpenBSD's GCC (4.2.1) doesn't have -Wvla
@@ -211,12 +230,16 @@ if(HAS_WVLA_FLAG)
   add_definitions(-Wvla)
 endif()
 
-check_c_compiler_flag(-fstack-protector-strong HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_STRONG_FLAG)
-check_c_compiler_flag(-fstack-protector HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_FLAG)
-if(HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_STRONG_FLAG)
+if(UNIX)
+  # -fstack-protector breaks non Unix builds even in Mingw-w64
+  check_c_compiler_flag(-fstack-protector-strong HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_STRONG_FLAG)
+  check_c_compiler_flag(-fstack-protector HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_FLAG)
+
+  if(HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_STRONG_FLAG)
     add_definitions(-fstack-protector-strong)
-elseif(HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_FLAG)
+  elseif(HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_FLAG)
     add_definitions(-fstack-protector --param ssp-buffer-size=4)
+  endif()
 endif()
 
 check_c_compiler_flag(-fdiagnostics-color=auto HAS_DIAG_COLOR_FLAG)
@@ -245,6 +268,10 @@ if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX AND CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME STREQUAL "Linux")
   set(CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS} -Wl,--no-undefined")
   set(CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS} -Wl,--no-undefined")
   set(CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS "${CMAKE_MODULE_LINKER_FLAGS} -Wl,--no-undefined")
+
+  # For O_CLOEXEC, O_DIRECTORY, and O_NOFOLLOW flags on older systems
+  # (pre POSIX.1-2008: glibc 2.11 and earlier). #4042
+  add_definitions(-D_GNU_SOURCE)
 endif()
 
 if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX AND CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME STREQUAL "SunOS")
@@ -270,7 +297,7 @@ include(CheckLibraryExists)
 find_package(LibUV REQUIRED)
 include_directories(SYSTEM ${LIBUV_INCLUDE_DIRS})
 
-find_package(Msgpack REQUIRED)
+find_package(Msgpack 1.0.0 REQUIRED)
 include_directories(SYSTEM ${MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIRS})
 
 find_package(LuaJit REQUIRED)
@@ -327,9 +354,16 @@ endif()
 set(CMAKE_THREAD_PREFER_PTHREAD ON)
 find_package(Threads REQUIRED)
 
+# Place targets in bin/ or lib/ for all build configurations
 set(CMAKE_RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/bin)
 set(CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib)
 set(CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib)
+foreach(CFGNAME ${CMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES})
+  string(TOUPPER ${CFGNAME} CFGNAME)
+  set(CMAKE_RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_${CFGNAME} ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/bin)
+  set(CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_${CFGNAME} ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib)
+  set(CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_${CFGNAME} ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib)
+endforeach()
 
 # Find Lua interpreter
 include(LuaHelpers)
@@ -360,10 +394,13 @@ message(STATUS "Using the Lua interpreter ${LUA_PRG}.")
 
 # Setup busted.
 find_program(BUSTED_PRG busted)
+find_program(BUSTED_LUA_PRG busted-lua)
 if(NOT BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE)
   set(BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE "utfTerminal")
 endif()
 
+find_program(LUACHECK_PRG luacheck)
+
 include(InstallHelpers)
 
 file(GLOB MANPAGES
@@ -374,6 +411,16 @@ install_helper(
   FILES ${MANPAGES}
   DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_MANDIR}/man1)
 
+# MIN_LOG_LEVEL for log.h
+if(DEFINED MIN_LOG_LEVEL)
+  if(NOT MIN_LOG_LEVEL MATCHES "^[0-3]$")
+    message(FATAL_ERROR "MIN_LOG_LEVEL must be a number DEBUG (0), INFO (1), WARNING (2) or ERROR (3)")
+  endif()
+  message(STATUS "Log level set to ${MIN_LOG_LEVEL}")
+else()
+  message(STATUS "Log level not specified, defaulting to INFO(1)")
+endif()
+
 # Go down the tree.
 
 add_subdirectory(src/nvim)
@@ -398,7 +445,11 @@ if(BUSTED_PRG)
   if(POLICY CMP0026)
     cmake_policy(SET CMP0026 OLD)
   endif()
+  if(CMAKE_GENERATOR MATCHES "Visual Studio")
+    set(TEST_LIBNVIM_PATH ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib/nvim-test.dll)
+  else()
     get_target_property(TEST_LIBNVIM_PATH nvim-test LOCATION)
+  endif()
 
   configure_file(
     test/config/paths.lua.in
@@ -454,3 +505,37 @@ if(BUSTED_PRG)
       -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTests.cmake
     DEPENDS ${BENCHMARK_PREREQS})
 endif()
+
+if(BUSTED_LUA_PRG)
+  add_custom_target(functionaltest-lua
+    COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
+      -DBUSTED_PRG=${BUSTED_LUA_PRG}
+      -DNVIM_PRG=$<TARGET_FILE:nvim>
+      -DWORKING_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
+      -DBUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE=${BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE}
+      -DTEST_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/test
+      -DBUILD_DIR=${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}
+      -DTEST_TYPE=functional
+      -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTests.cmake
+    DEPENDS ${FUNCTIONALTEST_PREREQS})
+endif()
+
+if(LUACHECK_PRG)
+  add_custom_target(testlint
+    COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
+      -DLUACHECK_PRG=${LUACHECK_PRG}
+      -DTEST_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/test
+      -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTestsLint.cmake)
+endif()
+
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME "Neovim")
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR "neovim.io")
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION ${NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM})
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY "Neovim")
+# Set toplevel directory/installer name as Neovim
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME "Neovim")
+set(CPACK_TOPLEVEL_TAG "Neovim")
+set(CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/LICENSE")
+set(CPACK_NSIS_MODIFY_PATH ON)
+set(CPACK_NSIS_ENABLE_UNINSTALL_BEFORE_INSTALL ON)
+include(CPack)

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -23,15 +23,10 @@ If your issue isn't mentioned there:
   your problem persists.
 - If you're experiencing compile or runtime warnings/failures, try searching for
   the error message(s) you received (if any) on [Neovim's issue tracker][github-issues].
-    - For build issues, see
-      [Troubleshooting#build-issues][wiki-troubleshooting-build-issues].
-    - For runtime issues, see
-      [Troubleshooting#runtime-issues][wiki-troubleshooting-runtime-issues].
-      If your issue isn't mentioned there, try to reproduce your it using
-      `nvim` with the smallest possible `nvimrc` (or none at all via `nvim -u
-      NONE`), to rule out bugs in plugins you're using.
-      If you're using a plugin manager, comment out your plugins, then add
-      them back in one by one.
+- For runtime issues, try reproducing it using `nvim` with the smallest
+  possible `vimrc` (or none at all via `nvim -u NONE`), to rule out bugs in
+  plugins you're using. If you're using a plugin manager, comment out your
+  plugins, then add them back in one by one.
 
 Include as much detail as possible; we generally need to know:
 
@@ -112,10 +107,9 @@ happen to be modifying anyway. Fix anything that looks outright
 otherwise prefer to leave things as they are.
 
 For new code, run `make lint` (which runs [clint.py][clint]) to detect style
-errors. Make sure that the file(s) you intend to be linted are not in
-`clint-ignored-files.txt`. It's not perfect, so some warnings may be false
-positives/negatives. To have `clint.py` ignore certain cases, put `// NOLINT`
-at the end of the line.
+errors. It's not perfect, so some warnings may be false positives/negatives.
+To have `clint.py` ignore certain cases, put `// NOLINT` at the end of the
+line.
 
 We also provide a configuration file for [`clang-format`][clang-format], which
 can be used to format code according to the style guidelines. Be aware that
@@ -196,6 +190,4 @@ such as [`tig`][tig].
 [wiki-contributing]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Contributing
 [wiki-faq]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/FAQ
 [wiki-review-checklist]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Code-review-checklist
-[wiki-troubleshooting-build-issues]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Troubleshooting#build-issues
-[wiki-troubleshooting-runtime-issues]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Troubleshooting#runtime-issues
 [wiki-troubleshooting]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Troubleshooting

ISSUE_TEMPLATE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+- Neovim version:
+- [ ] Vim behaves differently?
+    - Vim version:
+- Operating system/version:
+- Terminal name/version:
+- `$TERM`:
+
+### Actual behaviour
+
+### Expected behaviour
+
+### Steps to reproduce using `nvim -u NONE`
+
+1. `nvim -u NONE`
+2. 

Makefile

@@ -45,6 +45,11 @@ ifneq (,$(USE_BUNDLED_DEPS))
   BUNDLED_CMAKE_FLAG := -DUSE_BUNDLED=$(USE_BUNDLED_DEPS)
 endif
 
+ifneq (,$(findstring functionaltest-lua,$(MAKECMDGOALS)))
+  BUNDLED_LUA_CMAKE_FLAG := -DUSE_BUNDLED_LUA=ON
+  $(shell [ -x .deps/usr/bin/lua ] || rm build/.ran-*)
+endif
+
 # For use where we want to make sure only a single job is run.  This does issue 
 # a warning, but we need to keep SCRIPTS argument.
 SINGLE_MAKE = export MAKEFLAGS= ; $(MAKE)
@@ -74,7 +79,7 @@ build/.ran-third-party-cmake:
 ifeq ($(call filter-true,$(USE_BUNDLED_DEPS)),)
 	mkdir -p .deps
 	cd .deps && \
-		cmake -G '$(BUILD_TYPE)' $(BUNDLED_CMAKE_FLAG) \
+		cmake -G '$(BUILD_TYPE)' $(BUNDLED_CMAKE_FLAG) $(BUNDLED_LUA_CMAKE_FLAG) \
 		$(DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS) ../third-party
 endif
 	mkdir -p build
@@ -86,7 +91,11 @@ oldtest: | nvim
 functionaltest: | nvim
 	+$(BUILD_CMD) -C build functionaltest
 
-test: functionaltest
+functionaltest-lua: | nvim
+	+$(BUILD_CMD) -C build functionaltest-lua
+
+testlint: | nvim
+	$(BUILD_CMD) -C build testlint
 
 unittest: | nvim
 	+$(BUILD_CMD) -C build unittest
@@ -94,6 +103,8 @@ unittest: | nvim
 benchmark: | nvim
 	+$(BUILD_CMD) -C build benchmark
 
+test: functionaltest unittest
+
 clean:
 	+test -d build && $(BUILD_CMD) -C build clean || true
 	$(MAKE) -C src/nvim/testdir clean
@@ -110,4 +121,4 @@ lint:
 		-DLINT_SUPPRESS_URL="$(DOC_DOWNLOAD_URL_BASE)$(CLINT_ERRORS_FILE_PATH)" \
 		-P cmake/RunLint.cmake
 
-.PHONY: test functionaltest unittest lint clean distclean nvim libnvim cmake deps install
+.PHONY: test testlint functionaltest unittest lint clean distclean nvim libnvim cmake deps install

clint.py

@@ -198,6 +198,8 @@ _ERROR_CATEGORIES = [
     'runtime/printf',
     'runtime/printf_format',
     'runtime/threadsafe_fn',
+    'syntax/parenthesis',
+    'whitespace/alignment',
     'whitespace/blank_line',
     'whitespace/braces',
     'whitespace/comma',
@@ -213,7 +215,7 @@ _ERROR_CATEGORIES = [
     'whitespace/parens',
     'whitespace/semicolon',
     'whitespace/tab',
-    'whitespace/todo'
+    'whitespace/todo',
 ]
 
 # The default state of the category filter. This is overrided by the --filter=
@@ -826,9 +828,9 @@ def Error(filename, linenum, category, confidence, message):
 _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_ESCAPES = re.compile(
     r'\\([abfnrtv?"\\\']|\d+|x[0-9a-fA-F]+)')
 # Matches strings.  Escape codes should already be removed by ESCAPES.
-_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r'"[^"]*"')
+_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r'"([^"]*)"')
 # Matches characters.  Escape codes should already be removed by ESCAPES.
-_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r"'.'")
+_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r"'(.)'")
 # Matches multi-line C++ comments.
 # This RE is a little bit more complicated than one might expect, because we
 # have to take care of space removals tools so we can handle comments inside
@@ -923,39 +925,48 @@ def CleanseComments(line):
 
 class CleansedLines(object):
 
-    """Holds 3 copies of all lines with different preprocessing applied to them.
+    """Holds 5 copies of all lines with different preprocessing applied to them.
 
     1) elided member contains lines without strings and comments,
     2) lines member contains lines without comments, and
-    3) raw_lines member contains all the lines without processing.
+    3) raw_lines member contains all the lines with multiline comments replaced.
+    4) init_lines member contains all the lines without processing.
+    5) elided_with_space_strings is like elided, but with string literals
+       looking like `"   "`.
     All these three members are of <type 'list'>, and of the same length.
     """
 
-    def __init__(self, lines):
+    def __init__(self, lines, init_lines):
         self.elided = []
         self.lines = []
         self.raw_lines = lines
         self.num_lines = len(lines)
+        self.init_lines = init_lines
         self.lines_without_raw_strings = lines
+        self.elided_with_space_strings = []
         for linenum in range(len(self.lines_without_raw_strings)):
             self.lines.append(CleanseComments(
                 self.lines_without_raw_strings[linenum]))
             elided = self._CollapseStrings(
                 self.lines_without_raw_strings[linenum])
             self.elided.append(CleanseComments(elided))
+            elided = CleanseComments(self._CollapseStrings(
+                self.lines_without_raw_strings[linenum], True))
+            self.elided_with_space_strings.append(elided)
 
     def NumLines(self):
         """Returns the number of lines represented."""
         return self.num_lines
 
     @staticmethod
-    def _CollapseStrings(elided):
+    def _CollapseStrings(elided, keep_spaces=False):
         """Collapses strings and chars on a line to simple "" or '' blocks.
 
         We nix strings first so we're not fooled by text like '"http://"'
 
         Args:
           elided: The line being processed.
+          keep_spaces: If true, collapse to
 
         Returns:
           The line with collapsed strings.
@@ -964,12 +975,75 @@ class CleansedLines(object):
             # Remove escaped characters first to make quote/single quote
             # collapsing basic.  Things that look like escaped characters
             # shouldn't occur outside of strings and chars.
-            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_ESCAPES.sub('', elided)
-            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES.sub("''", elided)
-            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES.sub('""', elided)
+            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_ESCAPES.sub(
+                '' if not keep_spaces else lambda m: ' ' * len(m.group(0)),
+                elided)
+            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES.sub(
+                "''" if not keep_spaces
+                else lambda m: "'" + (' ' * len(m.group(1))) + "'",
+                elided)
+            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES.sub(
+                '""' if not keep_spaces
+                else lambda m: '"' + (' ' * len(m.group(1))) + '"',
+                elided)
         return elided
 
 
+BRACES = {
+    '(': ')',
+    '{': '}',
+    '[': ']',
+    # '<': '>',  C++-specific pair removed
+}
+
+
+CLOSING_BRACES = dict(((v, k) for k, v in BRACES.items()))
+
+
+def GetExprBracesPosition(clean_lines, linenum, pos):
+    """List positions of all kinds of braces
+
+    If input points to ( or { or [ then function proceeds until finding the
+    position which closes it.
+
+    Args:
+      clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+      linenum: Current line number.
+      pos: A position on the line.
+
+    Yields:
+      A tuple (linenum, pos, brace, depth) that points to each brace.
+      Additionally each new line (linenum, pos, 's', depth) is yielded, for each
+      line end (linenum, pos, 'e', depth) is yielded and at the very end it
+      yields (linenum, pos, None, None).
+    """
+    depth = 0
+    yielded_line_start = True
+    startpos = pos
+    while linenum < clean_lines.NumLines() - 1:
+        line = clean_lines.elided_with_space_strings[linenum]
+        if not line.startswith('#') or yielded_line_start:
+            # Ignore #ifdefs, but not if it is macros that are checked
+            for i, brace in enumerate(line[startpos:]):
+                pos = i + startpos
+                if brace != ' ' and not yielded_line_start:
+                    yield (linenum, pos, 's', depth)
+                    yielded_line_start = True
+                if brace in BRACES:
+                    depth += 1
+                    yield (linenum, pos, brace, depth)
+                elif brace in CLOSING_BRACES:
+                    yield (linenum, pos, brace, depth)
+                    depth -= 1
+                if depth == 0:
+                    yield (linenum, pos, None, None)
+                    return
+            yield (linenum, len(line) - 1, 'e', depth)
+        yielded_line_start = False
+        startpos = 0
+        linenum += 1
+
+
 def FindEndOfExpressionInLine(line, startpos, depth, startchar, endchar):
     """Find the position just after the matching endchar.
 
@@ -995,9 +1069,9 @@ def FindEndOfExpressionInLine(line, startpos, depth, startchar, endchar):
 
 
 def CloseExpression(clean_lines, linenum, pos):
-    """If input points to ( or { or [ or <, finds the position that closes it.
+    """If input points to ( or { or [, finds the position that closes it.
 
-    If lines[linenum][pos] points to a '(' or '{' or '[' or '<', finds the
+    If lines[linenum][pos] points to a '(' or '{' or '[', finds the
     linenum/pos that correspond to the closing of the expression.
 
     Args:
@@ -1014,16 +1088,9 @@ def CloseExpression(clean_lines, linenum, pos):
 
     line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
     startchar = line[pos]
-    if startchar not in '({[<':
+    if startchar not in BRACES:
         return (line, clean_lines.NumLines(), -1)
-    if startchar == '(':
-        endchar = ')'
-    if startchar == '[':
-        endchar = ']'
-    if startchar == '{':
-        endchar = '}'
-    if startchar == '<':
-        endchar = '>'
+    endchar = BRACES[startchar]
 
     # Check first line
     (end_pos, num_open) = FindEndOfExpressionInLine(
@@ -1300,6 +1367,23 @@ def CheckForMultilineCommentsAndStrings(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
               'Use C++11 raw strings or concatenation instead.')
 
 
+def CheckForOldStyleComments(filename, line, linenum, error):
+    """Logs an error if we see /*-style comment
+
+    Args:
+      filename: The name of the current file.
+      line: The text of the line to check.
+      linenum: The number of the line to check.
+      error: The function to call with any errors found.
+    """
+    if line.find('/*') >= 0 and line[-1] != '\\':
+        error(filename, linenum, 'readability/old_style_comment', 5,
+              '/*-style comment found, it should be replaced with //-style.  '
+              '/*-style comments are only allowed inside macros.  '
+              'Note that you should not use /*-style comments to document '
+              'macros itself, use doxygen-style comments for this.')
+
+
 threading_list = (
     ('asctime(', 'os_asctime_r('),
     ('ctime(', 'os_ctime_r('),
@@ -1968,6 +2052,92 @@ def FindPreviousMatchingAngleBracket(clean_lines, linenum, init_prefix):
     return False
 
 
+def CheckExpressionAlignment(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error, startpos=0):
+    """Checks for the correctness of alignment inside expressions
+
+    Args:
+      filename: The name of the current file.
+      clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+      linenum: The number of the line to check.
+      error: The function to call with any errors found.
+      startpos: Position where to start searching for expression start.
+    """
+    level_starts = {}
+    line = clean_lines.elided_with_space_strings[linenum]
+    prev_line_start = Search(r'\S', line).start()
+    depth_line_starts = {}
+    pos = min([
+        idx
+        for idx in (
+            line.find(k, startpos)
+            for k in BRACES
+            if k != '{'
+        )
+        if idx >= 0
+    ] + [len(line) + 1])
+    if pos == len(line) + 1:
+        return
+    ignore_error_levels = set()
+    firstlinenum = linenum
+    for linenum, pos, brace, depth in GetExprBracesPosition(
+        clean_lines, linenum, pos
+    ):
+        line = clean_lines.elided_with_space_strings[linenum]
+        if depth is None:
+            if pos < len(line) - 1:
+                CheckExpressionAlignment(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error,
+                                         pos + 1)
+            return
+        elif depth <= 0:
+            error(filename, linenum, 'syntax/parenthesis', 4,
+                  'Unbalanced parenthesis')
+            return
+        if brace == 's':
+            assert firstlinenum != linenum
+            if level_starts[depth][1]:
+                if line[pos] == BRACES[depth_line_starts[depth][1]]:
+                    if pos != depth_line_starts[depth][0]:
+                        if depth not in ignore_error_levels:
+                            error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/indent', 2,
+                                  'End of the inner expression should have '
+                                  'the same indent as start')
+                else:
+                    if (pos != depth_line_starts[depth][0] + 4
+                        and not (depth_line_starts[depth][1] == '{'
+                                 and pos == depth_line_starts[depth][0] + 2)):
+                        if depth not in ignore_error_levels:
+                            error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/indent', 2,
+                                  'Inner expression indentation should be 4')
+            else:
+                if (pos != level_starts[depth][0] + 1
+                    + (level_starts[depth][2] == '{')):
+                    if depth not in ignore_error_levels:
+                        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/alignment', 2,
+                              'Inner expression should be aligned '
+                              'as opening brace + 1 (+ 2 in case of {)')
+            prev_line_start = pos
+        elif brace == 'e':
+            pass
+        else:
+            opening = brace in BRACES
+            if opening:
+                # Only treat {} as part of the expression if it is preceded by
+                # "=" (brace initializer) or "(type)" (construct like (struct
+                # foo) { ... }).
+                if brace == '{' and not (Search(
+                    r'(?:= *|\((?:struct )?\w+(\s*\[\w*\])?\)) *$',
+                    line[:pos])
+                ):
+                    ignore_error_levels.add(depth)
+                line_ended_with_opening = (
+                    pos == len(line) - 2 * (line.endswith(' \\')) - 1)
+                level_starts[depth] = (pos, line_ended_with_opening, brace)
+                if line_ended_with_opening:
+                    depth_line_starts[depth] = (prev_line_start, brace)
+            else:
+                del level_starts[depth]
+
+
 def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
     """Checks for the correctness of various spacing issues in the code.
 
@@ -1975,7 +2145,8 @@ def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
     if/for/while/switch, no spaces around parens in function calls, two
     spaces between code and comment, don't start a block with a blank
     line, don't end a function with a blank line, don't add a blank line
-    after public/protected/private, don't have too many blank lines in a row.
+    after public/protected/private, don't have too many blank lines in a row,
+    spaces after {, spaces before }.
 
     Args:
       filename: The name of the current file.
@@ -2236,6 +2407,10 @@ def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
     # Next we will look for issues with function calls.
     CheckSpacingForFunctionCall(filename, line, linenum, error)
 
+    # Check whether everything inside expressions is aligned correctly
+    if any((line.find(k) >= 0 for k in BRACES if k != '{')):
+        CheckExpressionAlignment(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error)
+
     # Except after an opening paren, or after another opening brace (in case of
     # an initializer list, for instance), you should have spaces before your
     # braces. And since you should never have braces at the beginning of a line,
@@ -2292,8 +2467,6 @@ def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
               'Extra space before [')
 
     # You shouldn't have a space before a semicolon at the end of the line.
-    # There's a special case for "for" since the style guide allows space before
-    # the semicolon there.
     if Search(r':\s*;\s*$', line):
         error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 5,
               'Semicolon defining empty statement. Use {} instead.')
@@ -2301,12 +2474,18 @@ def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
         error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 5,
               'Line contains only semicolon. If this should be an empty'
               ' statement, use {} instead.')
-    elif (Search(r'\s+;\s*$', line) and
-          not Search(r'\bfor\b', line)):
+    elif Search(r'\s+;\s*$', line):
         error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 5,
               'Extra space before last semicolon. If this should be an empty '
               'statement, use {} instead.')
 
+    if Search(r'\{(?!\})\S', line):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/braces', 5,
+              'Missing space after {')
+    if Search(r'\S(?<!\{)\}', line):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/braces', 5,
+              'Missing space before }')
+
 
 def GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum):
     """Return the most recent non-blank line and its line number.
@@ -2361,11 +2540,27 @@ def CheckBraces(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
                       ' of the previous line')
 
     # An else clause should be on the same line as the preceding closing brace.
+    # If there is no preceding closing brace, there should be one.
     if Match(r'\s*else\s*', line):
         prevline = GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum)[0]
         if Match(r'\s*}\s*$', prevline):
             error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/newline', 4,
                   'An else should appear on the same line as the preceding }')
+        else:
+            error(filename, linenum, 'readability/braces', 5,
+                  'An else should always have braces before it')
+
+    # If should always have a brace
+    for blockstart in ('if', 'while', 'for'):
+        if Match(r'\s*{0}(?!\w)[^{{]*$'.format(blockstart), line):
+            pos = line.find(blockstart)
+            pos = line.find('(', pos)
+            if pos > 0:
+                (endline, _, endpos) = CloseExpression(
+                    clean_lines, linenum, pos)
+                if endline[endpos:].find('{') == -1:
+                    error(filename, linenum, 'readability/braces', 5,
+                          '{0} should always use braces'.format(blockstart))
 
     # If braces come on one side of an else, they should be on both.
     # However, we have to worry about "else if" that spans multiple lines!
@@ -3026,12 +3221,14 @@ def ProcessLine(filename, file_extension, clean_lines, line,
                               arguments : filename, clean_lines, line, error
     """
     raw_lines = clean_lines.raw_lines
+    init_lines = clean_lines.init_lines
     ParseNolintSuppressions(filename, raw_lines[line], line, error)
     nesting_state.Update(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
     if nesting_state.stack and nesting_state.stack[-1].inline_asm != _NO_ASM:
         return
     CheckForFunctionLengths(filename, clean_lines, line, function_state, error)
     CheckForMultilineCommentsAndStrings(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
+    CheckForOldStyleComments(filename, init_lines[line], line, error)
     CheckStyle(
         filename, clean_lines, line, file_extension, nesting_state, error)
     CheckLanguage(filename, clean_lines, line, file_extension, include_state,
@@ -3072,12 +3269,12 @@ def ProcessFileData(filename, file_extension, lines, error,
     for line in range(1, len(lines)):
         ParseKnownErrorSuppressions(filename, lines, line)
 
-    if _cpplint_state.record_errors_file:
-        raw_lines = lines[:]
+    init_lines = lines[:]
 
+    if _cpplint_state.record_errors_file:
         def RecordedError(filename, linenum, category, confidence, message):
             if not IsErrorSuppressedByNolint(category, linenum):
-                key = raw_lines[linenum - 1 if linenum else 0:linenum + 2]
+                key = init_lines[linenum - 1 if linenum else 0:linenum + 2]
                 err = [filename, key, category]
                 json.dump(err, _cpplint_state.record_errors_file)
                 _cpplint_state.record_errors_file.write('\n')
@@ -3089,7 +3286,7 @@ def ProcessFileData(filename, file_extension, lines, error,
         CheckForHeaderGuard(filename, lines, error)
 
     RemoveMultiLineComments(filename, lines, error)
-    clean_lines = CleansedLines(lines)
+    clean_lines = CleansedLines(lines, init_lines)
     for line in range(clean_lines.NumLines()):
         ProcessLine(filename, file_extension, clean_lines, line,
                     include_state, function_state, nesting_state, error,
@@ -3119,7 +3316,7 @@ def ProcessFile(filename, vlevel, extra_check_functions=[]):
     _SetVerboseLevel(vlevel)
 
     try:
-        # Support the UNIX convention of using "-" for stdin.  Note that
+        # Support the Unix convention of using "-" for stdin.  Note that
         # we are not opening the file with universal newline support
         # (which codecs doesn't support anyway), so the resulting lines do
         # contain trailing '\r' characters if we are reading a file that

cmake/FindLibUV.cmake

@@ -59,11 +59,6 @@ if(HAVE_LIBDL)
   list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES dl)
 endif()
 
-check_library_exists(iphlpapi GetAdaptersAddresses "iphlpapi.h" HAVE_LIBIPHLPAPI)
-if(HAVE_LIBIPHLPAPI)
-  list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES iphlpapi)
-endif()
-
 check_library_exists(kstat kstat_lookup "kstat.h" HAVE_LIBKSTAT)
 if(HAVE_LIBKSTAT)
   list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES kstat)
@@ -84,11 +79,6 @@ if(HAVE_LIBPERFSTAT)
   list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES perfstat)
 endif()
 
-check_library_exists(psapi GetProcessMemoryInfo "psapi.h" HAVE_LIBPSAPI)
-if(HAVE_LIBPSAPI)
-  list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES psapi)
-endif()
-
 check_library_exists(rt clock_gettime "time.h" HAVE_LIBRT)
 if(HAVE_LIBRT)
   list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES rt)
@@ -99,13 +89,12 @@ if(HAVE_LIBSENDFILE)
   list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES sendfile)
 endif()
 
-check_library_exists(userenv GetUserProfileDirectoryW "userenv.h" HAVE_LIBUSERENV)
-if(HAVE_LIBUSERENV)
+if(WIN32)
+  # check_library_exists() does not work for Win32 API calls in X86 due to name
+  # mangling calling conventions
+  list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES iphlpapi)
+  list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES psapi)
   list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES userenv)
-endif()
-
-check_library_exists(ws2_32 WSAStartup "winsock2.h" HAVE_LIBWS232)
-if(HAVE_LIBWS232)
   list(APPEND LIBUV_LIBRARIES ws2_32)
 endif()
 

cmake/FindLuaJit.cmake

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ endif()
 if(MSVC)
   list(APPEND LUAJIT_NAMES lua51)
 elseif(MINGW)
-  list(APPEND LUAJIT_NAMES libluajit)
+  list(APPEND LUAJIT_NAMES libluajit libluajit-5.1)
 else()
   list(APPEND LUAJIT_NAMES luajit-5.1)
 endif()

cmake/FindMsgpack.cmake

@@ -7,7 +7,9 @@
 if(NOT MSGPACK_USE_BUNDLED)
   find_package(PkgConfig)
   if (PKG_CONFIG_FOUND)
-    pkg_check_modules(PC_MSGPACK QUIET msgpack)
+    pkg_search_module(PC_MSGPACK QUIET
+      msgpackc>=${Msgpack_FIND_VERSION}
+      msgpack>=${Msgpack_FIND_VERSION})
   endif()
 else()
   set(PC_MSGPACK_INCLUDEDIR)
@@ -19,19 +21,33 @@ endif()
 
 set(MSGPACK_DEFINITIONS ${PC_MSGPACK_CFLAGS_OTHER})
 
-find_path(MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR msgpack.h
+find_path(MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR msgpack/version_master.h
   HINTS ${PC_MSGPACK_INCLUDEDIR} ${PC_MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIRS}
   ${LIMIT_SEARCH})
 
-# If we're asked to use static linkage, add libmsgpack.a as a preferred library name.
+if(MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR)
+  file(READ ${MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR}/msgpack/version_master.h msgpack_version_h)
+  string(REGEX REPLACE ".*MSGPACK_VERSION_MAJOR +([0-9]+).*" "\\1" MSGPACK_VERSION_MAJOR "${msgpack_version_h}")
+  string(REGEX REPLACE ".*MSGPACK_VERSION_MINOR +([0-9]+).*" "\\1" MSGPACK_VERSION_MINOR "${msgpack_version_h}")
+  string(REGEX REPLACE ".*MSGPACK_VERSION_REVISION +([0-9]+).*" "\\1" MSGPACK_VERSION_REVISION "${msgpack_version_h}")
+  set(MSGPACK_VERSION_STRING "${MSGPACK_VERSION_MAJOR}.${MSGPACK_VERSION_MINOR}.${MSGPACK_VERSION_REVISION}")
+else()
+  set(MSGPACK_VERSION_STRING)
+endif()
+
+# If we're asked to use static linkage, add libmsgpack{,c}.a as a preferred library name.
 if(MSGPACK_USE_STATIC)
   list(APPEND MSGPACK_NAMES
+    "${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_PREFIX}msgpackc${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}"
     "${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_PREFIX}msgpack${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}")
 endif()
 
-list(APPEND MSGPACK_NAMES msgpack)
+list(APPEND MSGPACK_NAMES msgpackc msgpack)
 
 find_library(MSGPACK_LIBRARY NAMES ${MSGPACK_NAMES}
+  # Check each directory for all names to avoid using headers/libraries from
+  # different places.
+  NAMES_PER_DIR
   HINTS ${PC_MSGPACK_LIBDIR} ${PC_MSGPACK_LIBRARY_DIRS}
   ${LIMIT_SEARCH})
 
@@ -43,6 +59,7 @@ set(MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIRS ${MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR})
 include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
 # handle the QUIETLY and REQUIRED arguments and set MSGPACK_FOUND to TRUE
 # if all listed variables are TRUE
-find_package_handle_standard_args(Msgpack DEFAULT_MSG
-                                  MSGPACK_LIBRARY MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR)
+find_package_handle_standard_args(Msgpack
+  REQUIRED_VARS MSGPACK_LIBRARY MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR
+  VERSION_VAR MSGPACK_VERSION_STRING)
 

cmake/GenerateHelptags.cmake.in

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ file(WRITE ${EMPTY_FILE} "")
 execute_process(
   COMMAND ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/bin/nvim
     -u NONE
-    -esX
+    -es
     -c "helptags ++t ."
     -c quit
   WORKING_DIRECTORY ${HELPTAGS_WORKING_DIRECTORY}

cmake/RunLint.cmake

@@ -2,7 +2,11 @@ get_filename_component(LINT_DIR ${LINT_DIR} ABSOLUTE)
 get_filename_component(LINT_PREFIX ${LINT_DIR} PATH)
 set(LINT_SUPPRESS_FILE "${LINT_PREFIX}/errors.json")
 
-file(GLOB_RECURSE LINT_FILES ${LINT_DIR}/*.c ${LINT_DIR}/*.h)
+if(DEFINED ENV{LINT_FILE})
+  file(GLOB_RECURSE LINT_FILES "$ENV{LINT_FILE}")
+else()
+  file(GLOB_RECURSE LINT_FILES ${LINT_DIR}/*.c ${LINT_DIR}/*.h)
+endif()
 
 set(LINT_ARGS)
 

cmake/RunTestsLint.cmake

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+execute_process(
+  COMMAND ${LUACHECK_PRG} -q ${TEST_DIR}
+  WORKING_DIRECTORY ${TEST_DIR}
+  ERROR_VARIABLE err
+  RESULT_VARIABLE res
+  ${EXTRA_ARGS})
+
+if(NOT res EQUAL 0)
+  message(STATUS "Output to stderr:\n${err}")
+  message(FATAL_ERROR "Linting tests failed with error: ${res}.")
+endif()

config/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ include(CheckCSourceCompiles)
 check_type_size("int" SIZEOF_INT)
 check_type_size("long" SIZEOF_LONG)
 check_type_size("intmax_t" SIZEOF_INTMAX_T)
-check_type_size("off_t" SIZEOF_OFF_T)
 check_type_size("size_t" SIZEOF_SIZE_T)
 check_type_size("long long" SIZEOF_LONG_LONG)
 check_type_size("void *" SIZEOF_VOID_PTR)
@@ -16,29 +15,21 @@ check_type_size("void *" SIZEOF_VOID_PTR)
 check_symbol_exists(_NSGetEnviron crt_externs.h HAVE__NSGETENVIRON)
 
 # Headers
-check_include_files(dirent.h HAVE_DIRENT_H)
-check_include_files(fcntl.h HAVE_FCNTL_H)
 check_include_files(iconv.h HAVE_ICONV_H)
 check_include_files(langinfo.h HAVE_LANGINFO_H)
-check_include_files(libgen.h HAVE_LIBGEN_H)
 check_include_files(locale.h HAVE_LOCALE_H)
 check_include_files(pwd.h HAVE_PWD_H)
 check_include_files(strings.h HAVE_STRINGS_H)
-check_include_files(stropts.h HAVE_STROPTS_H)
-check_include_files(sys/param.h HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
 check_include_files(sys/wait.h HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H)
 if(NOT HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H AND UNIX)
   # See if_cscope.c
-  message(SEND_ERROR "header sys/wait.h is required for UNIX")
+  message(SEND_ERROR "header sys/wait.h is required for Unix")
 endif()
 check_include_files(sys/utsname.h HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H)
 check_include_files(utime.h HAVE_UTIME_H)
-check_include_files(unistd.h HAVE_UNISTD_H)
-check_include_files(utime.h HAVE_UTIME_H)
 
 # Functions
 check_function_exists(fseeko HAVE_FSEEKO)
-check_function_exists(fsync HAVE_FSYNC)
 check_function_exists(getpwent HAVE_GETPWENT)
 check_function_exists(getpwnam HAVE_GETPWNAM)
 check_function_exists(getpwuid HAVE_GETPWUID)
@@ -51,7 +42,10 @@ if(JEMALLOC_FOUND)
   set(HAVE_JEMALLOC 1)
 endif()
 
-check_function_exists(putenv HAVE_PUTENV)
+check_function_exists(_putenv_s HAVE_PUTENV_S)
+if(WIN32 AND NOT HAVE_PUTENV_S)
+  message(SEND_ERROR "_putenv_s() function not found on your system.")
+endif()
 check_function_exists(opendir HAVE_OPENDIR)
 check_function_exists(readlink HAVE_READLINK)
 check_function_exists(setenv HAVE_SETENV)

config/config.h.in

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 
 #define SIZEOF_INT @SIZEOF_INT@
 #define SIZEOF_LONG @SIZEOF_LONG@
-#define SIZEOF_OFF_T @SIZEOF_OFF_T@
 
 #if @SIZEOF_VOID_PTR@ == 8
 #define ARCH_64
@@ -13,23 +12,22 @@
 #define ARCH_32
 #endif
 
+#define PROJECT_NAME "@PROJECT_NAME@"
+#define LOCALE_INSTALL_DIR "@CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_LOCALEDIR@"
+
 #cmakedefine HAVE__NSGETENVIRON
-#cmakedefine HAVE_CRT_EXTERNS_H
-#cmakedefine HAVE_FCNTL_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_FD_CLOEXEC
 #cmakedefine HAVE_FSEEKO
-#cmakedefine HAVE_FSYNC
 #cmakedefine HAVE_GETPWENT
 #cmakedefine HAVE_GETPWNAM
 #cmakedefine HAVE_GETPWUID
 #cmakedefine HAVE_ICONV
 #cmakedefine HAVE_ICONV_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_LANGINFO_H
-#cmakedefine HAVE_LIBGEN_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_LOCALE_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_NL_LANGINFO_CODESET
 #cmakedefine HAVE_NL_MSG_CAT_CNTR
-#cmakedefine HAVE_PUTENV
+#cmakedefine HAVE_PUTENV_S
 #cmakedefine HAVE_PWD_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_READLINK
 // TODO: add proper cmake check
@@ -42,11 +40,8 @@
 #cmakedefine HAVE_STRCASECMP
 #cmakedefine HAVE_STRINGS_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-#cmakedefine HAVE_STROPTS_H
-#cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-#cmakedefine HAVE_UNISTD_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_UTIME
 #cmakedefine HAVE_UTIME_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_UTIMES

config/versiondef.h.in

@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
 #define NVIM_VERSION_MINOR @NVIM_VERSION_MINOR@
 #define NVIM_VERSION_PATCH @NVIM_VERSION_PATCH@
 #define NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE "@NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE@"
-#define NVIM_VERSION_BUILD "@NVIM_VERSION_BUILD@"
-#cmakedefine NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT "@NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT@"
+#cmakedefine NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM "@NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM@"
+
 #define NVIM_VERSION_CFLAGS "@NVIM_VERSION_CFLAGS@"
 #define NVIM_VERSION_BUILD_TYPE "@NVIM_VERSION_BUILD_TYPE@"
 

contrib/YouCompleteMe/README.md

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 ## What is this?
 
-This provides the code necessary to configure vim's YCM plugin to provide C semantic support (completion, go-to-definition, etc) for the Neovim project.
+This provides the code necessary to configure vim's YCM plugin to provide C semantic support (completion, go-to-definition, etc) for developers working on the Neovim project.
 
 ## Installation
 
@@ -17,6 +17,6 @@ cp contrib/YouCompleteMe/ycm_extra_conf.py src/.ycm_extra_conf.py
 echo .ycm_extra_conf.py >> .git/info/exclude
 make
 
-(Add the following somewhere in your .nvimrc files)
+(Add the following somewhere in your vimrc)
 autocmd FileType c nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-]> :YcmCompleter GoTo<cr>
 ```

contrib/YouCompleteMe/ycm_extra_conf.py

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ def DirectoryOfThisScript():
 
 def GetDatabase():
     compilation_database_folder = os.path.join(DirectoryOfThisScript(),
-                                               '..', '..', 'build')
+                                               '..', 'build')
     if os.path.exists(compilation_database_folder):
         return ycm_core.CompilationDatabase(compilation_database_folder)
     return None

contrib/local.mk.example

@@ -31,6 +31,11 @@
 #
 # CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE := Debug
 
+# By default, nvim's log level is INFO (1) (unless CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE is
+# "Release", in which case logging is disabled).
+# The log level must be a number DEBUG (0), INFO (1), WARNING (2) or ERROR (3).
+# CMAKE_EXTRA_FLAGS += -DMIN_LOG_LEVEL=1
+
 # By default, nvim uses bundled versions of its required third-party
 # dependencies.
 # Uncomment these entries to instead use system-wide installations of

man/nvim.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.Dd October 27, 2015
+.Dd January 28, 2016
 .Dt NVIM 1
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Can be used to edit files starting with a hyphen
 .Pq Sq - .
 .It Fl -literal
 Interpret filenames literally, that is, do not expand wildcards.
-Has no effect on UNIX-like systems, where the shell expands wildcards.
+Has no effect on Unix-like systems, where the shell expands wildcards.
 .It Fl e
 Ex mode.
 See
@@ -173,19 +173,19 @@ See
 .It Fl L Op Ar file
 Alias for
 .Fl r .
-.It Fl u Ar nvimrc
+.It Fl u Ar vimrc
 Use
-.Ar nvimrc
+.Ar vimrc
 instead of the default of
 .Pa ~/.config/nvim/init.vim .
 If
-.Ar nvimrc
+.Ar vimrc
 is
 .Cm NORC ,
 do not load any initialization files (excluding plugins),
 and do not attempt to parse environment variables.
 If
-.Ar nvimrc
+.Ar vimrc
 is
 .Cm NONE ,
 loading plugins is also skipped.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Like
 .Fl c ,
 but execute
 .Ar command
-before processing any nvimrc.
+before processing any vimrc.
 Up to 10 instances of these can be used independently from instances of
 .Fl c .
 .It Fl S Op Ar session
@@ -373,8 +373,24 @@ Used to set the 'shell' option, which determines the shell used by the
 command.
 .It Ev NVIM_TUI_ENABLE_CURSOR_SHAPE
 If defined, change the cursor shape to a vertical bar while in insert mode.
-Requires that the host terminal support the DECSCUSR CSI escape sequence.
+Requires that the host terminal supports the DECSCUSR CSI escape sequence.
 Has no effect in GUIs.
+.Pp
+Depending on the terminal emulator, using this option with
+.Nm
+under
+.Xr tmux 1
+might require adding the following to
+.Pa ~/.tmux.conf :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+set -ga terminal-overrides ',*:Ss=\eE[%p1%d q:Se=\eE[2 q'
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic terminal-overrides
+in the
+.Xr tmux 1
+manual page for more information.
 .It Ev NVIM_TUI_ENABLE_TRUE_COLOR
 If defined, assume the host terminal supports 24 bit colors.
 Has no effect in GUIs.
@@ -395,11 +411,11 @@ configuration directory.
 See
 .Ev XDG_CONFIG_HOME
 above.
-.It Pa /etc/nvim/nvimrc
+.It Pa $VIM/sysinit.vim
 The system-global
 .Nm
 configuration file.
-.It Pa /usr/share/nvim
+.It Pa /usr/local/share/nvim
 The system-global
 .Nm
 runtime directory.

runtime/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -26,24 +26,21 @@ foreach(DF ${DOCFILES})
   list(APPEND BUILDDOCFILES ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc/${F})
 endforeach()
 
-add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${BUILDDOCFILES}
+add_custom_command(OUTPUT copy_docfiles
     COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_directory
     ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/runtime/doc ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc
-  DEPENDS
-    ${DOCFILES})
+)
 
 add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${GENERATED_HELP_TAGS}
-  COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_directory
-    ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/runtime/doc ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc
   COMMAND "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin/nvim"
     -u NONE
     -i NONE
-    -esX
+    -e
     --headless
     -c "helptags ++t ."
     -c quit
   DEPENDS
-    ${BUILDDOCFILES}
+    copy_docfiles
     nvim
   WORKING_DIRECTORY "${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc"
 )

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,667 +0,0 @@
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" getscript.vim
-"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
-"  Date:	Jan 21, 2014
-"  Version:	36
-"  Installing:	:help glvs-install
-"  Usage:	:help glvs
-"
-" GetLatestVimScripts: 642 1 :AutoInstall: getscript.vim
-"redraw!|call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Initialization:	{{{1
-" if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
-" expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode!
-if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
- finish
-endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v36"
-if &cp
- echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
- finish
-endif
-if v:version < 702
- echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** this version of getscript needs vim 7.2"
- echohl Normal
- finish
-endif
-let s:keepcpo = &cpo
-set cpo&vim
-"DechoTabOn
-
-" ---------------------------
-" Global Variables: {{{1
-" ---------------------------
-" Cygwin Detection ------- {{{2
-if !exists("g:getscript_cygwin")
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
-   let g:getscript_cygwin= 1
-  else
-   let g:getscript_cygwin= 0
-  endif
- else
-  let g:getscript_cygwin= 0
- endif
-endif
-
-" wget vs curl {{{2
-if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget")
- if executable("wget")
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget= "wget"
- elseif executable("curl")
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget= "curl"
- else
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget    = 'echo "GetLatestVimScripts needs wget or curl"'
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = ""
- endif
-endif
-
-" options that wget and curl require:
-if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_options")
- if g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget == "wget"
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= "-q -O"
- elseif g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget == "curl"
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= "-s -O"
- else
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= ""
- endif
-endif
-
-" by default, allow autoinstall lines to work
-if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall")
- let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 1
-endif
-
-" set up default scriptaddr address
-if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr")
- let g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
-endif
-
-"" For debugging:
-"let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget    = "echo"
-"let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = "options"
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Check If AutoInstall Capable: {{{1
-let s:autoinstall= ""
-if g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
-
- if (has("win32") || has("gui_win32") || has("gui_win32s") || has("win16") || has("win64") || has("win32unix") || has("win95")) && &shell != "bash"
-  " windows (but not cygwin/bash)
-  let s:dotvim= "vimfiles"
-  if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv")
-   let g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv= "ren"
-  endif
-
- else
-  " unix
-  let s:dotvim= ".vim"
-  if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv")
-   let g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv= "mv"
-  endif
- endif
-
- if exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir") && isdirectory(g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir)
-  let s:autoinstall= g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir"
- elseif exists('$HOME') && isdirectory(expand("$HOME")."/".s:dotvim)
-  let s:autoinstall= $HOME."/".s:dotvim
- endif
-" call Decho("s:autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
-"else "Decho
-" call Decho("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=".g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall.": :AutoInstall: disabled")
-endif
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  Public Interface: {{{1
-com!        -nargs=0 GetLatestVimScripts call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-com!        -nargs=0 GetScript           call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-silent! com -nargs=0 GLVS                call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" GetLatestVimScripts: this function gets the latest versions of {{{1
-"                      scripts based on the list in
-"   (first dir in runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-"  call Dfunc("GetLatestVimScripts() autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
-
-" insure that wget is executable
-  if executable(g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget) != 1
-   echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts needs ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." which apparently is not available on your system"
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : wget not executable/availble")
-   return
-  endif
-
-  " insure that fnameescape() is available
-  if !exists("*fnameescape")
-   echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts needs fnameescape() (provided by 7.1.299 or later)"
-   return
-  endif
-
-  " Find the .../GetLatest subdirectory under the runtimepath
-  for datadir in split(&rtp,',') + ['']
-   if isdirectory(datadir."/GetLatest")
-"    call Decho("found directory<".datadir.">")
-    let datadir= datadir . "/GetLatest"
-    break
-   endif
-   if filereadable(datadir."GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
-"    call Decho("found ".datadir."/GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
-    break
-   endif
-  endfor
-
-  " Sanity checks: readability and writability
-  if datadir == ""
-   echoerr 'Missing "GetLatest/" on your runtimepath - see :help glvs-dist-install'
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : unable to find a GetLatest subdirectory")
-   return
-  endif
-  if filewritable(datadir) != 2
-   echoerr "(getLatestVimScripts) Your ".datadir." isn't writable"
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable directory<".datadir.">")
-   return
-  endif
-  let datafile= datadir."/GetLatestVimScripts.dat"
-  if !filereadable(datafile)
-   echoerr "Your data file<".datafile."> isn't readable"
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-readable datafile<".datafile.">")
-   return
-  endif
-  if !filewritable(datafile)
-   echoerr "Your data file<".datafile."> isn't writable"
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable datafile<".datafile.">")
-   return
-  endif
-  " --------------------
-  " Passed sanity checks
-  " --------------------
-
-"  call Decho("datadir  <".datadir.">")
-"  call Decho("datafile <".datafile.">")
-
-  " don't let any event handlers interfere (like winmanager's, taglist's, etc)
-  let eikeep  = &ei
-  let hlskeep = &hls
-  let acdkeep = &acd
-  set ei=all hls&vim noacd
-
-  " Edit the datafile (ie. GetLatestVimScripts.dat):
-  " 1. record current directory (origdir),
-  " 2. change directory to datadir,
-  " 3. split window
-  " 4. edit datafile
-  let origdir= getcwd()
-"  call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge')))
-  exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge'))
-  split
-"  call Decho("exe  e ".fnameescape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge')))
-  exe "e ".fnameescape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge'))
-  res 1000
-  let s:downloads = 0
-  let s:downerrors= 0
-
-  " Check on dependencies mentioned in plugins
-"  call Decho(" ")
-"  call Decho("searching plugins for GetLatestVimScripts dependencies")
-  let lastline    = line("$")
-"  call Decho("lastline#".lastline)
-  let firstdir    = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
-  let plugins     = split(globpath(firstdir,"plugin/**/*.vim"),'\n')
-  let plugins     = plugins + split(globpath(firstdir,"AsNeeded/**/*.vim"),'\n')
-  let foundscript = 0
-
-  " this loop updates the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file
-  " with dependencies explicitly mentioned in the plugins
-  " via   GetLatestVimScripts: ... lines
-  " It reads the plugin script at the end of the GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-  " file, examines it, and then removes it.
-  for plugin in plugins
-"   call Decho(" ")
-"   call Decho("plugin<".plugin.">")
-
-   " read plugin in
-   " evidently a :r creates a new buffer (the "#" buffer) that is subsequently unused -- bwiping it
-   $
-"   call Decho(".dependency checking<".plugin."> line$=".line("$"))
-"   call Decho("..exe silent r ".fnameescape(plugin))
-   exe "silent r ".fnameescape(plugin)
-   exe "silent bwipe ".bufnr("#")
-
-   while search('^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+','W') != 0
-    let depscript   = substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+\s\+\(.*\)$','\1','e')
-    let depscriptid = substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+.*$','\1','')
-    let llp1        = lastline+1
-"    call Decho("..depscript<".depscript.">")
-
-    " found a "GetLatestVimScripts: # #" line in the script;
-    " check if its already in the datafile by searching backwards from llp1,
-    " the (prior to reading in the plugin script) last line plus one of the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file,
-    " for the script-id with no wrapping allowed.
-    let curline     = line(".")
-    let noai_script = substitute(depscript,'\s*:AutoInstall:\s*','','e')
-    exe llp1
-    let srchline    = search('^\s*'.depscriptid.'\s\+\d\+\s\+.*$','bW')
-    if srchline == 0
-     " this second search is taken when, for example, a   0 0 scriptname  is to be skipped over
-     let srchline= search('\<'.noai_script.'\>','bW')
-    endif
-"    call Decho("..noai_script<".noai_script."> depscriptid#".depscriptid." srchline#".srchline." curline#".line(".")." lastline#".lastline)
-
-    if srchline == 0
-     " found a new script to permanently include in the datafile
-     let keep_rega   = @a
-     let @a          = substitute(getline(curline),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+','','')
-     echomsg "Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".depscript
-"     call Decho("..Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".depscript)
-     exe lastline."put a"
-     let @a          = keep_rega
-     let lastline    = llp1
-     let curline     = curline     + 1
-     let foundscript = foundscript + 1
-"    else	" Decho
-"     call Decho("..found <".noai_script."> (already in datafile at line#".srchline.")")
-    endif
-
-    let curline = curline + 1
-    exe curline
-   endwhile
-
-   " llp1: last line plus one
-   let llp1= lastline + 1
-"   call Decho(".deleting lines: ".llp1.",$d")
-   exe "silent! ".llp1.",$d"
-  endfor
-"  call Decho("--- end dependency checking loop ---  foundscript=".foundscript)
-"  call Decho(" ")
-"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetLatestVimScripts 1)","ls!")
-
-  if foundscript == 0
-   setlocal nomod
-  endif
-
-  " --------------------------------------------------------------------
-  " Check on out-of-date scripts using GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-  " --------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  call Decho("begin: checking out-of-date scripts using datafile<".datafile.">")
-  setlocal lz
-  1
-"  /^-----/,$g/^\s*\d/call Decho(getline("."))
-  1
-  /^-----/,$g/^\s*\d/call s:GetOneScript()
-"  call Decho("--- end out-of-date checking --- ")
-
-  " Final report (an echomsg)
-  try
-   silent! ?^-------?
-  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E114/
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : nothing done!")
-   return
-  endtry
-  exe "norm! kz\<CR>"
-  redraw!
-  let s:msg = ""
-  if s:downloads == 1
-  let s:msg = "Downloaded one updated script to <".datadir.">"
-  elseif s:downloads == 2
-   let s:msg= "Downloaded two updated scripts to <".datadir.">"
-  elseif s:downloads > 1
-   let s:msg= "Downloaded ".s:downloads." updated scripts to <".datadir.">"
-  else
-   let s:msg= "Everything was already current"
-  endif
-  if s:downerrors > 0
-   let s:msg= s:msg." (".s:downerrors." downloading errors)"
-  endif
-  echomsg s:msg
-  " save the file
-  if &mod
-   silent! w!
-  endif
-  q!
-
-  " restore events and current directory
-  exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'))
-  let &ei  = eikeep
-  let &hls = hlskeep
-  let &acd = acdkeep
-  setlocal nolz
-"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetLatestVimScripts 2)","ls!")
-"  call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : did ".s:downloads." downloads")
-endfun
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  GetOneScript: (Get Latest Vim Script) this function operates {{{1
-"    on the current line, interpreting two numbers and text as
-"    ScriptID, SourceID, and Filename.
-"    It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sourceforge.net.
-fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
-"   call Dfunc("GetOneScript()")
-
- " set options to allow progress to be shown on screen
-  let rega= @a
-  let t_ti= &t_ti
-  let t_te= &t_te
-  let rs  = &rs
-  set t_ti= t_te= nors
-
- " put current line on top-of-screen and interpret it into
- " a      script identifer  : used to obtain webpage
- "        source identifier : used to identify current version
- " and an associated comment: used to report on what's being considered
-  if a:0 >= 3
-   let scriptid = a:1
-   let srcid    = a:2
-   let fname    = a:3
-   let cmmnt    = ""
-"   call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
-"   call Decho("srcid   <".srcid.">")
-"   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
-  else
-   let curline  = getline(".")
-   if curline =~ '^\s*#'
-    let @a= rega
-"    call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a pure comment line")
-    return
-   endif
-   let parsepat = '^\s*\(\d\+\)\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+\(.\{-}\)\(\s*#.*\)\=$'
-   try
-    let scriptid = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\1','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let scriptid= 0
-   endtry
-   try
-    let srcid    = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\2','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let srcid= 0
-   endtry
-   try
-    let fname= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\3','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let fname= ""
-   endtry
-   try
-    let cmmnt= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\4','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let cmmnt= ""
-   endtry
-"   call Decho("curline <".curline.">")
-"   call Decho("parsepat<".parsepat.">")
-"   call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
-"   call Decho("srcid   <".srcid.">")
-"   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
-  endif
-
-  " plugin author protection from downloading his/her own scripts atop their latest work
-  if scriptid == 0 || srcid == 0
-   " When looking for :AutoInstall: lines, skip scripts that have   0 0 scriptname
-   let @a= rega
-"   call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a scriptid==srcid==0 line")
-   return
-  endif
-
-  let doautoinstall= 0
-  if fname =~ ":AutoInstall:"
-"   call Decho("case AutoInstall: fname<".fname.">")
-   let aicmmnt= substitute(fname,'\s\+:AutoInstall:\s\+',' ','')
-"   call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt."> s:autoinstall=".s:autoinstall)
-   if s:autoinstall != ""
-    let doautoinstall = g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
-   endif
-  else
-   let aicmmnt= fname
-  endif
-"  call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt.">: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
-
-  exe "norm z\<CR>"
-  redraw!
-"  call Decho('considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid)
-  echo 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
-
-  " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sourceforge.net webpage
-  let scriptaddr = g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr.scriptid
-  let tmpfile    = tempname()
-  let v:errmsg   = ""
-
-  " make up to three tries at downloading the description
-  let itry= 1
-  while itry <= 3
-"   call Decho(".try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
-   if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
-"    call Decho(".new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile).' '.shellescape(scriptaddr)."|bw!")
-    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile).' '.shellescape(scriptaddr)|bw!
-   else
-"    call Decho(".exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile)." ".shellescape(scriptaddr))
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile)." ".shellescape(scriptaddr)
-   endif
-   if itry == 1
-    exe "silent vsplit ".fnameescape(tmpfile)
-   else
-    silent! e %
-   endif
-   setlocal bh=wipe
-  
-   " find the latest source-id in the plugin's webpage
-   silent! 1
-   let findpkg= search('Click on the package to download','W')
-   if findpkg > 0
-    break
-   endif
-   let itry= itry + 1
-  endwhile
-"  call Decho(" --- end downloading tries while loop --- itry=".itry)
-
-  " testing: did finding "Click on the package..." fail?
-  if findpkg == 0 || itry >= 4
-   silent q!
-   call delete(tmpfile)
-  " restore options
-   let &t_ti        = t_ti
-   let &t_te        = t_te
-   let &rs          = rs
-   let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
-"   call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
-   echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
-"   call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /Click on the package/ failed")
-   let @a= rega
-   return
-  endif
-"  call Decho('found "Click on the package to download"')
-
-  let findsrcid= search('src_id=','W')
-  if findsrcid == 0
-   silent q!
-   call delete(tmpfile)
-  " restore options
-   let &t_ti        = t_ti
-   let &t_te        = t_te
-   let &rs          = rs
-   let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
-"   call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
-   echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
-   let @a= rega
-"  call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /src_id/ failed")
-   return
-  endif
-"  call Decho('found "src_id=" in description page')
-
-  let srcidpat   = '^\s*<td class.*src_id=\(\d\+\)">\([^<]\+\)<.*$'
-  let latestsrcid= substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\1','')
-  let sname      = substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\2','') " script name actually downloaded
-"  call Decho("srcidpat<".srcidpat."> latestsrcid<".latestsrcid."> sname<".sname.">")
-  silent q!
-  call delete(tmpfile)
-
-  " convert the strings-of-numbers into numbers
-  let srcid       = srcid       + 0
-  let latestsrcid = latestsrcid + 0
-"  call Decho("srcid=".srcid." latestsrcid=".latestsrcid." sname<".sname.">")
-
-  " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates that it has been updated
-  if latestsrcid > srcid
-"   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."]: need to update <".sname.">")
-
-   let s:downloads= s:downloads + 1
-   if sname == bufname("%")
-    " GetLatestVimScript has to be careful about downloading itself
-    let sname= "NEW_".sname
-   endif
-
-   " -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   " the plugin has been updated since we last obtained it, so download a new copy
-   " -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-"   call Decho(".downloading new <".sname.">")
-   echomsg ".downloading new <".sname.">"
-   if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
-"    call Decho(".new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)."|q")
-    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)|q
-   else
-"    call Decho(".exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='))
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id=').latestsrcid
-   endif
-
-   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall has been requested by the plugin itself
-   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-"   call Decho("checking if plugin requested autoinstall: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
-   if doautoinstall
-"    call Decho(" ")
-"    call Decho("Autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
-    if filereadable(sname)
-"     call Decho("<".sname."> is readable")
-"     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall))
-     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall)
-     let curdir    = fnameescape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'))
-     let installdir= curdir."/Installed"
-     if !isdirectory(installdir)
-      call mkdir(installdir)
-     endif
-"     call Decho("curdir<".curdir."> installdir<".installdir.">")
-"     call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall))
-     exe "cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall)
-
-     " determine target directory for moves
-     let firstdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
-     let pname   = substitute(sname,'\..*','.vim','')
-"     call Decho("determine tgtdir: is <".firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname." readable?")
-     if filereadable(firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname)
-      let tgtdir= "AsNeeded"
-     else
-      let tgtdir= "plugin"
-     endif
-"     call Decho("tgtdir<".tgtdir.">  pname<".pname.">")
-     
-     " decompress
-     if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
-"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
-      exe "sil !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
-      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
-"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
-     elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
-"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
-      exe "sil !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
-      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
-"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
-     elseif sname =~ '\.xz$'
-"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to unxz ".sname)
-      exe "sil !unxz ".shellescape(sname)
-      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.xz$','','')
-"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after unxz")
-     else
-"      call Decho("no decompression needed")
-     endif
-     
-     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba, ...) contents
-     if sname =~ '\.zip$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !unzip -o ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -xvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.tgz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+gunzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.taz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+uncompress ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -Zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.tbz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+bunzip2 ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.txz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+xz ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -Jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
-      silent 1split
-      if exists("g:vimball_home")
-       let oldvimballhome= g:vimball_home
-      endif
-      let g:vimball_home= s:autoinstall
-      exe "silent e ".fnameescape(sname)
-      silent so %
-      silent q
-      if exists("oldvimballhome")
-       let g:vimball_home= oldvimballhome
-      else
-       unlet g:vimball_home
-      endif
-     else
-"      call Decho("no dearchiving needed")
-     endif
-     
-     " ---------------------------------------------
-     " move plugin to plugin/ or AsNeeded/ directory
-     " ---------------------------------------------
-     if sname =~ '.vim$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to simply move ".sname." to ".tgtdir)
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".tgtdir
-     else
-"      call Decho("dearchive: move <".sname."> to installdir<".installdir.">")
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".installdir
-     endif
-     if tgtdir != "plugin"
-"      call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." plugin/".shellescape(pname)." ".tgtdir)
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." plugin/".shellescape(pname)." ".tgtdir
-     endif
-     
-     " helptags step
-     let docdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*','','e')."/doc"
-"     call Decho("helptags: docdir<".docdir.">")
-     exe "helptags ".fnameescape(docdir)
-     exe "cd ".fnameescape(curdir)
-    endif
-    if fname !~ ':AutoInstall:'
-     let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." :AutoInstall: ".fname.cmmnt
-    else
-     let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".fname.cmmnt
-    endif
-   else
-    let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".fname.cmmnt
-   endif
-
-   " update the data in the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file
-   call setline(line("."),modline)
-"   call Decho("update data in ".expand("%")."#".line(".").": modline<".modline.">")
-"  else " Decho
-"   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."], no need to update")
-  endif
-
- " restore options
-  let &t_ti = t_ti
-  let &t_te = t_te
-  let &rs   = rs
-  let @a    = rega
-"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetOneScript)","ls!")
-
-"  call Dret("GetOneScript")
-endfun
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Restore Options: {{{1
-let &cpo= s:keepcpo
-unlet s:keepcpo
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  Modelines: {{{1
-" vim: ts=8 sts=2 fdm=marker nowrap

runtime/autoload/man.vim

@@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ catch /E145:/
   " Ignore the error in restricted mode
 endtry
 
+" Load man page {page} from {section}
+"   call man#get_page([{section}, ]{page})
 function man#get_page(...) abort
   let invoked_from_man = (&filetype ==# 'man')
 
@@ -20,21 +22,14 @@ function man#get_page(...) abort
   elseif a:0 > 2
     echoerr 'too many arguments'
     return
-  elseif a:0 == 2
-    let [page, sect] = [a:2, 0 + a:1]
-  elseif type(1) == type(a:1)
-    let [page, sect] = ['<cword>', a:1]
-  else
-    let [page, sect] = [a:1, '']
   endif
 
-  if page == '<cword>'
-    let page = expand('<cword>')
-  endif
+  let sect = get(a:000, 0)
+  let page = get(a:000, 1, sect)
 
   let [page, sect] = s:parse_page_and_section(sect, page)
 
-  if 0 + sect > 0 && s:find_page(sect, page) == 0
+  if !empty(sect) && s:find_page(sect, page) == 0
     let sect = ''
   endif
 
@@ -54,9 +49,9 @@ function man#get_page(...) abort
     let thiswin = winnr()
     wincmd b
     if winnr() > 1
-      exe "norm! " . thiswin . "\<C-W>w"
+      exec thiswin . 'wincmd w'
       while 1
-        if &filetype == 'man'
+        if &filetype ==# 'man'
           break
         endif
         wincmd w
@@ -75,14 +70,16 @@ function man#get_page(...) abort
 
   setlocal modifiable
   silent keepjumps norm! 1G"_dG
+  if empty($MANWIDTH)
     let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
+  endif
   silent exec 'r!/usr/bin/man '.s:cmd(sect, page).' | col -b'
   " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
-  while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
-    silent keepjumps norm! gg"_dd
+  while getline(1) =~# '^\s*$'
+    silent keepjumps 1delete _
   endwhile
-  while getline('$') =~ '^\s*$'
-    silent keepjumps norm! G"_dd
+  while getline('$') =~# '^\s*$'
+    silent keepjumps $delete _
   endwhile
   setlocal nomodified
   setlocal filetype=man
@@ -116,15 +113,11 @@ endfunction
 " Expects a string like 'access' or 'access(2)'.
 function s:parse_page_and_section(sect, str) abort
   try
-    let save_isk = &iskeyword
-    setlocal iskeyword-=(,)
-    let page = substitute(a:str, '(*\(\k\+\).*', '\1', '')
-    let sect = substitute(a:str, '\(\k\+\)(\([^()]*\)).*', '\2', '')
-    if sect == page || -1 == match(sect, '^[0-9 ]\+$')
+    let [page, sect] = matchlist(a:str, '\v\C([-.[:alnum:]_]+)%(\(([-.[:alnum:]_]+)\))?')[1:2]
+    if empty(sect)
       let sect = a:sect
     endif
   catch
-    let &l:iskeyword = save_isk
     echoerr 'man.vim: failed to parse: "'.a:str.'"'
   endtry
 
@@ -132,7 +125,7 @@ function s:parse_page_and_section(sect, str) abort
 endfunction
 
 function s:cmd(sect, page) abort
-  if 0 + a:sect > 0
+  if !empty(a:sect)
     return s:man_sect_arg.' '.a:sect.' '.a:page
   endif
   return a:page
@@ -140,10 +133,5 @@ endfunction
 
 function s:find_page(sect, page) abort
   let where = system('/usr/bin/man '.s:man_find_arg.' '.s:cmd(a:sect, a:page))
-  if where !~ "^/"
-    if matchstr(where, " [^ ]*$") !~ "^ /"
-      return 0
-    endif
-  endif
-  return 1
+  return (where =~# '^ */')
 endfunction

runtime/autoload/msgpack.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,821 @@
+if exists('g:loaded_msgpack_autoload')
+  finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_msgpack_autoload = 1
+
+""
+" Check that given value is an integer. Respects |msgpack-special-dict|.
+function msgpack#is_int(v) abort
+  return type(a:v) == type(0) || (
+        \type(a:v) == type({}) && get(a:v, '_TYPE') is# v:msgpack_types.integer)
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Check that given value is an unsigned integer. Respects 
+" |msgpack-special-dict|.
+function msgpack#is_uint(v) abort
+  return msgpack#is_int(a:v) && (type(a:v) == type(0)
+                                \? a:v >= 0
+                                \: a:v._VAL[0] > 0)
+endfunction
+
+""
+" True if s:msgpack_init_python() function was already run.
+let s:msgpack_python_initialized = 0
+
+""
+" Cached return of s:msgpack_init_python() used when 
+" s:msgpack_python_initialized is true.
+let s:msgpack_python_type = 0
+
+""
+" Create Python functions that are necessary for work. Also defines functions 
+" s:msgpack_dict_strftime(format, timestamp) and s:msgpack_dict_strptime(format, 
+" string).
+"
+" @return Zero in case no Python is available, empty string if Python-2 is 
+"         available and string `"3"` if Python-3 is available.
+function s:msgpack_init_python() abort
+  if s:msgpack_python_initialized
+    return s:msgpack_python_type
+  endif
+  let s:msgpack_python_initialized = 1
+  for suf in ['', '3']
+    try
+      execute 'python' . suf
+              \. "def shada_dict_strftime():\n"
+              \. "  import datetime\n"
+              \. "  import vim\n"
+              \. "  fmt = vim.eval('a:format')\n"
+              \. "  timestamp = vim.eval('a:timestamp')\n"
+              \. "  timestamp = [int(v) for v in timestamp['_VAL']]\n"
+              \. "  timestamp = timestamp[0] * (timestamp[1] << 62\n"
+              \. "                              | timestamp[2] << 31\n"
+              \. "                              | timestamp[3])\n"
+              \. "  time = datetime.datetime.fromtimestamp(timestamp)\n"
+              \. "  return time.strftime(fmt)\n"
+              \. "def shada_dict_strptime():\n"
+              \. "  import datetime\n"
+              \. "  import vim\n"
+              \. "  fmt = vim.eval('a:format')\n"
+              \. "  timestr = vim.eval('a:string')\n"
+              \. "  timestamp = datetime.datetime.strptime(timestr, fmt)\n"
+              \. "  timestamp = int(timestamp.timestamp())\n"
+              \. "  if timestamp > 2 ** 31:\n"
+              \. "    tsabs = abs(timestamp)"
+              \. "    return ('{\"_TYPE\": v:msgpack_types.integer,'\n"
+              \. "            + '\"_VAL\": [{sign},{v1},{v2},{v3}]}').format(\n"
+              \. "              sign=1 if timestamp >= 0 else -1,\n"
+              \. "              v1=((tsabs >> 62) & 0x3),\n"
+              \. "              v2=((tsabs >> 31) & (2 ** 31 - 1)),\n"
+              \. "              v3=(tsabs & (2 ** 31 - 1)))\n"
+              \. "  else:\n"
+              \. "    return str(timestamp)\n"
+      execute  "function s:msgpack_dict_strftime(format, timestamp) abort\n"
+            \. "  return py" . suf . "eval('shada_dict_strftime()')\n"
+            \. "endfunction\n"
+            \. "function s:msgpack_dict_strptime(format, string)\n"
+            \. "  return eval(py" . suf . "eval('shada_dict_strptime()'))\n"
+            \. "endfunction\n"
+      let s:msgpack_python_type = suf
+      return suf
+    catch
+      continue
+    endtry
+  endfor
+
+  ""
+  " strftime() function for |msgpack-special-dict| values.
+  "
+  " @param[in]  format     String according to which time should be formatted.
+  " @param[in]  timestamp  Timestamp (seconds since epoch) to format.
+  "
+  " @return Formatted timestamp.
+  "
+  " @warning Without +python or +python3 this function does not work correctly. 
+  "          The VimL code contains “reference” implementation which does not 
+  "          really work because of precision loss.
+  function s:msgpack_dict_strftime(format, timestamp)
+    return msgpack#strftime(a:format, +msgpack#int_dict_to_str(a:timestamp))
+  endfunction
+
+  ""
+  " Function that parses given string according to given format.
+  "
+  " @param[in]  format  String according to which string was formatted.
+  " @param[in]  string  Time formatted according to format.
+  "
+  " @return Timestamp.
+  "
+  " @warning Without +python or +python3 this function is able to work only with 
+  "          31-bit (32-bit signed) timestamps that have format 
+  "          `%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S`.
+  function s:msgpack_dict_strptime(format, string)
+    let fmt = '%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S'
+    if a:format isnot# fmt
+      throw 'notimplemented-format:Only ' . fmt . ' format is supported'
+    endif
+    let match = matchlist(a:string,
+                         \'\v\C^(\d+)\-(\d+)\-(\d+)T(\d+)\:(\d+)\:(\d+)$')
+    if empty(match)
+      throw 'invalid-string:Given string does not match format ' . a:format
+    endif
+    call map(match, 'str2nr(v:val, 10)')
+    let [year, month, day, hour, minute, second] = match[1:6]
+    " Bisection start and end:
+    "
+    " Start: 365 days in year, 28 days in month, -12 hours tz offset.
+    let bisect_ts_start = (((((year - 1970) * 365
+                             \+ (month - 1) * 28
+                             \+ (day - 1)) * 24
+                            \+ hour - 12) * 60
+                           \+ minute) * 60
+                          \+ second)
+    if bisect_ts_start < 0
+      let bisect_ts_start = 0
+    endif
+    let start_string = strftime(fmt, bisect_ts_start)
+    if start_string is# a:string
+      return bisect_ts_start
+    endif
+    " End: 366 days in year, 31 day in month, +14 hours tz offset.
+    let bisect_ts_end = (((((year - 1970) * 366
+                           \+ (month - 1) * 31
+                           \+ (day - 1)) * 24
+                          \+ hour + 14) * 60
+                         \+ minute) * 60
+                        \+ second)
+    let end_string = strftime(fmt, bisect_ts_end)
+    if end_string is# a:string
+      return bisect_ts_end
+    endif
+    if start_string ># end_string
+      throw 'internal-start-gt:Internal error: start > end'
+    endif
+    if start_string is# end_string
+      throw printf('internal-start-eq:Internal error: '
+                  \. 'start(%u)==end(%u), but start(%s)!=string(%s)',
+                  \bisect_ts_start, bisect_ts_end,
+                  \string(start_string), string(a:string))
+    endif
+    if start_string ># a:string
+      throw 'internal-start-string:Internal error: start > string'
+    endif
+    if end_string <# a:string
+      throw 'internal-end-string:Internal error: end < string'
+    endif
+    while 1
+      let bisect_ts_middle = (bisect_ts_start/2) + (bisect_ts_end/2)
+      let middle_string = strftime(fmt, bisect_ts_middle)
+      if a:string is# middle_string
+        return bisect_ts_middle
+      elseif a:string ># middle_string
+        if bisect_ts_middle == bisect_ts_start
+          let bisect_ts_start += 1
+        else
+          let bisect_ts_start = bisect_ts_middle
+        endif
+      else
+        if bisect_ts_middle == bisect_ts_end
+          let bisect_ts_end -= 1
+        else
+          let bisect_ts_end = bisect_ts_middle
+        endif
+      endif
+      if bisect_ts_start >= bisect_ts_end
+        throw 'not-found:Unable to find timestamp'
+      endif
+    endwhile
+  endfunction
+
+  return 0
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Wrapper for strftime() that respects |msgpack-special-dict|. May actually use 
+" non-standard strftime() implementations for |msgpack-special-dict| values.
+"
+" @param[in]  format     Format string.
+" @param[in]  timestamp  Formatted timestamp.
+function msgpack#strftime(format, timestamp) abort
+  if type(a:timestamp) == type({})
+    call s:msgpack_init_python()
+    return s:msgpack_dict_strftime(a:format, a:timestamp)
+  else
+    return strftime(a:format, a:timestamp)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Parse string according to the format.
+"
+" Requires +python available. If it is not then only supported format is 
+" `%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S` because this is the format used by ShaDa plugin. Also in 
+" this case bisection will be used (timestamps tried with strftime() up until 
+" result matches the string) and only 31-bit (signed 32-bit: with negative 
+" timestamps being useless this leaves 31 bits) timestamps will be supported.
+"
+" @param[in]  format  Time format.
+" @param[in]  string  Parsed time string. Must match given format.
+"
+" @return Timestamp. Possibly as |msgpack-special-dict|.
+function msgpack#strptime(format, string) abort
+  call s:msgpack_init_python()
+  return s:msgpack_dict_strptime(a:format, a:string)
+endfunction
+
+let s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT = 1
+let s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT_NR = 0
+while s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT * 2 > 0
+  let s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT = s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT * 2
+  let s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT_NR += 1
+endwhile
+
+""
+" Shift given number by given amount of bits
+function s:shift(n, s) abort
+  if a:s == 0
+    return a:n
+  elseif a:s < 0
+    let ret = a:n
+    for _ in range(-a:s)
+      let ret = ret / 2
+    endfor
+    return ret
+  else
+    let ret = a:n
+    for i in range(a:s)
+      let new_ret = ret * 2
+      if new_ret < ret
+        " Overflow: remove highest bit
+        let ret = xor(s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT, ret) * 2
+      endif
+      let ret = new_ret
+    endfor
+    return ret
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+let s:msgpack_mask_cache = {
+      \s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT_NR : s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT - 1}
+
+""
+" Apply a mask where first m bits are ones and other are zeroes to a given 
+" number
+function s:mask1(n, m) abort
+  if a:m > s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT_NR + 1
+    let m = s:MSGPACK_HIGHEST_BIT_NR + 1
+  else
+    let m = a:m
+  endif
+  if !has_key(s:msgpack_mask_cache, m)
+    let p = 0
+    for _ in range(m)
+      let p = p * 2 + 1
+    endfor
+    let s:msgpack_mask_cache[m] = p
+  endif
+  return and(a:n, s:msgpack_mask_cache[m])
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert |msgpack-special-dict| that represents integer value to a string. Uses 
+" hexadecimal representation starting with 0x because it is the easiest to 
+" convert to.
+function msgpack#int_dict_to_str(v) abort
+  let v = a:v._VAL
+  " 64-bit number:
+  " 0000000001111111111222222222233333333334444444444555555555566666
+  " 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234
+  " Split in _VAL:
+  " 0000000001111111111222222222233 3333333344444444445555555555666 66
+  " 1234567890123456789012345678901 2345678901234567890123456789012 34
+  " Split by hex digits:
+  " 0000 0000 0111 1111 1112 2222 2222 2333 3333 3334 4444 4444 4555 5555 5556 6666
+  " 1234 5678 9012 3456 7890 1234 5678 9012 3456 7890 1234 5678 9012 3456 7890 1234
+  "
+  " Total split:
+  "                _VAL[3]                              _VAL[2]                      _VAL[1]
+  " ______________________________________  _______________________________________  __
+  " 0000 0000 0111 1111 1112 2222 2222 233  3 3333 3334 4444 4444 4555 5555 5556 66  66
+  " 1234 5678 9012 3456 7890 1234 5678 901  2 3456 7890 1234 5678 9012 3456 7890 12  34
+  " ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^
+  "                g4                    g3                  g2                    g1
+  " ********************************** ***  * ********************************** **  **
+  "                1                    2   3                4                   5   6
+  " 1: s:mask1(v[3], 28): first 28 bits of _VAL[3]
+  " 2: s:shift(v[3], -28): last 3 bits of _VAL[3]
+  " 3: s:mask1(v[2], 1): first bit of _VAL[2]
+  " 4: s:mask1(s:shift(v[2], -1), 28): bits 2 .. 29 of _VAL[2]
+  " 5: s:shift(v[2], -29): last 2 bits of _VAL[2]
+  " 6: s:shift(v[1], 2): _VAL[1]
+  let g4 = printf('%07x', s:mask1(v[3], 28))
+  let g3 = printf('%01x', or(s:shift(v[3], -28), s:shift(s:mask1(v[2], 1), 3)))
+  let g2 = printf('%07x', s:mask1(s:shift(v[2], -1), 28))
+  let g1 = printf('%01x', or(s:shift(v[2], -29), s:shift(v[1], 2)))
+  return ((v[0] < 0 ? '-' : '') . '0x' . g1 . g2 . g3 . g4)
+endfunction
+
+""
+" True boolean value.
+let g:msgpack#true = {'_TYPE': v:msgpack_types.boolean, '_VAL': 1}
+lockvar! g:msgpack#true
+
+""
+" False boolean value.
+let g:msgpack#false = {'_TYPE': v:msgpack_types.boolean, '_VAL': 0}
+lockvar! g:msgpack#false
+
+""
+" NIL value.
+let g:msgpack#nil = {'_TYPE': v:msgpack_types.nil, '_VAL': 0}
+lockvar! g:msgpack#nil
+
+""
+" Deduce type of |msgpack-special-dict|.
+"
+" @return zero if given dictionary is not special or name of the key in 
+"         v:msgpack_types dictionary.
+function msgpack#special_type(v) abort
+  if type(a:v) != type({}) || !has_key(a:v, '_TYPE')
+    return 0
+  endif
+  for [k, v] in items(v:msgpack_types)
+    if a:v._TYPE is v
+      return k
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return 0
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Mapping that maps type() output to type names.
+let s:MSGPACK_STANDARD_TYPES = {
+  \type(0): 'integer',
+  \type(0.0): 'float',
+  \type(''): 'binary',
+  \type([]): 'array',
+  \type({}): 'map',
+\}
+
+""
+" Deduce type of one of items returned by msgpackparse().
+"
+" @return Name of a key in v:msgpack_types.
+function msgpack#type(v) abort
+  let special_type = msgpack#special_type(a:v)
+  if special_type is 0
+    return s:MSGPACK_STANDARD_TYPES[type(a:v)]
+  endif
+  return special_type
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Dump nil value.
+function s:msgpack_dump_nil(v) abort
+  return 'NIL'
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Dump boolean value.
+function s:msgpack_dump_boolean(v) abort
+  return a:v._VAL ? 'TRUE' : 'FALSE'
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Dump integer msgpack value.
+function s:msgpack_dump_integer(v) abort
+  if type(a:v) == type({})
+    return msgpack#int_dict_to_str(a:v)
+  else
+    return string(a:v)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Dump floating-point value.
+function s:msgpack_dump_float(v) abort
+  return substitute(string(type(a:v) == type({}) ? a:v._VAL : a:v),
+                   \'\V\^\(-\)\?str2float(''\(inf\|nan\)'')\$', '\1\2', '')
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Dump |msgpack-special-dict| that represents a string. If any additional 
+" parameter is given then it dumps binary string.
+function s:msgpack_dump_string(v, ...) abort
+  let ret = [a:0 ? '"' : '="']
+  for v in a:v._VAL
+    call add(
+          \ret,
+          \substitute(
+            \substitute(v, '["\\]', '\\\0', 'g'),
+            \'\n', '\\0', 'g'))
+    call add(ret, '\n')
+  endfor
+  let ret[-1] = '"'
+  return join(ret, '')
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Dump binary string.
+function s:msgpack_dump_binary(v) abort
+  if type(a:v) == type({})
+    return s:msgpack_dump_string(a:v, 1)
+  else
+    return s:msgpack_dump_string({'_VAL': split(a:v, "\n", 1)}, 1)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Dump array value.
+function s:msgpack_dump_array(v) abort
+  let val = type(a:v) == type({}) ? a:v._VAL : a:v
+  return '[' . join(map(val[:], 'msgpack#string(v:val)'), ', ') . ']'
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Dump dictionary value.
+function s:msgpack_dump_map(v) abort
+  let ret = ['{']
+  if msgpack#special_type(a:v) is 0
+    for [k, v] in items(a:v)
+      let ret += [s:msgpack_dump_string({'_VAL': split(k, "\n", 1)}),
+                 \': ',
+                 \msgpack#string(v),
+                 \', ']
+      unlet v
+    endfor
+    if !empty(a:v)
+      call remove(ret, -1)
+    endif
+  else
+    for [k, v] in sort(copy(a:v._VAL))
+      let ret += [msgpack#string(k),
+                 \': ',
+                 \msgpack#string(v),
+                 \', ']
+      unlet k
+      unlet v
+    endfor
+    if !empty(a:v._VAL)
+      call remove(ret, -1)
+    endif
+  endif
+  let ret += ['}']
+  return join(ret, '')
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Dump extension value.
+function s:msgpack_dump_ext(v) abort
+  return printf('+(%i)%s', a:v._VAL[0],
+               \s:msgpack_dump_string({'_VAL': a:v._VAL[1]}, 1))
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert msgpack object to a string, like string() function does. Result of the 
+" conversion may be passed to msgpack#eval().
+function msgpack#string(v) abort
+  if type(a:v) == type({})
+    let type = msgpack#special_type(a:v)
+    if type is 0
+      let type = 'map'
+    endif
+  else
+    let type = get(s:MSGPACK_STANDARD_TYPES, type(a:v), 0)
+    if type is 0
+      throw printf('msgpack:invtype: Unable to convert value %s', string(a:v))
+    endif
+  endif
+  return s:msgpack_dump_{type}(a:v)
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Copy msgpack object like deepcopy() does, but leave types intact
+function msgpack#deepcopy(obj) abort
+  if type(a:obj) == type([])
+    return map(copy(a:obj), 'msgpack#deepcopy(v:val)')
+  elseif type(a:obj) == type({})
+    let special_type = msgpack#special_type(a:obj)
+    if special_type is 0
+      return map(copy(a:obj), 'msgpack#deepcopy(v:val)')
+    else
+      return {
+        \'_TYPE': v:msgpack_types[special_type],
+        \'_VAL': msgpack#deepcopy(a:obj._VAL)
+      \}
+    endif
+  else
+    return copy(a:obj)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert an escaped character to needed value
+function s:msgpack_eval_str_sub(ch) abort
+  if a:ch is# 'n'
+    return '", "'
+  elseif a:ch is# '0'
+    return '\n'
+  else
+    return '\' . a:ch
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+let s:MSGPACK_SPECIAL_OBJECTS = {
+  \'NIL': '{''_TYPE'': v:msgpack_types.nil, ''_VAL'': 0}',
+  \'TRUE': '{''_TYPE'': v:msgpack_types.boolean, ''_VAL'': 1}',
+  \'FALSE': '{''_TYPE'': v:msgpack_types.boolean, ''_VAL'': 0}',
+  \'nan': '(-(1.0/0.0-1.0/0.0))',
+  \'inf': '(1.0/0.0)',
+\}
+
+""
+" Convert msgpack object dumped by msgpack#string() to a VimL object suitable 
+" for msgpackdump().
+"
+" @param[in]  s             String to evaluate.
+" @param[in]  special_objs  Additional special objects, in the same format as 
+"                           s:MSGPACK_SPECIAL_OBJECTS.
+"
+" @return Any value that msgpackparse() may return.
+function msgpack#eval(s, special_objs) abort
+  let s = a:s
+  let expr = []
+  let context = []
+  while !empty(s)
+    let s = substitute(s, '^\s*', '', '')
+    if s[0] =~# '\v^\h$'
+      let name = matchstr(s, '\v\C^\w+')
+      if has_key(s:MSGPACK_SPECIAL_OBJECTS, name)
+        call add(expr, s:MSGPACK_SPECIAL_OBJECTS[name])
+      elseif has_key(a:special_objs, name)
+        call add(expr, a:special_objs[name])
+      else
+        throw 'name-unknown:Unknown name ' . name . ': ' . s
+      endif
+      let s = s[len(name):]
+    elseif (s[0] is# '-' && s[1] =~# '\v^\d$') || s[0] =~# '\v^\d$'
+      let sign = 1
+      if s[0] is# '-'
+        let s = s[1:]
+        let sign = -1
+      endif
+      if s[0:1] is# '0x'
+        " See comment in msgpack#int_dict_to_str().
+        let s = s[2:]
+        let hexnum = matchstr(s, '\v\C^\x+')
+        if empty(hexnum)
+          throw '0x-empty:Must have number after 0x: ' . s
+        elseif len(hexnum) > 16
+          throw '0x-long:Must have at most 16 hex digits: ' . s
+        endif
+        let s = s[len(hexnum):]
+        let hexnum = repeat('0', 16 - len(hexnum)) . hexnum
+        let g1 = str2nr(hexnum[0], 16)
+        let g2 = str2nr(hexnum[1:7], 16)
+        let g3 = str2nr(hexnum[8], 16)
+        let g4 = str2nr(hexnum[9:15], 16)
+        let v1 = s:shift(g1, -2)
+        let v2 = or(or(s:shift(s:mask1(g1, 2), 29), s:shift(g2, 1)),
+                   \s:mask1(s:shift(g3, -3), 1))
+        let v3 = or(s:shift(s:mask1(g3, 3), 28), g4)
+        call add(expr, printf('{''_TYPE'': v:msgpack_types.integer, '.
+                             \'''_VAL'': [%i, %u, %u, %u]}',
+                             \sign, v1, v2, v3))
+      else
+        let num = matchstr(s, '\v\C^\d+')
+        let s = s[len(num):]
+        if sign == -1
+          call add(expr, '-')
+        endif
+        call add(expr, num)
+        if s[0] is# '.'
+          let dec = matchstr(s, '\v\C^\.\d+%(e[+-]?\d+)?')
+          if empty(dec)
+            throw '0.-nodigits:Decimal dot must be followed by digit(s): ' . s
+          endif
+          let s = s[len(dec):]
+          call add(expr, dec)
+        endif
+      endif
+    elseif s =~# '-\?\%(inf\|nan\)'
+      if s[0] is# '-'
+        call add(expr, '-')
+        let s = s[1:]
+      endif
+      call add(expr, s:MSGPACK_SPECIAL_OBJECTS[s[0:2]])
+      let s = s[3:]
+    elseif stridx('="+', s[0]) != -1
+      let match = matchlist(s, '\v\C^(\=|\+\((\-?\d+)\)|)(\"%(\\.|[^\\"]+)*\")')
+      if empty(match)
+        throw '"-invalid:Invalid string: ' . s
+      endif
+      call add(expr, '{''_TYPE'': v:msgpack_types.')
+      if empty(match[1])
+        call add(expr, 'binary')
+      elseif match[1] is# '='
+        call add(expr, 'string')
+      else
+        call add(expr, 'ext')
+      endif
+      call add(expr, ', ''_VAL'': [')
+      if match[1][0] is# '+'
+        call add(expr, match[2] . ', [')
+      endif
+      call add(expr, substitute(match[3], '\v\C\\(.)',
+                               \'\=s:msgpack_eval_str_sub(submatch(1))', 'g'))
+      if match[1][0] is# '+'
+        call add(expr, ']')
+      endif
+      call add(expr, ']}')
+      let s = s[len(match[0]):]
+    elseif s[0] is# '{'
+      call add(context, 'map')
+      call add(expr, '{''_TYPE'': v:msgpack_types.map, ''_VAL'': [')
+      call add(expr, '[')
+      let s = s[1:]
+    elseif s[0] is# '['
+      call add(context, 'array')
+      call add(expr, '[')
+      let s = s[1:]
+    elseif s[0] is# ':'
+      call add(expr, ',')
+      let s = s[1:]
+    elseif s[0] is# ','
+      if context[-1] is# 'array'
+        call add(expr, ',')
+      else
+        call add(expr, '], [')
+      endif
+      let s = s[1:]
+    elseif s[0] is# ']'
+      call remove(context, -1)
+      call add(expr, ']')
+      let s = s[1:]
+    elseif s[0] is# '}'
+      call remove(context, -1)
+      if expr[-1] is# "\x5B"
+        call remove(expr, -1)
+      else
+        call add(expr, ']')
+      endif
+      call add(expr, ']}')
+      let s = s[1:]
+    elseif s[0] is# ''''
+      let char = matchstr(s, '\m\C^''\zs.\ze''')
+      if empty(char)
+        throw 'char-invalid:Invalid integer character literal format: ' . s
+      endif
+      call add(expr, char2nr(char))
+      let s = s[len(char) + 2:]
+    else
+      throw 'unknown:Invalid non-space character: ' . s
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  if empty(expr)
+    throw 'empty:Parsed string is empty'
+  endif
+  return eval(join(expr, ''))
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Check whether two msgpack values are equal
+function msgpack#equal(a, b)
+  let atype = msgpack#type(a:a)
+  let btype = msgpack#type(a:b)
+  if atype isnot# btype
+    return 0
+  endif
+  let aspecial = msgpack#special_type(a:a)
+  let bspecial = msgpack#special_type(a:b)
+  if aspecial is# bspecial
+    if aspecial is# 0
+      if type(a:a) == type({})
+        if len(a:a) != len(a:b)
+          return 0
+        endif
+        if !empty(filter(keys(a:a), '!has_key(a:b, v:val)'))
+          return 0
+        endif
+        for [k, v] in items(a:a)
+          if !msgpack#equal(v, a:b[k])
+            return 0
+          endif
+          unlet v
+        endfor
+        return 1
+      elseif type(a:a) == type([])
+        if len(a:a) != len(a:b)
+          return 0
+        endif
+        let i = 0
+        for asubval in a:a
+          if !msgpack#equal(asubval, a:b[i])
+            return 0
+          endif
+          let i += 1
+          unlet asubval
+        endfor
+        return 1
+      elseif type(a:a) == type(0.0)
+        return (a:a == a:a ? a:a == a:b : string(a:a) ==# string(a:b))
+      else
+        return a:a ==# a:b
+      endif
+    elseif aspecial is# 'map' || aspecial is# 'array'
+      if len(a:a._VAL) != len(a:b._VAL)
+        return 0
+      endif
+      let alist = aspecial is# 'map' ? sort(copy(a:a._VAL)) : a:a._VAL
+      let blist = bspecial is# 'map' ? sort(copy(a:b._VAL)) : a:b._VAL
+      let i = 0
+      for asubval in alist
+        let bsubval = blist[i]
+        if aspecial is# 'map'
+          if !(msgpack#equal(asubval[0], bsubval[0])
+              \&& msgpack#equal(asubval[1], bsubval[1]))
+            return 0
+          endif
+        else
+          if !msgpack#equal(asubval, bsubval)
+            return 0
+          endif
+        endif
+        let i += 1
+        unlet asubval
+        unlet bsubval
+      endfor
+      return 1
+    elseif aspecial is# 'nil'
+      return 1
+    elseif aspecial is# 'float'
+      return (a:a._VAL == a:a._VAL
+             \? (a:a._VAL == a:b._VAL)
+             \: (string(a:a._VAL) ==# string(a:b._VAL)))
+    else
+      return a:a._VAL ==# a:b._VAL
+    endif
+  else
+    if atype is# 'array'
+      let a = aspecial is 0 ? a:a : a:a._VAL
+      let b = bspecial is 0 ? a:b : a:b._VAL
+      return msgpack#equal(a, b)
+    elseif atype is# 'binary'
+      let a = (aspecial is 0 ? split(a:a, "\n", 1) : a:a._VAL)
+      let b = (bspecial is 0 ? split(a:b, "\n", 1) : a:b._VAL)
+      return a ==# b
+    elseif atype is# 'map'
+      if aspecial is 0
+        let akeys = copy(a:a)
+        if len(a:b._VAL) != len(akeys)
+          return 0
+        endif
+        for [k, v] in a:b._VAL
+          if msgpack#type(k) isnot# 'string'
+            " Non-special mapping cannot have non-string keys
+            return 0
+          endif
+          if (empty(k._VAL)
+             \|| k._VAL ==# [""]
+             \|| !empty(filter(copy(k._VAL), 'stridx(v:val, "\n") != -1')))
+            " Non-special mapping cannot have zero byte in key or an empty key
+            return 0
+          endif
+          let kstr = join(k._VAL, "\n")
+          if !has_key(akeys, kstr)
+            " Protects from both missing and duplicate keys
+            return 0
+          endif
+          if !msgpack#equal(akeys[kstr], v)
+            return 0
+          endif
+          call remove(akeys, kstr)
+          unlet k
+          unlet v
+        endfor
+        return 1
+      else
+        return msgpack#equal(a:b, a:a)
+      endif
+    elseif atype is# 'float'
+      let a = aspecial is 0 ? a:a : a:a._VAL
+      let b = bspecial is 0 ? a:b : a:b._VAL
+      return (a == a ? a == b : string(a) ==# string(b))
+    elseif atype is# 'integer'
+      if aspecial is 0
+        let sign = a:a >= 0 ? 1 : -1
+        let a = sign * a:a
+        let v1 = s:mask1(s:shift(a, -62), 2)
+        let v2 = s:mask1(s:shift(a, -31), 31)
+        let v3 = s:mask1(a, 31)
+        return [sign, v1, v2, v3] == a:b._VAL
+      else
+        return msgpack#equal(a:b, a:a)
+      endif
+    else
+      throw printf('internal-invalid-type: %s == %s, but special %s /= %s',
+                  \atype, btype, aspecial, bspecial)
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction

runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Dávid Szabó ( complex857 AT gmail DOT com )
 " Previous Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
 " URL: https://github.com/shawncplus/phpcomplete.vim
-" Last Change:  2014 Dec 01
+" Last Change:  2015 Apr 02
 "
 "	OPTIONS:
 "
@@ -141,11 +141,17 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompletePHP(findstart, base) " {{{
 		if a:base != ""
 			let context = substitute(context, '\s*[$a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*$', '', '')
 		end
+	else
+		let context = ''
 	end
 
+	try
+		let winheight = winheight(0)
+		let winnr = winnr()
+
 		let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(getline(0, line('.')))
 
-	if context =~? '^use\s'
+		if context =~? '^use\s' || context ==? 'use'
 			return phpcomplete#CompleteUse(a:base)
 		endif
 
@@ -189,7 +195,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompletePHP(findstart, base) " {{{
 			" }}}
 		elseif context =~? 'implements'
 			return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, ['i'], current_namespace, imports)
-	elseif context =~? 'extends\s\+.\+$'
+		elseif context =~? 'extends\s\+.\+$' && a:base == ''
 			return ['implements']
 		elseif context =~? 'extends'
 			let kinds = context =~? 'class\s' ? ['c'] : ['i']
@@ -206,6 +212,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompletePHP(findstart, base) " {{{
 		else
 			return phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(a:base, current_namespace, imports)
 		endif
+	finally
+		silent! exec winnr.'resize '.winheight
+	endtry
 endfunction
 " }}}
 
@@ -244,12 +253,13 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUse(base) " {{{
 			if has_key(tag, 'namespace')
 				let patched_ctags_detected = 1
 			endif
+
 			if tag.kind ==? 'n' && tag.name =~? '^'.namespace_match_pattern
 				let patched_ctags_detected = 1
 				call add(namespaced_matches, {'word': tag.name, 'kind': 'n', 'menu': tag.filename, 'info': tag.filename })
-			elseif has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i') && tag.namespace ==? namespace_for_class
+			elseif has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i' || tag.kind ==? 't') && tag.namespace ==? namespace_for_class
 				call add(namespaced_matches, {'word': namespace_for_class.'\'.tag.name, 'kind': tag.kind, 'menu': tag.filename, 'info': tag.filename })
-			elseif (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i')
+			elseif (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i' || tag.kind ==? 't')
 				call add(no_namespace_matches, {'word': namespace_for_class.'\'.tag.name, 'kind': tag.kind, 'menu': tag.filename, 'info': tag.filename })
 			endif
 		endfor
@@ -272,6 +282,10 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUse(base) " {{{
 		endfor
 	endif
 
+	for comp in res
+		let comp.word = substitute(comp.word, '^\\', '', '')
+	endfor
+
 	return res
 endfunction
 " }}}
@@ -326,6 +340,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 	let ext_functions  = {}
 	let ext_constants  = {}
 	let ext_classes    = {}
+	let ext_traits     = {}
 	let ext_interfaces = {}
 	let ext_namespaces = {}
 
@@ -420,7 +435,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 						endif
 					endif
 				endif
-			elseif tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i'
+			elseif tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i' || tag.kind ==? 't'
 				let info = ' - '.tag.filename
 
 				let key = ''
@@ -441,6 +456,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 						let ext_classes[key] = info
 					elseif tag.kind ==? 'i'
 						let ext_interfaces[key] = info
+					elseif tag.kind ==? 't'
+						let ext_traits[key] = info
 					endif
 				endif
 			endif
@@ -463,7 +480,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 		endfor
 		for [interfacename, info] in items(g:php_builtin_interfacenames)
 			if interfacename =~? '^'.base
-				let builtin_interfaces[leading_slash.interfacename] = info
+				let builtin_interfaces[leading_slash.g:php_builtin_interfaces[tolower(interfacename)].name] = info
 			endif
 		endfor
 	endif
@@ -511,6 +528,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 				else
 					let ext_interfaces[imported_name] = ' '.import.name.' - '.import.filename
 				endif
+			elseif import.kind ==? 't'
+				let ext_traits[imported_name] = ' '.import.name.' - '.import.filename
 			endif
 
 			" no builtin interfaces
@@ -540,6 +559,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 	" Add external interfaces
 	call extend(all_values, ext_interfaces)
 
+	" Add external traits
+	call extend(all_values, ext_traits)
+
 	" Add built-in classes
 	call extend(all_values, builtin_classnames)
 
@@ -566,6 +588,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 		elseif has_key(ext_interfaces, i) || has_key(builtin_interfaces, i)
 			let info = has_key(ext_interfaces, i) ? ext_interfaces[i] : builtin_interfaces[i].' - builtin'
 			let final_list += [{'word':i, 'kind': 'i', 'menu': info, 'info': i.info}]
+		elseif has_key(ext_traits, i)
+			let final_list += [{'word':i, 'kind': 't', 'menu': ext_traits[i], 'info': ext_traits[i]}]
 		elseif has_key(int_constants, i) || has_key(builtin_constants, i)
 			let info = has_key(int_constants, i) ? int_constants[i] : ' - builtin'
 			let final_list += [{'word':i, 'kind': 'd', 'menu': info, 'info': i.info}]
@@ -784,7 +808,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(base, kinds, current_namespace, imports)
 
 	let tags = []
 	if len(tag_match_pattern) >= g:phpcomplete_min_num_of_chars_for_namespace_completion
-		let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^'.tag_match_pattern)
+		let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^\c'.tag_match_pattern)
 	endif
 
 	if len(tags)
@@ -861,6 +885,39 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompareCompletionRow(i1, i2) " {{{
 endfunction
 " }}}
 
+function! s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, current_pos) " {{{
+	let line_no   = a:current_pos[0]
+	let col_no    = a:current_pos[1]
+	let last_line = a:filelines[len(a:filelines) - 1]
+	let end_pos   = [len(a:filelines) - 1, strlen(last_line) - 1]
+	if line_no > end_pos[0] || line_no == end_pos[0] && col_no > end_pos[1]
+		return ['EOF', 'EOF']
+	endif
+
+	" we've not reached the end of the current line break
+	if col_no + 1 < strlen(a:filelines[line_no])
+		let col_no += 1
+	else
+		" we've reached the end of the current line, jump to the next
+		" non-blank line (blank lines have no position where we can read from,
+		" not even a whitespace. The newline char does not positionable by vim
+		let line_no += 1
+		while strlen(a:filelines[line_no]) == 0
+			let line_no += 1
+		endwhile
+
+		let col_no = 0
+	endif
+
+	" return 'EOF' string to signal end of file, normal results only one char
+	" in length
+	if line_no == end_pos[0] && col_no > end_pos[1]
+		return ['EOF', 'EOF']
+	endif
+
+	return [[line_no, col_no], a:filelines[line_no][col_no]]
+endfunction " }}}
+
 function! phpcomplete#EvaluateModifiers(modifiers, required_modifiers, prohibited_modifiers) " {{{
 	" if theres no modifier, and no modifier is allowed and no modifier is required
 	if len(a:modifiers) == 0 && len(a:required_modifiers) == 0
@@ -1475,21 +1532,19 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 				return ''
 			endif
 
-			if line =~? '\v^\s*(abstract\s+|final\s+)*\s*class'
-				let class_name = matchstr(line, '\c\s*class\s*\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
+			if line =~? '\v^\s*(abstract\s+|final\s+)*\s*class\s'
+				let class_name = matchstr(line, '\cclass\s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
 				let extended_class = matchstr(line, '\cclass\s\+'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+extends\s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
 
 				let classname_candidate = a:context =~? 'parent::' ? extended_class : class_name
-			else
-				let i += 1
-				continue
-			endif
-
 				if classname_candidate != ''
 					let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#GetCallChainReturnType(classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace, class_candidate_imports, methodstack)
 					" return absolute classname, without leading \
 					return (class_candidate_namespace == '\' || class_candidate_namespace == '') ? classname_candidate : class_candidate_namespace.'\'.classname_candidate
 				endif
+			endif
+
+			let i += 1
 		endwhile
 	elseif a:context =~? '(\s*new\s\+'.class_name_pattern.'\s*)->'
 		let classname_candidate = matchstr(a:context, '\cnew\s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
@@ -1602,11 +1657,12 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 				endif
 			endif
 
-			" in-file lookup for typehinted function arguments
-			"   - the function can have a name or be anonymous (e.g., function qux() { ... } vs. function () { ... })
-			"   - the type-hinted argument can be anywhere in the arguments list.
-			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+'.object && !object_is_array
-				let f_args = matchstr(line, '\cfunction\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)')
+			" function declaration line
+			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*('
+				let function_lines = join(reverse(lines), " ")
+				" search for type hinted arguments
+				if function_lines =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+'.object && !object_is_array
+					let f_args = matchstr(function_lines, '\cfunction\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)')
 					let args = split(f_args, '\s*\zs,\ze\s*')
 					for arg in args
 						if arg =~# object.'\(,\|$\)'
@@ -1620,8 +1676,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 					endif
 				endif
 
-			" if we see a function declaration, try loading the docblock for it and look for matching @params
-			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.object
+				" search for docblock for the function
 				let match_line = substitute(line, '\\', '\\\\', 'g')
 				let sccontent = getline(0, a:start_line - i)
 				let doc_str = phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(sccontent, match_line)
@@ -1641,13 +1696,14 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 			endif
 
 			" assignment for the variable in question with a variable on the right hand side
-			if line =~# '^\s*'.object.'\s*=&\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern
+			if line =~# '^\s*'.object.'\s*=&\?\s\+\(clone\)\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern
 
 				" try to find the next non-comment or string ";" char
-				let start_col = match(line, '^\s*'.object.'\C\s*=\zs&\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern)
+				let start_col = match(line, '^\s*'.object.'\C\s*=\zs&\?\s\+\(clone\)\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern)
 				let filelines = reverse(lines)
 				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [a:start_line - i - 1, start_col])
 				let chars_read = 1
+				let last_pos = pos
 				" read while end of the file
 				while char != 'EOF' && chars_read < 1000
 					let last_pos = pos
@@ -1689,6 +1745,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 				let filelines = reverse(lines)
 				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [a:start_line - i - 1, start_col])
 				let chars_read = 1
+				let last_pos = pos
 				" read while end of the file
 				while char != 'EOF' && chars_read < 1000
 					let last_pos = pos
@@ -1819,7 +1876,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace) " {{{
 	let i = 1
 	while i < line('.')
 		let line = getline(line('.')-i)
-		if line =~? '^\s*\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\)*\s*class\s*'.a:classname.'\(\s\+\|$\)' && tolower(current_namespace) == search_namespace
+		if line =~? '^\s*\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\)*\s*\(class\|interface\|trait\)\s*'.a:classname.'\(\s\+\|$\)' && tolower(current_namespace) == search_namespace
 			return expand('%:p')
 		else
 			let i += 1
@@ -1831,7 +1888,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace) " {{{
 	let no_namespace_candidate = ''
 	let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^'.a:classname.'$')
 	for tag in tags
-		if tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i'
+		" We'll allow interfaces and traits to be handled classes since you
+		" can't have colliding names with different kinds anyway
+		if tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i' || tag.kind == 't'
 			if !has_key(tag, 'namespace')
 				let no_namespace_candidate = tag.filename
 			else
@@ -1981,7 +2040,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 
 	silent! below 1new
 	silent! 0put =cfile
-	call search('\(class\|interface\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\(\>\|$\)')
+	call search('\c\(class\|interface\|trait\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\(\>\|$\)')
 	let cfline = line('.')
 	call search('{')
 	let endline = line('.')
@@ -1994,8 +2053,48 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 		let extends_class = ''
 	endif
 	call searchpair('{', '', '}', 'W')
-	let classcontent = join(getline(cfline, line('.')), "\n")
+	let class_closing_bracket_line = line('.')
+	let classcontent = join(getline(cfline, class_closing_bracket_line), "\n")
+
+	let used_traits = []
+	" move back to the line next to the class's definition
+	call cursor(endline + 1, 1)
+	let keep_searching = 1
+	while keep_searching != 0
+		" try to grab "use..." keywords
+		let [lnum, col] = searchpos('\c^\s\+use\s\+'.class_name_pattern, 'cW', class_closing_bracket_line)
+		let syn_name = synIDattr(synID(lnum, col, 0), "name")
+		if syn_name =~? 'string\|comment'
+			call cursor(lnum + 1, 1)
+			continue
+		endif
+
+		let trait_line = getline(lnum)
+		if trait_line !~? ';'
+			" try to find the next line containing ';'
+			let l = lnum
+			let search_line = trait_line
+
+			" add lines from the file until theres no ';' in them
+			while search_line !~? ';' && l > 0
+				" file lines are reversed so we need to go backwards
+				let l += 1
+				let search_line = getline(l)
+				let trait_line .= ' '.substitute(search_line, '\(^\s\+\|\s\+$\)', '', 'g')
+			endwhile
+		endif
+		let use_expression = matchstr(trait_line, '^\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
+		let use_parts = map(split(use_expression, '\s*,\s*'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\s+", " ", "g")')
+		let used_traits += map(use_parts, 'substitute(v:val, "\\s", "", "g")')
+		call cursor(lnum + 1, 1)
+
+		if [lnum, col] == [0, 0]
+			let keep_searching = 0
+		endif
+	endwhile
+
 	silent! bw! %
+
 	let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(a:file_lines[0:cfline])
 	" go back to original window
 	exe phpcomplete_original_window.'wincmd w'
@@ -2008,21 +2107,27 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 				\ 'mtime': getftime(full_file_path),
 				\ })
 
+	let all_extends = used_traits
 	if extends_class != ''
-		let [extends_class, namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(extends_class, current_namespace, imports)
+		call add(all_extends, extends_class)
+	endif
+	if len(all_extends) > 0
+		for class in all_extends
+			let [class, namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(class, current_namespace, imports)
 			if namespace == ''
 				let namespace = '\'
 			endif
-		let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(extends_class, namespace)
+			let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(class, namespace)
 			if classlocation == "VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT"
-			let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(g:php_builtin_classes[tolower(extends_class)])]
+				let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(g:php_builtin_classes[tolower(class)])]
 			elseif classlocation != '' && filereadable(classlocation)
 				let full_file_path = fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p')
-			let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, readfile(full_file_path), extends_class)
+				let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, readfile(full_file_path), class)
 			elseif tolower(current_namespace) == tolower(namespace)
 				" try to find the declaration in the same file.
-			let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, a:file_lines, extends_class)
+				let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, a:file_lines, class)
 			endif
+		endfor
 	endif
 
 	return result
@@ -2270,19 +2375,40 @@ endfunction!
 " }}}
 
 function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
+	let original_window = winnr()
+
+	silent! below 1new
+	silent! 0put =a:file_lines
+	normal! G
+
+	" clear out classes, functions and other blocks
+	while 1
+		let block_start_pos = searchpos('\c\(class\|trait\|function\|interface\)\s\+\_.\{-}\zs{', 'Web')
+		if block_start_pos == [0, 0]
+			break
+		endif
+		let block_end_pos = searchpairpos('{', '', '}\|\%$', 'W', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string\\|comment"')
+		silent! exec block_start_pos[0].','.block_end_pos[0].'d'
+	endwhile
+	normal! G
+
+	" grab the remains
+	let file_lines = reverse(getline(1, line('.') - 1))
+
+	silent! bw! %
+	exe original_window.'wincmd w'
+
 	let namespace_name_pattern = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff\\][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff\\]*'
-	let file_lines = reverse(copy(a:file_lines))
 	let i = 0
 	let file_length = len(file_lines)
 	let imports = {}
-
 	let current_namespace = '\'
 
 	while i < file_length
 		let line = file_lines[i]
 
 		if line =~? '^\s*namespace\s*'.namespace_name_pattern
-			let current_namespace = matchstr(line, '^\s*namespace\s*\zs'.namespace_name_pattern.'\ze')
+			let current_namespace = matchstr(line, '\c^\s*namespace\s*\zs'.namespace_name_pattern.'\ze')
 			break
 		endif
 
@@ -2303,11 +2429,11 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 					let use_line .= ' '.substitute(search_line, '\(^\s\+\|\s\+$\)', '', 'g')
 				endwhile
 			endif
-			let use_expression = matchstr(use_line, '^\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
+			let use_expression = matchstr(use_line, '^\c\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
 			let use_parts = map(split(use_expression, '\s*,\s*'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\s+", " ", "g")')
 			for part in use_parts
 				if part =~? '\s\+as\s\+'
-					let [object, name] = split(part, '\s\+as\s\+')
+					let [object, name] = split(part, '\s\+as\s\+\c')
 					let object = substitute(object, '^\\', '', '')
 					let name   = substitute(name, '^\\', '', '')
 				else
@@ -2343,7 +2469,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 								break
 							endif
 							" if the name matches with the extracted classname and namespace
-							if (tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i') && tag.name == classname
+							if (tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i' || tag.kind == 't') && tag.name == classname
 								if has_key(tag, 'namespace')
 									let patched_ctags_detected = 1
 									if tag.namespace == namespace_for_classes
@@ -2386,7 +2512,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 						let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^'.import['name'].'$')
 						for tag in tags
 							" search for the first matchin namespace, class, interface with no namespace
-							if !has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind == 'n' || tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i')
+							if !has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind == 'n' || tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i' || tag.kind == 't')
 								call extend(import, tag)
 								let import['builtin'] = 0
 								break

runtime/autoload/provider/clipboard.vim

@@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ if executable('pbcopy')
   let s:copy['*'] = s:copy['+']
   let s:paste['*'] = s:paste['+']
   let s:cache_enabled = 0
-elseif executable('xclip')
-  let s:copy['+'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection clipboard'
-  let s:paste['+'] = 'xclip -o -selection clipboard'
-  let s:copy['*'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection primary'
-  let s:paste['*'] = 'xclip -o -selection primary'
-elseif executable('xsel')
+elseif exists('$DISPLAY') && executable('xsel')
   let s:copy['+'] = 'xsel --nodetach -i -b'
   let s:paste['+'] = 'xsel -o -b'
   let s:copy['*'] = 'xsel --nodetach -i -p'
   let s:paste['*'] = 'xsel -o -p'
+elseif exists('$DISPLAY') && executable('xclip')
+  let s:copy['+'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection clipboard'
+  let s:paste['+'] = 'xclip -o -selection clipboard'
+  let s:copy['*'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection primary'
+  let s:paste['*'] = 'xclip -o -selection primary'
 else
   echom 'clipboard: No clipboard tool available. See :help nvim-clipboard'
   finish
@@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ function! s:clipboard.set(lines, regtype, reg)
   end
   let selection.data = [a:lines, a:regtype]
   let argv = split(s:copy[a:reg], " ")
+  let selection.detach = s:cache_enabled
   let jobid = jobstart(argv, selection)
   if jobid <= 0
     echohl WarningMsg

runtime/autoload/provider/python.vim

@@ -24,12 +24,10 @@ if s:prog == ''
   finish
 endif
 
-let s:plugin_path = expand('<sfile>:p:h').'/script_host.py'
-
 " The Python provider plugin will run in a separate instance of the Python
 " host.
 call remote#host#RegisterClone('legacy-python-provider', 'python')
-call remote#host#RegisterPlugin('legacy-python-provider', s:plugin_path, [])
+call remote#host#RegisterPlugin('legacy-python-provider', 'script_host.py', [])
 
 function! provider#python#Call(method, args)
   if s:err != ''
@@ -46,7 +44,7 @@ function! provider#python#Call(method, args)
       echohl WarningMsg
       echomsg v:exception
       echohl None
-      finish
+      return
     endtry
   endif
   return call(s:rpcrequest, insert(insert(a:args, 'python_'.a:method), s:host))

runtime/autoload/provider/python3.vim

@@ -24,12 +24,10 @@ if s:prog == ''
   finish
 endif
 
-let s:plugin_path = expand('<sfile>:p:h').'/script_host.py'
-
 " The Python3 provider plugin will run in a separate instance of the Python3
 " host.
 call remote#host#RegisterClone('legacy-python3-provider', 'python3')
-call remote#host#RegisterPlugin('legacy-python3-provider', s:plugin_path, [])
+call remote#host#RegisterPlugin('legacy-python3-provider', 'script_host.py', [])
 
 function! provider#python3#Call(method, args)
   if s:err != ''
@@ -46,7 +44,7 @@ function! provider#python3#Call(method, args)
       echohl WarningMsg
       echomsg v:exception
       echohl None
-      finish
+      return
     endtry
   endif
   return call(s:rpcrequest, insert(insert(a:args, 'python_'.a:method), s:host))

runtime/autoload/provider/pythonx.vim

@@ -5,6 +5,32 @@ endif
 
 let s:loaded_pythonx_provider = 1
 
+function! provider#pythonx#Require(host) abort
+  let ver = (a:host.orig_name ==# 'python') ? 2 : 3
+
+  " Python host arguments
+  let args = ['-c', 'import sys; sys.path.remove(""); import neovim; neovim.start_host()']
+
+  " Collect registered Python plugins into args
+  let python_plugins = remote#host#PluginsForHost(a:host.name)
+  for plugin in python_plugins
+    call add(args, plugin.path)
+  endfor
+
+  try
+    let channel_id = rpcstart((ver == '2' ?
+          \ provider#python#Prog() : provider#python3#Prog()), args)
+    if rpcrequest(channel_id, 'poll') == 'ok'
+      return channel_id
+    endif
+  catch
+    echomsg v:throwpoint
+    echomsg v:exception
+  endtry
+  throw remote#host#LoadErrorForHost(a:host.orig_name,
+        \ '$NVIM_PYTHON_LOG_FILE')
+endfunction
+
 function! provider#pythonx#Detect(major_ver) abort
   let host_var = (a:major_ver == 2) ?
         \ 'g:python_host_prog' : 'g:python3_host_prog'

runtime/autoload/provider/ruby.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+" The Ruby provider helper
+if exists('s:loaded_ruby_provider')
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:loaded_ruby_provider = 1
+
+function! provider#ruby#Require(host) abort
+  " Collect registered Ruby plugins into args
+  let args = []
+  let ruby_plugins = remote#host#PluginsForHost(a:host.name)
+
+  for plugin in ruby_plugins
+    call add(args, plugin.path)
+  endfor
+
+  try
+    let channel_id = rpcstart(provider#ruby#Prog(), args)
+
+    if rpcrequest(channel_id, 'poll') == 'ok'
+      return channel_id
+    endif
+  catch
+    echomsg v:throwpoint
+    echomsg v:exception
+  endtry
+
+  throw remote#host#LoadErrorForHost(a:host.orig_name,
+        \ '$NVIM_RUBY_LOG_FILE')
+endfunction
+
+function! provider#ruby#Prog() abort
+  return 'neovim-ruby-host'
+endfunction

runtime/autoload/provider/script_host.py

@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-"""Legacy python/python3-vim emulation."""
-import imp
-import logging
-import os
-import sys
-
-import neovim
-
-__all__ = ('ScriptHost',)
-
-
-logger = logging.getLogger(__name__)
-debug, info, warn = (logger.debug, logger.info, logger.warn,)
-
-IS_PYTHON3 = sys.version_info >= (3, 0)
-
-if IS_PYTHON3:
-    basestring = str
-
-    if sys.version_info >= (3, 4):
-        from importlib.machinery import PathFinder
-
-
-@neovim.plugin
-class ScriptHost(object):
-
-    """Provides an environment for running python plugins created for Vim."""
-
-    def __init__(self, nvim):
-        """Initialize the legacy python-vim environment."""
-        self.setup(nvim)
-        # context where all code will run
-        self.module = imp.new_module('__main__')
-        nvim.script_context = self.module
-        # it seems some plugins assume 'sys' is already imported, so do it now
-        exec('import sys', self.module.__dict__)
-        self.legacy_vim = nvim.with_hook(LegacyEvalHook())
-        sys.modules['vim'] = self.legacy_vim
-
-    def setup(self, nvim):
-        """Setup import hooks and global streams.
-
-        This will add import hooks for importing modules from runtime
-        directories and patch the sys module so 'print' calls will be
-        forwarded to Nvim.
-        """
-        self.nvim = nvim
-        info('install import hook/path')
-        self.hook = path_hook(nvim)
-        sys.path_hooks.append(self.hook)
-        nvim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH = '_vim_path_'
-        sys.path.append(nvim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH)
-        info('redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr')
-        self.saved_stdout = sys.stdout
-        self.saved_stderr = sys.stderr
-        sys.stdout = RedirectStream(lambda data: nvim.out_write(data))
-        sys.stderr = RedirectStream(lambda data: nvim.err_write(data))
-
-    def teardown(self):
-        """Restore state modified from the `setup` call."""
-        for plugin in self.installed_plugins:
-            if hasattr(plugin, 'on_teardown'):
-                plugin.teardown()
-        nvim = self.nvim
-        info('uninstall import hook/path')
-        sys.path.remove(nvim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH)
-        sys.path_hooks.remove(self.hook)
-        info('restore sys.stdout and sys.stderr')
-        sys.stdout = self.saved_stdout
-        sys.stderr = self.saved_stderr
-
-    @neovim.rpc_export('python_execute', sync=True)
-    def python_execute(self, script, range_start, range_stop):
-        """Handle the `python` ex command."""
-        self._set_current_range(range_start, range_stop)
-        exec(script, self.module.__dict__)
-
-    @neovim.rpc_export('python_execute_file', sync=True)
-    def python_execute_file(self, file_path, range_start, range_stop):
-        """Handle the `pyfile` ex command."""
-        self._set_current_range(range_start, range_stop)
-        with open(file_path) as f:
-            script = compile(f.read(), file_path, 'exec')
-            exec(script, self.module.__dict__)
-
-    @neovim.rpc_export('python_do_range', sync=True)
-    def python_do_range(self, start, stop, code):
-        """Handle the `pydo` ex command."""
-        self._set_current_range(start, stop)
-        nvim = self.nvim
-        start -= 1
-        stop -= 1
-        fname = '_vim_pydo'
-
-        # define the function
-        function_def = 'def %s(line, linenr):\n %s' % (fname, code,)
-        exec(function_def, self.module.__dict__)
-        # get the function
-        function = self.module.__dict__[fname]
-        while start <= stop:
-            # Process batches of 5000 to avoid the overhead of making multiple
-            # API calls for every line. Assuming an average line length of 100
-            # bytes, approximately 488 kilobytes will be transferred per batch,
-            # which can be done very quickly in a single API call.
-            sstart = start
-            sstop = min(start + 5000, stop)
-            lines = nvim.current.buffer.get_line_slice(sstart, sstop, True,
-                                                       True)
-
-            exception = None
-            newlines = []
-            linenr = sstart + 1
-            for i, line in enumerate(lines):
-                result = function(line, linenr)
-                if result is None:
-                    # Update earlier lines, and skip to the next
-                    if newlines:
-                        end = sstart + len(newlines) - 1
-                        nvim.current.buffer.set_line_slice(sstart, end,
-                                                           True, True,
-                                                           newlines)
-                    sstart += len(newlines) + 1
-                    newlines = []
-                    pass
-                elif isinstance(result, basestring):
-                    newlines.append(result)
-                else:
-                    exception = TypeError('pydo should return a string ' +
-                                          'or None, found %s instead'
-                                          % result.__class__.__name__)
-                    break
-                linenr += 1
-
-            start = sstop + 1
-            if newlines:
-                end = sstart + len(newlines) - 1
-                nvim.current.buffer.set_line_slice(sstart, end, True, True,
-                                                   newlines)
-            if exception:
-                raise exception
-        # delete the function
-        del self.module.__dict__[fname]
-
-    @neovim.rpc_export('python_eval', sync=True)
-    def python_eval(self, expr):
-        """Handle the `pyeval` vim function."""
-        return eval(expr, self.module.__dict__)
-
-    def _set_current_range(self, start, stop):
-        current = self.legacy_vim.current
-        current.range = current.buffer.range(start, stop)
-
-
-class RedirectStream(object):
-    def __init__(self, redirect_handler):
-        self.redirect_handler = redirect_handler
-
-    def write(self, data):
-        self.redirect_handler(data)
-
-    def writelines(self, seq):
-        self.redirect_handler('\n'.join(seq))
-
-    def flush(self):
-        pass
-
-
-class LegacyEvalHook(neovim.SessionHook):
-
-    """Injects legacy `vim.eval` behavior to a Nvim instance."""
-
-    def __init__(self):
-        super(LegacyEvalHook, self).__init__(from_nvim=self._string_eval)
-
-    def _string_eval(self, obj, session, method, kind):
-        if method == 'vim_eval':
-            if IS_PYTHON3:
-                if isinstance(obj, (int, float)):
-                    return str(obj)
-            elif isinstance(obj, (int, long, float)):
-                return str(obj)
-        return obj
-
-
-# This was copied/adapted from nvim-python help
-def path_hook(nvim):
-    def _get_paths():
-        return discover_runtime_directories(nvim)
-
-    def _find_module(fullname, oldtail, path):
-        idx = oldtail.find('.')
-        if idx > 0:
-            name = oldtail[:idx]
-            tail = oldtail[idx+1:]
-            fmr = imp.find_module(name, path)
-            module = imp.find_module(fullname[:-len(oldtail)] + name, *fmr)
-            return _find_module(fullname, tail, module.__path__)
-        else:
-            return imp.find_module(fullname, path)
-
-    class VimModuleLoader(object):
-        def __init__(self, module):
-            self.module = module
-
-        def load_module(self, fullname, path=None):
-            # Check sys.modules, required for reload (see PEP302).
-            if fullname in sys.modules:
-                return sys.modules[fullname]
-            return imp.load_module(fullname, *self.module)
-
-    class VimPathFinder(object):
-        @staticmethod
-        def find_module(fullname, path=None):
-            "Method for Python 2.7 and 3.3."
-            try:
-                return VimModuleLoader(
-                    _find_module(fullname, fullname, path or _get_paths()))
-            except ImportError:
-                return None
-
-        @staticmethod
-        def find_spec(fullname, path=None, target=None):
-            "Method for Python 3.4+."
-            return PathFinder.find_spec(fullname, path or _get_paths(), target)
-
-    def hook(path):
-        if path == nvim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH:
-            return VimPathFinder
-        else:
-            raise ImportError
-
-    return hook
-
-
-def discover_runtime_directories(nvim):
-    rv = []
-    for path in nvim.list_runtime_paths():
-        if not os.path.exists(path):
-            continue
-        path1 = os.path.join(path, 'pythonx')
-        if IS_PYTHON3:
-            path2 = os.path.join(path, 'python3')
-        else:
-            path2 = os.path.join(path, 'python2')
-        if os.path.exists(path1):
-            rv.append(path1)
-        if os.path.exists(path2):
-            rv.append(path2)
-    return rv

runtime/autoload/remote/host.vim

@@ -2,10 +2,11 @@ let s:hosts = {}
 let s:plugin_patterns = {}
 let s:remote_plugins_manifest = fnamemodify(expand($MYVIMRC, 1), ':h')
       \.'/.'.fnamemodify($MYVIMRC, ':t').'-rplugin~'
+let s:plugins_for_host = {}
 
 
 " Register a host by associating it with a factory(funcref)
-function! remote#host#Register(name, pattern, factory)
+function! remote#host#Register(name, pattern, factory) abort
   let s:hosts[a:name] = {'factory': a:factory, 'channel': 0, 'initialized': 0}
   let s:plugin_patterns[a:name] = a:pattern
   if type(a:factory) == type(1) && a:factory
@@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ endfunction
 " as `source`, but it will run as a different process. This can be used by
 " plugins that should run isolated from other plugins created for the same host
 " type
-function! remote#host#RegisterClone(name, orig_name)
+function! remote#host#RegisterClone(name, orig_name) abort
   if !has_key(s:hosts, a:orig_name)
     throw 'No host named "'.a:orig_name.'" is registered'
   endif
@@ -34,7 +35,10 @@ endfunction
 
 
 " Get a host channel, bootstrapping it if necessary
-function! remote#host#Require(name)
+function! remote#host#Require(name) abort
+  if empty(s:plugins_for_host)
+    call remote#host#LoadRemotePlugins()
+  endif
   if !has_key(s:hosts, a:name)
     throw 'No host named "'.a:name.'" is registered'
   endif
@@ -51,7 +55,7 @@ function! remote#host#Require(name)
 endfunction
 
 
-function! remote#host#IsRunning(name)
+function! remote#host#IsRunning(name) abort
   if !has_key(s:hosts, a:name)
     throw 'No host named "'.a:name.'" is registered'
   endif
@@ -72,7 +76,7 @@ endfunction
 "
 " The third item in a declaration is a boolean: non zero means the command,
 " autocommand or function will be executed synchronously with rpcrequest.
-function! remote#host#RegisterPlugin(host, path, specs)
+function! remote#host#RegisterPlugin(host, path, specs) abort
   let plugins = remote#host#PluginsForHost(a:host)
 
   for plugin in plugins
@@ -116,14 +120,21 @@ function! remote#host#RegisterPlugin(host, path, specs)
 endfunction
 
 
-function! remote#host#LoadRemotePlugins()
+function! remote#host#LoadRemotePlugins() abort
   if filereadable(s:remote_plugins_manifest)
     exe 'source '.s:remote_plugins_manifest
   endif
 endfunction
 
 
-function! s:RegistrationCommands(host)
+function! remote#host#LoadRemotePluginsEvent(event, pattern) abort
+  autocmd! nvim-rplugin
+  call remote#host#LoadRemotePlugins()
+  execute 'silent doautocmd' a:event a:pattern
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:RegistrationCommands(host) abort
   " Register a temporary host clone for discovering specs
   let host_id = a:host.'-registration-clone'
   call remote#host#RegisterClone(host_id, a:host)
@@ -138,7 +149,9 @@ function! s:RegistrationCommands(host)
   endfor
   let channel = remote#host#Require(host_id)
   let lines = []
+  let registered = []
   for path in paths
+    unlet! specs
     let specs = rpcrequest(channel, 'specs', path)
     if type(specs) != type([])
       " host didn't return a spec list, indicates a failure while loading a
@@ -151,9 +164,10 @@ function! s:RegistrationCommands(host)
       call add(lines, "      \\ ".string(spec).",")
     endfor
     call add(lines, "     \\ ])")
+    call add(registered, path)
   endfor
   echomsg printf("remote/host: %s host registered plugins %s",
-        \ a:host, string(map(copy(paths), "fnamemodify(v:val, ':t')")))
+        \ a:host, string(map(registered, "fnamemodify(v:val, ':t')")))
 
   " Delete the temporary host clone
   call rpcstop(s:hosts[host_id].channel)
@@ -163,26 +177,29 @@ function! s:RegistrationCommands(host)
 endfunction
 
 
-function! s:UpdateRemotePlugins()
+function! remote#host#UpdateRemotePlugins() abort
   let commands = []
   let hosts = keys(s:hosts)
   for host in hosts
     if has_key(s:plugin_patterns, host)
-      let commands = commands
-            \ + ['" '.host.' plugins']
+      try
+        let commands +=
+              \   ['" '.host.' plugins']
               \ + s:RegistrationCommands(host)
               \ + ['', '']
+      catch
+        echomsg v:throwpoint
+        echomsg v:exception
+      endtry
     endif
   endfor
   call writefile(commands, s:remote_plugins_manifest)
+  echomsg printf('remote/host: generated the manifest file in "%s"',
+        \ s:remote_plugins_manifest)
 endfunction
 
 
-command! UpdateRemotePlugins call s:UpdateRemotePlugins()
-
-
-let s:plugins_for_host = {}
-function! remote#host#PluginsForHost(host)
+function! remote#host#PluginsForHost(host) abort
   if !has_key(s:plugins_for_host, a:host)
     let s:plugins_for_host[a:host] = []
   end
@@ -190,38 +207,25 @@ function! remote#host#PluginsForHost(host)
 endfunction
 
 
-" Registration of standard hosts
-
-" Python/Python3 {{{
-function! s:RequirePythonHost(host)
-  let ver = (a:host.orig_name ==# 'python') ? 2 : 3
-
-  " Python host arguments
-  let args = ['-c', 'import sys; sys.path.remove(""); import neovim; neovim.start_host()']
-
-  " Collect registered Python plugins into args
-  let python_plugins = remote#host#PluginsForHost(a:host.name)
-  for plugin in python_plugins
-    call add(args, plugin.path)
-  endfor
-
-  try
-    let channel_id = rpcstart((ver == '2' ?
-          \ provider#python#Prog() : provider#python3#Prog()), args)
-    if rpcrequest(channel_id, 'poll') == 'ok'
-      return channel_id
-    endif
-  catch
-    echomsg v:exception
-  endtry
-  throw 'Failed to load Python host. You can try to see what happened '.
+function! remote#host#LoadErrorForHost(host, log) abort
+  return 'Failed to load '. a:host . ' host. '.
+    \ 'You can try to see what happened '.
     \ 'by starting Neovim with the environment variable '.
-    \ '$NVIM_PYTHON_LOG_FILE set to a file and opening '.
-    \ 'the generated log file. Also, the host stderr will be available '.
+    \ a:log . ' set to a file and opening the generated '.
+    \ 'log file. Also, the host stderr will be available '.
     \ 'in Neovim log, so it may contain useful information. '.
     \ 'See also ~/.nvimlog.'
 endfunction
 
-call remote#host#Register('python', '*.py', function('s:RequirePythonHost'))
-call remote#host#Register('python3', '*.py', function('s:RequirePythonHost'))
-" }}}
+
+" Registration of standard hosts
+
+" Python/Python3
+call remote#host#Register('python', '*',
+      \ function('provider#pythonx#Require'))
+call remote#host#Register('python3', '*',
+      \ function('provider#pythonx#Require'))
+
+" Ruby
+call remote#host#Register('ruby', '*.rb',
+      \ function('provider#ruby#Require'))

runtime/autoload/shada.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,696 @@
+if exists('g:loaded_shada_autoload')
+  finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_shada_autoload = 1
+
+""
+" If true keep the old header entry when editing existing ShaDa file.
+"
+" Old header entry will be kept only if it is listed in the opened file. To 
+" remove old header entry despite of the setting just remove it from the 
+" listing. Setting it to false makes plugin ignore all header entries. Defaults 
+" to 1.
+let g:shada#keep_old_header = get(g:, 'shada#keep_old_header', 1)
+
+""
+" If true then first entry will be plugin’s own header entry.
+let g:shada#add_own_header = get(g:, 'shada#add_own_header', 1)
+
+""
+" Dictionary that maps ShaDa types to their names.
+let s:SHADA_ENTRY_NAMES = {
+  \1: 'header',
+  \2: 'search_pattern',
+  \3: 'replacement_string',
+  \4: 'history_entry',
+  \5: 'register',
+  \6: 'variable',
+  \7: 'global_mark',
+  \8: 'jump',
+  \9: 'buffer_list',
+  \10: 'local_mark',
+  \11: 'change',
+\}
+
+""
+" Dictionary that maps ShaDa names to corresponding types
+let s:SHADA_ENTRY_TYPES = {}
+call map(copy(s:SHADA_ENTRY_NAMES),
+        \'extend(s:SHADA_ENTRY_TYPES, {v:val : +v:key})')
+
+""
+" Map that maps entry names to lists of keys that can be used by this entry. 
+" Only contains data for entries which are represented as mappings, except for 
+" the header.
+let s:SHADA_MAP_ENTRIES = {
+  \'search_pattern': ['sp', 'sh', 'ss', 'sb', 'sm', 'sc', 'sl', 'se', 'so',
+  \                   'su'],
+  \'register': ['n', 'rc', 'rw', 'rt'],
+  \'global_mark': ['n', 'f', 'l', 'c'],
+  \'local_mark': ['f', 'n', 'l', 'c'],
+  \'jump': ['f', 'l', 'c'],
+  \'change': ['f', 'l', 'c'],
+  \'header': [],
+\}
+
+""
+" Like one of the values from s:SHADA_MAP_ENTRIES, but for a single buffer in 
+" buffer list entry.
+let s:SHADA_BUFFER_LIST_KEYS = ['f', 'l', 'c']
+
+""
+" List of possible history types. Maps integer values that represent history 
+" types to human-readable names.
+let s:SHADA_HISTORY_TYPES = ['command', 'search', 'expression', 'input', 'debug']
+
+""
+" Map that maps entry names to their descriptions. Only for entries which have 
+" list as a data type. Description is a list of lists where each entry has item 
+" description and item type.
+let s:SHADA_FIXED_ARRAY_ENTRIES = {
+  \'replacement_string': [[':s replacement string', 'bin']],
+  \'history_entry': [
+    \['history type', 'histtype'],
+    \['contents', 'bin'],
+    \['separator', 'intchar'],
+  \],
+  \'variable': [['name', 'bin'], ['value', 'any']],
+\}
+
+""
+" Dictionary that maps enum names to dictionary with enum values. Dictionary 
+" with enum values maps enum human-readable names to corresponding values. Enums 
+" are used as type names in s:SHADA_FIXED_ARRAY_ENTRIES and 
+" s:SHADA_STANDARD_KEYS.
+let s:SHADA_ENUMS = {
+  \'histtype': {
+    \'CMD': 0,
+    \'SEARCH': 1,
+    \'EXPR': 2,
+    \'INPUT': 3,
+    \'DEBUG': 4,
+  \},
+  \'regtype': {
+    \'CHARACTERWISE': 0,
+    \'LINEWISE': 1,
+    \'BLOCKWISE': 2,
+  \}
+\}
+
+""
+" Second argument to msgpack#eval.
+let s:SHADA_SPECIAL_OBJS = {}
+call map(values(s:SHADA_ENUMS),
+        \'extend(s:SHADA_SPECIAL_OBJS, map(copy(v:val), "string(v:val)"))')
+
+""
+" Like s:SHADA_ENUMS, but inner dictionary maps values to names and not names to 
+" values.
+let s:SHADA_REV_ENUMS = map(copy(s:SHADA_ENUMS), '{}')
+call map(copy(s:SHADA_ENUMS),
+        \'map(copy(v:val), '
+          \. '"extend(s:SHADA_REV_ENUMS[" . string(v:key) . "], '
+                  \. '{v:val : v:key})")')
+
+""
+" Maximum length of ShaDa entry name. Used to arrange entries to the table.
+let s:SHADA_MAX_ENTRY_LENGTH = max(
+      \map(values(s:SHADA_ENTRY_NAMES), 'len(v:val)')
+      \+ [len('unknown (0x)') + 16])
+
+""
+" Object that marks required value.
+let s:SHADA_REQUIRED = []
+
+""
+" Dictionary that maps default key names to their description. Description is 
+" a list that contains human-readable hint, key type and default value.
+let s:SHADA_STANDARD_KEYS = {
+  \'sm': ['magic value', 'boolean', g:msgpack#true],
+  \'sc': ['smartcase value', 'boolean', g:msgpack#false],
+  \'sl': ['has line offset', 'boolean', g:msgpack#false],
+  \'se': ['place cursor at end', 'boolean', g:msgpack#false],
+  \'so': ['offset value', 'integer', 0],
+  \'su': ['is last used', 'boolean', g:msgpack#true],
+  \'ss': ['is :s pattern', 'boolean', g:msgpack#false],
+  \'sh': ['v:hlsearch value', 'boolean', g:msgpack#false],
+  \'sp': ['pattern', 'bin', s:SHADA_REQUIRED],
+  \'sb': ['search backward', 'boolean', g:msgpack#false],
+  \'rt': ['type', 'regtype', s:SHADA_ENUMS.regtype.CHARACTERWISE],
+  \'rw': ['block width', 'uint', 0],
+  \'rc': ['contents', 'binarray', s:SHADA_REQUIRED],
+  \'n':  ['name', 'intchar', char2nr('"')],
+  \'l':  ['line number', 'uint', 1],
+  \'c':  ['column', 'uint', 0],
+  \'f':  ['file name', 'bin', s:SHADA_REQUIRED],
+\}
+
+""
+" Set of entry types containing entries which require `n` key.
+let s:SHADA_REQUIRES_NAME = {'local_mark': 1, 'global_mark': 1, 'register': 1}
+
+""
+" Maximum width of human-readable hint. Used to arrange data in table.
+let s:SHADA_MAX_HINT_WIDTH = max(map(values(s:SHADA_STANDARD_KEYS),
+                                    \'len(v:val[0])'))
+
+""
+" Default mark name for the cases when it makes sense (i.e. for local marks).
+let s:SHADA_DEFAULT_MARK_NAME = '"'
+
+""
+" Mapping that maps timestamps represented using msgpack#string to strftime 
+" output. Used by s:shada_strftime.
+let s:shada_strftime_cache = {}
+
+""
+" Mapping that maps strftime output from s:shada_strftime to timestamps.
+let s:shada_strptime_cache = {}
+
+""
+" Time format used for displaying ShaDa files.
+let s:SHADA_TIME_FORMAT = '%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S'
+
+""
+" Wrapper around msgpack#strftime that caches its output.
+"
+" Format is hardcoded to s:SHADA_TIME_FORMAT.
+function s:shada_strftime(timestamp) abort
+  let key = msgpack#string(a:timestamp)
+  if has_key(s:shada_strftime_cache, key)
+    return s:shada_strftime_cache[key]
+  endif
+  let val = msgpack#strftime(s:SHADA_TIME_FORMAT, a:timestamp)
+  let s:shada_strftime_cache[key] = val
+  let s:shada_strptime_cache[val] = a:timestamp
+  return val
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Wrapper around msgpack#strftime that uses cache created by s:shada_strftime().
+"
+" Also caches its own results. Format is hardcoded to s:SHADA_TIME_FORMAT.
+function s:shada_strptime(string) abort
+  if has_key(s:shada_strptime_cache, a:string)
+    return s:shada_strptime_cache[a:string]
+  endif
+  let ts = msgpack#strptime(s:SHADA_TIME_FORMAT, a:string)
+  let s:shada_strptime_cache[a:string] = ts
+  return ts
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Check whether given value matches given type.
+"
+" @return Zero if value matches, error message string if it does not.
+function s:shada_check_type(type, val) abort
+  let type = msgpack#type(a:val)
+  if type is# a:type
+    return 0
+  endif
+  if has_key(s:SHADA_ENUMS, a:type)
+    let msg = s:shada_check_type('uint', a:val)
+    if msg isnot 0
+      return msg
+    endif
+    if !has_key(s:SHADA_REV_ENUMS[a:type], a:val)
+      let evals_msg = join(map(sort(items(s:SHADA_REV_ENUMS[a:type])),
+                              \'v:val[0] . " (" . v:val[1] . ")"'), ', ')
+      return 'Unexpected enum value: expected one of ' . evals_msg
+    endif
+    return 0
+  elseif a:type is# 'uint'
+    if type isnot# 'integer'
+      return 'Expected integer'
+    endif
+    if !(type(a:val) == type({}) ? a:val._VAL[0] == 1 : a:val >= 0)
+      return 'Value is negative'
+    endif
+    return 0
+  elseif a:type is# 'bin'
+    " Binary string without zero bytes
+    if type isnot# 'binary'
+      return 'Expected binary string'
+    elseif (type(a:val) == type({})
+           \&& !empty(filter(copy(a:val._VAL), 'stridx(v:val, "\n") != -1')))
+      return 'Expected no NUL bytes'
+    endif
+    return 0
+  elseif a:type is# 'intchar'
+    let msg = s:shada_check_type('uint', a:val)
+    if msg isnot# 0
+      return msg
+    endif
+    if a:val > 0 || a:val < 1
+    endif
+    return 0
+  elseif a:type is# 'binarray'
+    if type isnot# 'array'
+      return 'Expected array value'
+    elseif !empty(filter(copy(type(a:val) == type({}) ? a:val._VAL : a:val),
+                        \'msgpack#type(v:val) isnot# "binary"'))
+      return 'Expected array of binary strings'
+    else
+      for element in (type(a:val) == type({}) ? a:val._VAL : a:val)
+        if (type(element) == type({})
+           \&& !empty(filter(copy(element._VAL), 'stridx(v:val, "\n") != -1')))
+          return 'Expected no NUL bytes'
+        endif
+        unlet element
+      endfor
+    endif
+    return 0
+  elseif a:type is# 'boolean'
+    return 'Expected boolean'
+  elseif a:type is# 'integer'
+    return 'Expected integer'
+  elseif a:type is# 'any'
+    return 0
+  endif
+  return 'Internal error: unknown type ' . a:type
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert msgpack mapping object to a list of strings for 
+" s:shada_convert_entry().
+"
+" @param[in]  map           Mapping to convert.
+" @param[in]  default_keys  List of keys which have default value in this 
+"                           mapping.
+" @param[in]  name          Name of the converted entry.
+function s:shada_convert_map(map, default_keys, name) abort
+  let ret = []
+  let keys = copy(a:default_keys)
+  call map(sort(keys(a:map)), 'index(keys, v:val) == -1 ? add(keys, v:val) : 0')
+  let descriptions = map(copy(keys),
+                        \'get(s:SHADA_STANDARD_KEYS, v:val, ["", 0, 0])')
+  let max_key_len = max(map(copy(keys), 'len(v:val)'))
+  let max_desc_len = max(map(copy(descriptions),
+                            \'v:val[0] is 0 ? 0 : len(v:val[0])'))
+  if max_key_len < len('Key')
+    let max_key_len = len('Key')
+  endif
+  let key_header = 'Key' . repeat('_', max_key_len - len('Key'))
+  if max_desc_len == 0
+    call add(ret, printf('  %% %s  %s', key_header, 'Value'))
+  else
+    if max_desc_len < len('Description')
+      let max_desc_len = len('Description')
+    endif
+    let desc_header = ('Description'
+                      \. repeat('_', max_desc_len - len('Description')))
+    call add(ret, printf('  %% %s  %s  %s', key_header, desc_header, 'Value'))
+  endif
+  let i = 0
+  for key in keys
+    let [description, type, default] = descriptions[i]
+    if a:name isnot# 'local_mark' && key is# 'n'
+      unlet default
+      let default = s:SHADA_REQUIRED
+    endif
+    let value = get(a:map, key, default)
+    if (key is# 'n' && !has_key(s:SHADA_REQUIRES_NAME, a:name)
+       \&& value is# s:SHADA_REQUIRED)
+      " Do nothing
+    elseif value is s:SHADA_REQUIRED
+      call add(ret, '  # Required key missing: ' . key)
+    elseif max_desc_len == 0
+      call add(ret, printf('  + %-*s  %s',
+                          \max_key_len, key,
+                          \msgpack#string(value)))
+    else
+      if type isnot 0 && value isnot# default
+        let msg = s:shada_check_type(type, value)
+        if msg isnot 0
+          call add(ret, '  # ' . msg)
+        endif
+      endif
+      let strval = s:shada_string(type, value)
+      if msgpack#type(value) is# 'array' && msg is 0
+        let shift = 2 + 2 + max_key_len + 2 + max_desc_len + 2
+        " Value:    1   2   3             4   5              6:
+        " "  + Key  Description  Value"
+        "  1122333445555555555566
+        if shift + strdisplaywidth(strval, shift) > 80
+          let strval = '@'
+        endif
+      endif
+      call add(ret, printf('  + %-*s  %-*s  %s',
+                          \max_key_len, key,
+                          \max_desc_len, description,
+                          \strval))
+      if strval is '@'
+        for v in value
+          call add(ret, printf('  | - %s', msgpack#string(v)))
+          unlet v
+        endfor
+      endif
+    endif
+    let i += 1
+    unlet value
+    unlet default
+  endfor
+  return ret
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Wrapper around msgpack#string() which may return string from s:SHADA_REV_ENUMS
+function s:shada_string(type, v) abort
+  if (has_key(s:SHADA_ENUMS, a:type) && type(a:v) == type(0)
+     \&& has_key(s:SHADA_REV_ENUMS[a:type], a:v))
+    return s:SHADA_REV_ENUMS[a:type][a:v]
+  elseif (a:type is# 'intchar' && type(a:v) == type(0)
+         \&& strtrans(nr2char(a:v)) is# nr2char(a:v))
+    return "'" . nr2char(a:v) . "'"
+  else
+    return msgpack#string(a:v)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Evaluate string obtained by s:shada_string().
+function s:shada_eval(s) abort
+  return msgpack#eval(a:s, s:SHADA_SPECIAL_OBJS)
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert one ShaDa entry to a list of strings suitable for setline().
+"
+" Returned format looks like this:
+"
+"     TODO
+function s:shada_convert_entry(entry) abort
+  if type(a:entry.type) == type({})
+    " |msgpack-special-dict| may only be used if value does not fit into the 
+    " default integer type. All known entry types do fit, so it is definitely 
+    " unknown entry.
+    let name = 'unknown_(' . msgpack#int_dict_to_str(a:entry.type) . ')'
+  else
+    let name = get(s:SHADA_ENTRY_NAMES, a:entry.type, 0)
+    if name is 0
+      let name = printf('unknown_(0x%x)', a:entry.type)
+    endif
+  endif
+  let title = toupper(name[0]) . tr(name[1:], '_', ' ')
+  let header = printf('%s with timestamp %s:', title,
+                     \s:shada_strftime(a:entry.timestamp))
+  let ret = [header]
+  if name[:8] is# 'unknown_(' && name[-1:] is# ')'
+    call add(ret, '  = ' . msgpack#string(a:entry.data))
+  elseif has_key(s:SHADA_FIXED_ARRAY_ENTRIES, name)
+    if type(a:entry.data) != type([])
+      call add(ret, printf('  # Unexpected type: %s instead of array',
+                          \msgpack#type(a:entry.data)))
+      call add(ret, '  = ' . msgpack#string(a:entry.data))
+      return ret
+    endif
+    let i = 0
+    let max_desc_len = max(map(copy(s:SHADA_FIXED_ARRAY_ENTRIES[name]),
+                              \'len(v:val[0])'))
+    if max_desc_len < len('Description')
+      let max_desc_len = len('Description')
+    endif
+    let desc_header = ('Description'
+                      \. repeat('_', max_desc_len - len('Description')))
+    call add(ret, printf('  @ %s  %s', desc_header, 'Value'))
+    for value in a:entry.data
+      let [desc, type] = get(s:SHADA_FIXED_ARRAY_ENTRIES[name], i, ['', 0])
+      if (i == 2 && name is# 'history_entry'
+         \&& a:entry.data[0] isnot# s:SHADA_ENUMS.histtype.SEARCH)
+        let [desc, type] = ['', 0]
+      endif
+      if type isnot 0
+        let msg = s:shada_check_type(type, value)
+        if msg isnot 0
+          call add(ret, '  # ' . msg)
+        endif
+      endif
+      call add(ret, printf('  - %-*s  %s', max_desc_len, desc,
+                          \s:shada_string(type, value)))
+      let i += 1
+      unlet value
+    endfor
+    if (len(a:entry.data) < len(s:SHADA_FIXED_ARRAY_ENTRIES[name])
+       \&& !(name is# 'history_entry'
+            \&& len(a:entry.data) == 2
+            \&& a:entry.data[0] isnot# s:SHADA_ENUMS.histtype.SEARCH))
+      call add(ret, '  # Expected more elements in list')
+    endif
+  elseif has_key(s:SHADA_MAP_ENTRIES, name)
+    if type(a:entry.data) != type({})
+      call add(ret, printf('  # Unexpected type: %s instead of map',
+                          \msgpack#type(a:entry.data)))
+      call add(ret, '  = ' . msgpack#string(a:entry.data))
+      return ret
+    endif
+    if msgpack#special_type(a:entry.data) isnot 0
+      call add(ret, '  # Entry is a special dict which is unexpected')
+      call add(ret, '  = ' . msgpack#string(a:entry.data))
+      return ret
+    endif
+    let ret += s:shada_convert_map(a:entry.data, s:SHADA_MAP_ENTRIES[name],
+                                  \name)
+  elseif name is# 'buffer_list'
+    if type(a:entry.data) != type([])
+      call add(ret, printf('  # Unexpected type: %s instead of array',
+                          \msgpack#type(a:entry.data)))
+      call add(ret, '  = ' . msgpack#string(a:entry.data))
+      return ret
+    elseif !empty(filter(copy(a:entry.data),
+                        \'type(v:val) != type({}) '
+                      \. '|| msgpack#special_type(v:val) isnot 0'))
+      call add(ret, '  # Expected array of maps')
+      call add(ret, '  = ' . msgpack#string(a:entry.data))
+      return ret
+    endif
+    for bufdef in a:entry.data
+      if bufdef isnot a:entry.data[0]
+        call add(ret, '')
+      endif
+      let ret += s:shada_convert_map(bufdef, s:SHADA_BUFFER_LIST_KEYS, name)
+    endfor
+  else
+    throw 'internal-unknown-type:Internal error: unknown type name: ' . name
+  endif
+  return ret
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Order of msgpack objects in one ShaDa entry. Each item in the list is name of 
+" the key in dictionaries returned by shada#read().
+let s:SHADA_ENTRY_OBJECT_SEQUENCE = ['type', 'timestamp', 'length', 'data']
+
+""
+" Convert list returned by msgpackparse() to a list of ShaDa objects
+"
+" @param[in]  mpack  List of VimL objects returned by msgpackparse().
+"
+" @return List of dictionaries with keys type, timestamp, length and data. Each 
+"         dictionary describes one ShaDa entry.
+function shada#mpack_to_sd(mpack) abort
+  let ret = []
+  let i = 0
+  for element in a:mpack
+    let key = s:SHADA_ENTRY_OBJECT_SEQUENCE[
+          \i % len(s:SHADA_ENTRY_OBJECT_SEQUENCE)]
+    if key is# 'type'
+      call add(ret, {})
+    endif
+    let ret[-1][key] = element
+    if key isnot# 'data'
+      if !msgpack#is_uint(element)
+        throw printf('not-uint:Entry %i has %s element '.
+                    \'which is not an unsigned integer',
+                    \len(ret), key)
+      endif
+      if key is# 'type' && msgpack#equal(element, 0)
+        throw printf('zero-uint:Entry %i has %s element '.
+                    \'which is zero',
+                    \len(ret), key)
+      endif
+    endif
+    let i += 1
+    unlet element
+  endfor
+  return ret
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert read ShaDa file to a list of lines suitable for setline()
+"
+" @param[in]  shada  List of ShaDa entries like returned by shada#mpack_to_sd().
+"
+" @return List of strings suitable for setline()-like functions.
+function shada#sd_to_strings(shada) abort
+  let ret = []
+  for entry in a:shada
+    let ret += s:shada_convert_entry(entry)
+  endfor
+  return ret
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert a readfile()-like list of strings to a list of lines suitable for 
+" setline().
+"
+" @param[in]  binstrings  List of strings to convert.
+"
+" @return List of lines.
+function shada#get_strings(binstrings) abort
+  return shada#sd_to_strings(shada#mpack_to_sd(msgpackparse(a:binstrings)))
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert s:shada_convert_entry() output to original entry.
+function s:shada_convert_strings(strings) abort
+  let strings = copy(a:strings)
+  let match = matchlist(
+        \strings[0],
+        \'\v\C^(.{-})\m with timestamp \(\d\{4}-\d\d-\d\dT\d\d:\d\d:\d\d\):$')
+  if empty(match)
+    throw 'invalid-header:Header has invalid format: ' . strings[0]
+  endif
+  call remove(strings, 0)
+  let title = match[1]
+  let name = tolower(title[0]) . tr(title[1:], ' ', '_')
+  let ret = {}
+  let empty_default = g:msgpack#nil
+  if name[:8] is# 'unknown_(' && name[-1:] is# ')'
+    let ret.type = +name[9:-2]
+  elseif has_key(s:SHADA_ENTRY_TYPES, name)
+    let ret.type = s:SHADA_ENTRY_TYPES[name]
+    if has_key(s:SHADA_MAP_ENTRIES, name)
+      unlet empty_default
+      let empty_default = {}
+    elseif has_key(s:SHADA_FIXED_ARRAY_ENTRIES, name) || name is# 'buffer_list'
+      unlet empty_default
+      let empty_default = []
+    endif
+  else
+    throw 'invalid-type:Unknown type ' . name
+  endif
+  let ret.timestamp = s:shada_strptime(match[2])
+  if empty(strings)
+    let ret.data = empty_default
+  else
+    while !empty(strings)
+      if strings[0][2] is# '='
+        let data = s:shada_eval(strings[0][4:])
+        call remove(strings, 0)
+      elseif strings[0][2] is# '%'
+        if name is# 'buffer_list' && !has_key(ret, 'data')
+          let ret.data = []
+        endif
+        let match = matchlist(
+              \strings[0],
+              \'\m\C^  % \(Key_*\)\(  Description_*\)\?  Value')
+        if empty(match)
+          throw 'invalid-map-header:Invalid mapping header: ' . strings[0]
+        endif
+        call remove(strings, 0)
+        let key_len = len(match[1])
+        let desc_skip_len = len(match[2])
+        let data = {'_TYPE': v:msgpack_types.map, '_VAL': []}
+        while !empty(strings) && strings[0][2] is# '+'
+          let line = remove(strings, 0)[4:]
+          let key = substitute(line[:key_len - 1], '\v\C\ *$', '', '')
+          let strval = line[key_len + desc_skip_len + 2:]
+          if strval is# '@'
+            let val = []
+            while !empty(strings) && strings[0][2] is# '|'
+              if strings[0][4] isnot# '-'
+                throw ('invalid-array:Expected hyphen-minus at column 5: '
+                      \. strings)
+              endif
+              call add(val, s:shada_eval(remove(strings, 0)[5:]))
+            endwhile
+          else
+            let val = s:shada_eval(strval)
+          endif
+          if (has_key(s:SHADA_STANDARD_KEYS, key)
+             \&& s:SHADA_STANDARD_KEYS[key][2] isnot# s:SHADA_REQUIRED
+             \&& msgpack#equal(s:SHADA_STANDARD_KEYS[key][2], val))
+            unlet val
+            continue
+          endif
+          call add(data._VAL, [{'_TYPE': v:msgpack_types.string, '_VAL': [key]},
+                              \val])
+          unlet val
+        endwhile
+      elseif strings[0][2] is# '@'
+        let match = matchlist(
+              \strings[0],
+              \'\m\C^  @ \(Description_*  \)\?Value')
+        if empty(match)
+          throw 'invalid-array-header:Invalid array header: ' . strings[0]
+        endif
+        call remove(strings, 0)
+        let desc_skip_len = len(match[1])
+        let data = []
+        while !empty(strings) && strings[0][2] is# '-'
+          let val = remove(strings, 0)[4 + desc_skip_len :]
+          call add(data, s:shada_eval(val))
+        endwhile
+      else
+        throw 'invalid-line:Unrecognized line: ' . strings[0]
+      endif
+      if !has_key(ret, 'data')
+        let ret.data = data
+      elseif type(ret.data) == type([])
+        call add(ret.data, data)
+      else
+        let ret.data = [ret.data, data]
+      endif
+      unlet data
+    endwhile
+  endif
+  let ret._data = msgpackdump([ret.data])
+  let ret.length = len(ret._data) - 1
+  for s in ret._data
+    let ret.length += len(s)
+  endfor
+  return ret
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert s:shada_sd_to_strings() output to a list of original entries.
+function shada#strings_to_sd(strings) abort
+  let strings = filter(copy(a:strings), 'v:val !~# ''\v^\s*%(\#|$)''')
+  let stringss = []
+  for string in strings
+    if string[0] isnot# ' '
+      call add(stringss, [])
+    endif
+    call add(stringss[-1], string)
+  endfor
+  return map(copy(stringss), 's:shada_convert_strings(v:val)')
+endfunction
+
+""
+" Convert a list of strings to list of strings suitable for writefile().
+function shada#get_binstrings(strings) abort
+  let entries = shada#strings_to_sd(a:strings)
+  if !g:shada#keep_old_header
+    call filter(entries, 'v:val.type != ' . s:SHADA_ENTRY_TYPES.header)
+  endif
+  if g:shada#add_own_header
+    let data = {'version': v:version, 'generator': 'shada.vim'}
+    let dumped_data = msgpackdump([data])
+    let length = len(dumped_data) - 1
+    for s in dumped_data
+      let length += len(s)
+    endfor
+    call insert(entries, {
+            \'type': s:SHADA_ENTRY_TYPES.header,
+            \'timestamp': localtime(),
+            \'length': length,
+            \'data': data,
+            \'_data': dumped_data,
+          \})
+  endif
+  let mpack = []
+  for entry in entries
+    let mpack += map(copy(s:SHADA_ENTRY_OBJECT_SEQUENCE), 'entry[v:val]')
+  endfor
+  return msgpackdump(mpack)
+endfunction

runtime/autoload/tutor.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,12 @@
 
 " Setup: {{{1
 function! tutor#SetupVim()
+    if &columns < 90
+        set columns=90
+    endif
+    if !exists('g:did_load_ftplugin') || g:did_load_ftplugin != 1
+        filetype plugin on
+    endif
     if has('syntax')
         if !exists('g:syntax_on') || g:syntax_on == 0
             syntax on
@@ -245,13 +251,14 @@ endfunction
 " Tutor Cmd: {{{1
 
 function! s:Locale()
-    let l:lang = ""
     if exists('v:lang') && v:lang =~ '\a\a'
         let l:lang = v:lang
     elseif $LC_ALL =~ '\a\a'
         let l:lang = $LC_ALL
     elseif $LANG =~ '\a\a'
         let l:lang = $LANG
+    else
+        let l:lang = 'en_US'
     endif
     return split(l:lang, '_')
 endfunction
@@ -336,6 +343,7 @@ function! tutor#TutorCmd(tutor_name)
         let l:to_open = l:tutors[l:tutor_to_open-1]
     endif
 
+    call tutor#SetupVim()
     exe "edit ".l:to_open
 endfunction
 

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ all: tags html
 # Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
 # compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
 vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	$(VIMEXE) -u NONE -esX -c "helptags ++t ." -c quit
+	$(VIMEXE) -u NONE -es -c "helptags ++t ." -c quit
 
 # Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
 tags: doctags $(DOCS)

runtime/doc/api.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+*api.txt*    For Nvim.							 {Nvim}
+
+
+		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thiago de Arruda
+
+The C API of Nvim						     *nvim-api*
+
+1. Introduction			|nvim-api-intro|
+2. API Types			|nvim-api-types|
+3. API metadata			|nvim-api-metadata|
+4. Buffer highlighting		|nvim-api-highlights|
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Introduction			*nvim-api-intro*
+
+Nvim defines a C API as the primary way for external code to interact with
+the NVim core. In the present version of Nvim the API is primarily used by
+external processes to interact with Nvim using the msgpack-rpc protocol, see
+|msgpack-rpc|. The API will also be used from vimscript to access new Nvim core
+features, but this is not implemented yet. Later on, Nvim might be embeddable
+in C applications as libnvim, and the application will then control the
+embedded instance by calling the C API directly.
+
+==============================================================================
+2. API Types						       *nvim-api-types*
+
+Nvim's C API uses custom types for all functions. Some are just typedefs
+around C99 standard types, and some are Nvim defined data structures.
+
+Boolean				  -> bool
+Integer (signed 64-bit integer)	  -> int64_t
+Float (IEEE 754 double precision) -> double
+String				  -> {char* data, size_t size} struct
+
+Additionally, the following data structures are defined:
+
+Array
+Dictionary
+Object
+
+The following handle types are defined as integer typedefs, but are
+discriminated as separate types in an Object:
+
+Buffer				  -> enum value kObjectTypeBuffer
+Window				  -> enum value kObjectTypeWindow
+Tabpage				  -> enum value kObjectTypeTabpage
+
+==============================================================================
+3. API metadata						    *nvim-api-metadata*
+
+Nvim exposes metadata about the API as a Dictionary with the following keys:
+
+functions  	calling signature of the API functions
+types		The custom handle types defined by Nvim
+error_types	The possible kinds of errors an API function can exit with.
+
+This metadata is mostly useful for external programs accessing the api over
+msgpack-api, see |msgpack-rpc-api|.
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Buffer highlighting					  *nvim-api-highlights*
+
+Nvim allows plugins to add position-based highlights to buffers. This is
+similar to |matchaddpos()| but with some key differences. The added highlights
+are associated with a buffer and adapts to line insertions and deletions,
+similar to signs. It is also possible to manage a set of highlights as a group
+and delete or replace all at once.
+
+The intended use case are linter or semantic highlighter plugins that monitor
+a buffer for changes, and in the background compute highlights to the buffer.
+Another use case are plugins that show output in an append-only buffer, and
+want to add highlights to the outputs. Highlight data cannot be preserved
+on writing and loading a buffer to file, nor in undo/redo cycles.
+
+Highlights are registered using the |buffer_add_highlight| function, see the
+generated API documentation for details. If an external highlighter plugin is
+adding a large number of highlights in a batch, performance can be improved by
+calling |buffer_add_highlight| as an asynchronous notification, after first
+(synchronously) reqesting a source id. Here is an example using wrapper
+functions in the python client:
+>
+    src = vim.new_highlight_source()
+
+    buf = vim.current.buffer
+    for i in range(5):
+        buf.add_highlight("String",i,0,-1,src_id=src)
+
+    # some time later
+
+    buf.clear_highlight(src)
+<
+If the highlights don't need to be deleted or updated, just pass -1 as
+src_id (this is the default in python). |buffer_clear_highlight| can be used
+to clear highligts from a specific source, in a specific line range or the
+entire buffer by passing in the line range 0, -1 (the later is the default
+in python as used above).
+
+==============================================================================
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 23
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -251,12 +251,14 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 
 |SwapExists|		detected an existing swap file
 |TermOpen|		when a terminal buffer is starting
+|TermClose|		when a terminal buffer ends
 
 	Options
 |FileType|		when the 'filetype' option has been set
 |Syntax|		when the 'syntax' option has been set
 |EncodingChanged|	after the 'encoding' option has been changed
 |TermChanged|		after the value of 'term' has changed
+|OptionSet|		after setting any option
 
 	Startup and exit
 |VimEnter|		after doing all the startup stuff
@@ -306,6 +308,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
 			inserting it
 
+|TextYankPost|		when some text is yanked or deleted
+
 |TextChanged|		after a change was made to the text in Normal mode
 |TextChangedI|		after a change was made to the text in Insert mode
 
@@ -720,6 +724,18 @@ InsertCharPre			When a character is typed in Insert mode,
 				It is not allowed to change the text |textlock|.
 				The event is not triggered when 'paste' is
 				set.
+							*TextYankPost*
+TextYankPost			Just after a |yank| or |deleting| command, but not
+				if the black hole register |quote_| is used nor
+				for |setreg()|. Pattern must be * because its
+				meaning may change in the future.
+				Sets these |v:event| keys:
+					operator
+					regcontents
+					regname
+					regtype
+				Recursion is ignored.
+				It is not allowed to change the text |textlock|.
 							*InsertEnter*
 InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				Replace mode and Virtual Replace mode.  The
@@ -744,6 +760,24 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 					o	Operator-pending
 					i	Insert
 					c	Command line
+							*OptionSet*
+OptionSet			After setting an option.  The pattern is
+				matched against the long option name.
+				The |v:option_old| variable indicates the
+				old option value, |v:option_new| variable
+				indicates the newly set value, the
+				|v:option_type| variable indicates whether
+				it's global or local scoped and |<amatch>|
+				indicates what option has been set.
+
+				Note: It's a bad idea, to reset an option
+				during this autocommand, since this will
+				probably break plugins. You can always use
+				|:noa| to prevent triggering this autocommand.
+				Could be used, to check for existence of the
+				'backupdir' and 'undodir' options and create
+				directories, if they don't exist yet.
+
 							*QuickFixCmdPre*
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
@@ -871,6 +905,8 @@ TermChanged			After the value of 'term' has changed.  Useful
 				for re-loading the syntax file to update the
 				colors, fonts and other terminal-dependent
 				settings.  Executed for all loaded buffers.
+						 {Nvim} *TermClose*
+TermClose			When a terminal buffer ends.
 						 {Nvim} *TermOpen*
 TermOpen			When a terminal buffer is starting.  This can
 				be used to configure the terminal emulator by
@@ -951,6 +987,13 @@ WinLeave			Before leaving a window.  If the window to be
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*
 
+The {pat} argument can be a comma separated list.  This works as if the
+command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt,*.info set et
+Is equivalent to: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt set et
+	:autocmd BufRead *.info set et
+
 The file pattern {pat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
 two ways:
 1. When there is no '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against only
@@ -1019,7 +1062,7 @@ The pattern is interpreted like mostly used in file names:
 	[^ch]   match any character but 'c' and 'h'
 
 Note that for all systems the '/' character is used for path separator (even
-MS-DOS). This was done because the backslash is difficult to use in a pattern
+Windows). This was done because the backslash is difficult to use in a pattern
 and to make the autocommands portable across different systems.
 
 							*autocmd-changes*

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 26
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -366,13 +366,49 @@ Adding and subtracting ~
 CTRL-A			Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at
 			or after the cursor.
 
+                                                       *v_CTRL-A*
+{Visual}CTRL-A		Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
+			the highlighted text.  {not in Vi}
+
+							*v_g_CTRL-A*
+{Visual}g CTRL-A	Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
+			the highlighted text. If several lines are
+		        highlighted, each one will be incremented by an
+			additional [count] (so effectively creating a
+			[count] incrementing sequence).  {not in Vi}
+			For Example, if you have this list of numbers:
+				1. ~
+				1. ~
+				1. ~
+				1. ~
+			Move to the second "1." and Visually select three
+			lines, pressing g CTRL-A results in:
+				1. ~
+				2. ~
+				3. ~
+				4. ~
+
 							*CTRL-X*
 CTRL-X			Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
 			character at or after the cursor.
 
+							*v_CTRL-X*
+{Visual}CTRL-X		Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
+			character in the highlighted text.  {not in Vi}
+
+							*v_g_CTRL-X*
+{Visual}g CTRL-X	Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
+			character in the highlighted text. If several lines
+			are highlighted, each value will be decremented by an
+			additional [count] (so effectively creating a [count]
+			decrementing sequence).  {not in Vi}
+
 The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands work for (signed) decimal numbers, unsigned
-octal and hexadecimal numbers and alphabetic characters.  This depends on the
-'nrformats' option.
+binary/octal/hexadecimal numbers and alphabetic characters.
+
+This depends on the 'nrformats' option:
+- When 'nrformats' includes "bin", Vim assumes numbers starting with '0b' or
+  '0B' are binary.
 - When 'nrformats' includes "octal", Vim considers numbers starting with a '0'
   to be octal, unless the number includes a '8' or '9'.  Other numbers are
   decimal and may have a preceding minus sign.
@@ -386,6 +422,10 @@ octal and hexadecimal numbers and alphabetic characters.  This depends on the
   under or after the cursor.  This is useful to make lists with an alphabetic
   index.
 
+For decimals a leading negative sign is considered for incrementing or
+decrementing, for binary and octal and hex values, it won't be considered.  To
+ignore the sign Visually select the number before using CTRL-A or CTRL-X. 
+
 For numbers with leading zeros (including all octal and hexadecimal numbers),
 Vim preserves the number of characters in the number when possible.  CTRL-A on
 "0077" results in "0100", CTRL-X on "0x100" results in "0x0ff".
@@ -397,6 +437,10 @@ octal number.
 Note that when 'nrformats' includes "octal", decimal numbers with leading
 zeros cause mistakes, because they can be confused with octal numbers.
 
+Note similarly, when 'nrformats' includes "bin", binary numbers with a leading
+'0x' or '0X' can be interpreted as hexadecimal rather than binary since '0b'
+are valid hexadecimal digits.
+
 The CTRL-A command is very useful in a macro.  Example: Use the following
 steps to make a numbered list.
 
@@ -832,13 +876,13 @@ This replaces each 'E' character with a euro sign.  Read more in |<Char->|.
 :promptf[ind] [string]
 			Put up a Search dialog.  When [string] is given, it is
 			used as the initial search string.
-			{only for Win32, Motif and GTK GUI}
+			{only for Win32 GUI}
 
 						*:promptr* *:promptrepl*
 :promptr[epl] [string]
 			Put up a Search/Replace dialog.  When [string] is
 			given, it is used as the initial search string.
-			{only for Win32, Motif and GTK GUI}
+			{only for Win32 GUI}
 
 
 4.4 Changing tabs					*change-tabs*
@@ -1063,11 +1107,12 @@ There are nine types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
 4. 26 named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z
-5. four read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
-6. the expression register "=
-7. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
-8. The black hole register "_
-9. Last search pattern register "/
+5. three read-only registers ":, "., "%
+6. alternate buffer register "#
+7. the expression register "=
+8. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+9. The black hole register "_
+10. Last search pattern register "/
 
 1. Unnamed register ""				*quote_quote* *quotequote*
 Vim fills this register with text deleted with the "d", "c", "s", "x" commands
@@ -1109,7 +1154,7 @@ letters to replace their previous contents or as uppercase letters to append
 to their previous contents.  When the '>' flag is present in 'cpoptions' then
 a line break is inserted before the appended text.
 
-5. Read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
+5. Read-only registers ":, ". and "%
 These are '%', '#', ':' and '.'.  You can use them only with the "p", "P",
 and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.
 						*quote_.* *quote.* *E29*
@@ -1120,8 +1165,6 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.
 		('textwidth' and other options affect what is inserted).
 							*quote_%* *quote%*
 	"%	Contains the name of the current file.
-							*quote_#* *quote#*
-	"#	Contains the name of the alternate file.
 						*quote_:* *quote:* *E30*
 	":	Contains the most recent executed command-line.  Example: Use
 		"@:" to repeat the previous command-line command.
@@ -1129,15 +1172,33 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.
 		one character of it was typed.  Thus it remains unchanged if
 		the command was completely from a mapping.
 
-6. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
+							*quote_#* *quote#*
+6. Alternate file register "#
+Contains the name of the alternate file for the current window.  It will
+change how the |CTRL-^| command works.
+This register is writable, mainly to allow for restoring it after a plugin has
+changed it.  It accepts buffer number: >
+    let altbuf = bufnr(@#)
+    ...
+    let @# = altbuf
+It will give error |E86| if you pass buffer number and this buffer does not
+exist.
+It can also accept a match with an existing buffer name: >
+    let @# = 'buffer_name'
+Error |E93| if there is more than one buffer matching the given name or |E94|
+if none of buffers matches the given name.
+
+7. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
 This is not really a register that stores text, but is a way to use an
 expression in commands which use a register.  The expression register is
-read-only; you cannot put text into it.  After the '=', the cursor moves to
-the command-line, where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All
-normal command-line editing commands are available, including a special
-history for expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim
-computes the result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons
-the expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
+read-write.
+
+When typing the '=' after " or CTRL-R the cursor moves to the command-line,
+where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All normal
+command-line editing commands are available, including a special history for
+expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim computes the
+result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons the
+expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
 expression (like with the "/" command).
 
 The expression must evaluate to a String.  A Number is always automatically
@@ -1150,35 +1211,23 @@ If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
 characters.  If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
 register.
 
-7. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+8. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
 Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
 See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.  When the clipboard is not available or not
 working, the unnamed register is used instead.  For Unix systems and Mac OS X,
 see |nvim-clipboard|.
 
-						*quote_~* *quote~* *<Drop>*
-The read-only "~ register stores the dropped text from the last drag'n'drop
-operation.  When something has been dropped onto Vim, the "~ register is
-filled in and the <Drop> pseudo key is sent for notification.  You can remap
-this key if you want; the default action (for all modes) is to insert the
-contents of the "~ register at the cursor position.
-{only available when compiled with the |+dnd| feature, currently only with the
-GTK GUI}
-
-Note: The "~ register is only used when dropping plain text onto Vim.
-Drag'n'drop of URI lists is handled internally.
-
-8. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
+9. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
 When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
 text without affecting the normal registers.  When reading from this register,
 nothing is returned.
 
-9. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
+10. Last search pattern register	"/		*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
 register.  The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
-Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
+Note that the value is restored when returning from a function
 |function-search-undo|.
 
 							*@/*
@@ -1390,10 +1439,10 @@ When you hit Return in a C-comment, Vim will insert the middle comment leader
 for the new line: " * ".  To close this comment you just have to type "/"
 before typing anything else on the new line.  This will replace the
 middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader and apply any specified
-alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit BackSpace first.
+alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit Backspace first.
 
-When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a maching end part
-which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
+When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a matching end
+part which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
 without requiring the middle part to end with a space.
 
 Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
@@ -1597,7 +1646,7 @@ Vim has a sorting function and a sorting command.  The sorting function can be
 found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 							*:sor* *:sort*
-:[range]sor[t][!] [i][u][r][n][x][o] [/{pattern}/]
+:[range]sor[t][!] [i][u][r][n][x][o][b] [/{pattern}/]
 			Sort lines in [range].  When no range is given all
 			lines are sorted.
 
@@ -1617,6 +1666,9 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 			With [o] sorting is done on the first octal number in
 			the line (after or inside a {pattern} match).
 
+			With [b] sorting is done on the first binary number in
+			the line (after or inside a {pattern} match).
+
 			With [u] only keep the first of a sequence of
 			identical lines (ignoring case when [i] is used).
 			Without this flag, a sequence of identical lines

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ CTRL-N		After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to next
 <S-Tab>							*c_CTRL-P* *c_<S-Tab>*
 CTRL-P		After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to
 		previous match.  Otherwise recall older command-line from
-		history.  <S-Tab> only works with the GUI and with MS-DOS.
+		history.  <S-Tab> only works with the GUI.
 							*c_CTRL-A*
 CTRL-A		All names that match the pattern in front of the cursor are
 		inserted.
@@ -482,6 +482,8 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :argdo
     :autocmd
     :bufdo
+    :cdo
+    :cfdo
     :command
     :cscope
     :debug
@@ -490,8 +492,9 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :function
     :global
     :help
-    :helpfind
     :lcscope
+    :ldo
+    :lfdo
     :make
     :normal
     :promptfind
@@ -816,7 +819,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		separator is removed.  Thus ":p:h" on a directory name results
 		on the directory name itself (without trailing slash).
 		When the file name is an absolute path (starts with "/" for
-		Unix; "x:\" for MS-DOS and WIN32), that part is not removed.
+		Unix; "x:\" for Windows), that part is not removed.
 		When there is no head (path is relative to current directory)
 		the result is empty.
 	:t	Tail of the file name (last component of the name).  Must
@@ -915,8 +918,8 @@ option contains "sh", this is done twice, to avoid the shell trying to expand
 the "!".
 
 							*filename-backslash*
-For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (MS-DOS and
-Windows), it's a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used
+For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (Windows
+filesystems), it's a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used
 to escape the special meaning of the next character.  The general rule is: If
 the backslash is followed by a normal file name character, it does not have a
 special meaning.  Therefore "\file\foo" is a valid file name, you don't have

runtime/doc/debugger.txt

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
-
-
-		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
-
-
-Debugger Support Features				*debugger-support*
-
-1. Debugger Features		|debugger-features|
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Debugger Features					*debugger-features*
-
-The following features are available for an integration with a debugger or
-an Integrated Programming Environment (IPE) or Integrated Development
-Environment (IDE):
-
-	Alternate Command Input				|alt-input|
-	Debug Signs					|debug-signs|
-	Debug Source Highlight				|debug-highlight|
-	Message Footer					|gui-footer|
-	Balloon Evaluation				|balloon-eval|
-
-These features were added specifically for use in the Motif version of gvim.
-However, the |alt-input| and |debug-highlight| were written to be usable in
-both vim and gvim.  Some of the other features could be used in the non-GUI
-vim with slight modifications.  However, I did not do this nor did I test the
-reliability of building for vim or non Motif GUI versions.
-
-
-1.1 Alternate Command Input				*alt-input*
-
-For Vim to work with a debugger there must be at least an input connection
-with a debugger or external tool.  In many cases there will also be an output
-connection but this isn't absolutely necessary.
-
-The purpose of the input connection is to let the external debugger send
-commands to Vim.  The commands sent by the debugger should give the debugger
-enough control to display the current debug environment and state.
-
-The current implementation is based on the X Toolkit dispatch loop and the
-XtAddInput() function call.
-
-
-1.2 Debug Signs						*debug-signs*
-
-Many debuggers mark specific lines by placing a small sign or color highlight
-on the line.  The |:sign| command lets the debugger set this graphic mark.  Some
-examples where this feature would be used would be a debugger showing an arrow
-representing the Program Counter (PC) of the program being debugged.  Another
-example would be a small stop sign for a line with a breakpoint.  These visible
-highlights let the user keep track of certain parts of the state of the
-debugger.
-
-This feature can be used with more than debuggers, too.  An IPE can use a sign
-to highlight build errors, searched text, or other things.  The sign feature
-can also work together with the |debug-highlight| to ensure the mark is
-highly visible.
-
-Debug signs are defined and placed using the |:sign| command.
-
-
-1.3 Debug Source Highlight				*debug-highlight*
-
-This feature allows a line to have a predominant highlight.  The highlight is
-intended to make a specific line stand out.  The highlight could be made to
-work for both vim and gvim, whereas the debug sign is, in most cases, limited
-to gvim.  The one exception to this is Sun Microsystem's dtterm.  The dtterm
-from Sun has a "sign gutter" for showing signs.
-
-
-1.4 Message Footer					*gui-footer*
-
-The message footer can be used to display messages from a debugger or IPE.  It
-can also be used to display menu and toolbar tips.  The footer area is at the
-bottom of the GUI window, below the line used to display colon commands.
-
-The display of the footer is controlled by the 'guioptions' letter 'F'.
-
-
-1.5 Balloon Evaluation					*balloon-eval*
-
-This feature allows a debugger, or other external tool, to display dynamic
-information based on where the mouse is pointing.  The purpose of this feature
-was to allow Sun's Visual WorkShop debugger to display expression evaluations.
-However, the feature was implemented in as general a manner as possible and
-could be used for displaying other information as well.
-
-The Balloon Evaluation has some settable parameters too.  For Motif the font
-list and colors can be set via X resources (XmNballoonEvalFontList,
-XmNballoonEvalBackground, and XmNballoonEvalForeground).
-The 'balloondelay' option sets the delay before an attempt is made to show a
-balloon.
-The 'ballooneval' option needs to be set to switch it on.
-
-Balloon evaluation is only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
-feature.
-
-The Balloon evaluation functions are also used to show a tooltip for the
-toolbar.  The 'ballooneval' option does not need to be set for this.  But the
-other settings apply.
-
-Another way to use the balloon is with the 'balloonexpr' option.  This is
-completely user definable.
-
-==============================================================================
- vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -10,11 +10,9 @@ This text is important for those who want to be involved in further developing
 Vim.
 
 1. Design goals		|design-goals|
-2. Coding style		|coding-style|
-3. Design decisions	|design-decisions|
-4. Assumptions		|design-assumptions|
+2. Design decisions	|design-decisions|
 
-See the file README.txt in the "src" directory for an overview of the source
+See the file "src/nvim/README.md" for a high-level overview of the source
 code.
 
 Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
@@ -30,28 +28,6 @@ Note that quite a few items are contradicting.  This is intentional.  A
 balance must be found between them.
 
 
-VIM IS... VI COMPATIBLE					*design-compatible*
-
-First of all, it should be possible to use Vim as a drop-in replacement for
-Vi.  When the user wants to, he can use Vim in compatible mode and hardly
-notice any difference with the original Vi.
-
-Exceptions:
-- We don't reproduce obvious Vi bugs in Vim.
-- There are different versions of Vi.  I am using Version 3.7 (6/7/85) as a
-  reference.  But support for other versions is also included when possible.
-  The Vi part of POSIX is not considered a definitive source.
-- Vim adds new commands, you cannot rely on some command to fail because it
-  didn't exist in Vi.
-- Vim will have a lot of features that Vi doesn't have.  Going back from Vim
-  to Vi will be a problem, this cannot be avoided.
-- Some things are hardly ever used (open mode, sending an e-mail when
-  crashing, etc.).  Those will only be included when someone has a good reason
-  why it should be included and it's not too much work.
-- For some items it is debatable whether Vi compatibility should be
-  maintained.  There will be an option flag for these.
-
-
 VIM IS... IMPROVED					*design-improved*
 
 The IMproved bits of Vim should make it a better Vi, without becoming a
@@ -122,7 +98,6 @@ fast.
 VIM IS... MAINTAINABLE					*design-maintain*
 
 - The source code should not become a mess.  It should be reliable code.
-- Use the same layout in all files to make it easy to read |coding-style|.
 - Use comments in a useful way!  Quoting the function name and argument names
   is NOT useful.  Do explain what they are for.
 - Porting to another platform should be made easy, without having to change
@@ -140,216 +115,16 @@ such that most users will enjoy using Vim as it is.  Commands and options can
 be used to adjust Vim to the desire of the user and its environment.
 
 
-VIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
+NVIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
+
+Nvim is not an Operating System; instead it should be composed with other
+tools, or hosted as a component. Marvim once said: "Unlike Emacs, Nvim does
+not attempt to include everything but the kitchen sink, but some people use it
+for plumbing."
 
-- Vim is not a shell or an Operating System.  You will not be able to run a
-  shell inside Vim or use it to control a debugger.  This should work the
-  other way around: Use Vim as a component from a shell or in an IDE.
-  A satirical way to say this: "Unlike Emacs, Vim does not attempt to include
-  everything but the kitchen sink, but some people say that you can clean one
-  with it.  ;-)"
-  To use Vim with gdb see: http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
-- Vim is not a fancy GUI editor that tries to look nice at the cost of
-  being less consistent over all platforms.  But functional GUI features are
-  welcomed.
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. Coding style						*coding-style*
-
-These are the rules to use when making changes to the Vim source code.  Please
-stick to these rules, to keep the sources readable and maintainable.
-
-This list is not complete.  Look in the source code for more examples.
-
-
-MAKING CHANGES						*style-changes*
-
-The basic steps to make changes to the code:
-1. Adjust the documentation.  Doing this first gives you an impression of how
-   your changes affect the user.
-2. Make the source code changes.
-3. Check ../doc/todo.txt if the change affects any listed item.
-4. Make a patch with "diff -c" against the unmodified code and docs.
-5. Make a note about what changed and include it with the patch.
-
-
-USE OF COMMON FUNCTIONS					*style-functions*
-
-Some functions that are common to use, have a special Vim version.  Always
-consider using the Vim version, because they were introduced with a reason.
-
-NORMAL NAME	VIM NAME	DIFFERENCE OF VIM VERSION
-free()		vim_free()	Checks for freeing NULL
-malloc()	alloc()		Checks for out of memory situation
-malloc()	lalloc()	Like alloc(), but has long argument
-strcpy()	STRCPY()	Includes cast to (char *), for char_u * args
-strchr()	vim_strchr()	Accepts special characters
-strrchr()	vim_strrchr()	Accepts special characters
-isspace()	ascii_isspace()	Can handle characters > 128
-iswhite()	ascii_iswhite()	Only true for tab and space
-memcpy()	mch_memmove()	Handles overlapped copies
-bcopy()		mch_memmove()	Handles overlapped copies
-memset()	vim_memset()	Uniform for all systems
-
-
-NAMES							*style-names*
-
-Function names can not be more than 31 characters long (because of VMS).
-
-Don't use "delete" as a variable name, C++ doesn't like it.
-
-Because of the requirement that Vim runs on as many systems as possible, we
-need to avoid using names that are already defined by the system.  This is a
-list of names that are known to cause trouble.  The name is given as a regexp
-pattern.
-
-is.*()		POSIX, ctype.h
-to.*()		POSIX, ctype.h
-
-d_.*		POSIX, dirent.h
-l_.*		POSIX, fcntl.h
-gr_.*		POSIX, grp.h
-pw_.*		POSIX, pwd.h
-sa_.*		POSIX, signal.h
-mem.*		POSIX, string.h
-str.*		POSIX, string.h
-wcs.*		POSIX, string.h
-st_.*		POSIX, stat.h
-tms_.*		POSIX, times.h
-tm_.*		POSIX, time.h
-c_.*		POSIX, termios.h
-MAX.*		POSIX, limits.h
-__.*		POSIX, system
-_[A-Z].*	POSIX, system
-E[A-Z0-9]*	POSIX, errno.h
-
-.*_t		POSIX, for typedefs.  Use .*_T instead.
-
-wait		don't use as argument to a function, conflicts with types.h
-index		shadows global declaration
-time		shadows global declaration
-new		C++ reserved keyword
-try		Borland C++ doesn't like it to be used as a variable.
-
-clear		Mac curses.h
-echo		Mac curses.h
-instr		Mac curses.h
-meta		Mac curses.h
-newwin		Mac curses.h
-nl		Mac curses.h
-overwrite	Mac curses.h
-refresh		Mac curses.h
-scroll		Mac curses.h
-typeahead	Mac curses.h
-
-basename()	GNU string function
-dirname()	GNU string function
-get_env_value()	Linux system function
-
-
-VARIOUS							*style-various*
-
-Typedef'ed names should end in "_T": >
-    typedef int some_T;
-Define'ed names should be uppercase: >
-    #define SOME_THING
-Features always start with "FEAT_": >
-    #define FEAT_FOO
-
-Don't use '\"', some compilers can't handle it.  '"' works fine.
-
-Don't use:
-    #if HAVE_SOME
-Some compilers can't handle that and complain that "HAVE_SOME" is not defined.
-Use
-    #ifdef HAVE_SOME
-or
-    #if defined(HAVE_SOME)
-
-
-STYLE							*style-examples*
-
-General rule: One statement per line.
-
-Wrong:	    if (cond) a = 1;
-
-OK:	    if (cond)
-		a = 1;
-
-Wrong:	    while (cond);
-
-OK:	    while (cond)
-		;
-
-Wrong:	    do a = 1; while (cond);
-
-OK:	    do
-		a = 1;
-	    while (cond);
-
-
-Functions start with:
-
-Wrong:	int function_name(int arg1, int arg2)
-
-OK:	/*
-	 * Explanation of what this function is used for.
-	 *
-	 * Return value explanation.
-	 */
-	    int
-	function_name(arg1, arg2)
-	    int		arg1;		/* short comment about arg1 */
-	    int		arg2;		/* short comment about arg2 */
-	{
-	    int		local;		/* comment about local */
-
-	    local = arg1 * arg2;
-
-NOTE: Don't use ANSI style function declarations.  A few people still have to
-use a compiler that doesn't support it.
-
-
-SPACES AND PUNCTUATION					*style-spaces*
-
-No space between a function name and the bracket:
-
-Wrong:  func (arg);
-OK:	func(arg);
-
-Do use a space after if, while, switch, etc.
-
-Wrong:	if(arg)		for(;;)
-OK:	if (arg)	for (;;)
-
-Use a space after a comma and semicolon:
-
-Wrong:  func(arg1,arg2);	for (i = 0;i < 2;++i)
-OK:	func(arg1, arg2);	for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
-
-Use a space before and after '=', '+', '/', etc.
-
-Wrong:	var=a*5;
-OK:	var = a * 5;
-
-In general: Use empty lines to group lines of code together.  Put a comment
-just above the group of lines.  This makes it easier to quickly see what is
-being done.
-
-OK:	/* Prepare for building the table. */
-	get_first_item();
-	table_idx = 0;
-
-	/* Build the table */
-	while (has_item())
-	    table[table_idx++] = next_item();
-
-	/* Finish up. */
-	cleanup_items();
-	generate_hash(table);
-
-==============================================================================
-3. Design decisions					*design-decisions*
+2. Design decisions					*design-decisions*
 
 Folding
 
@@ -484,17 +259,4 @@ This isn't ideal, because the longer Vim is running the higher the counts
 become.  But in practice it is a noticeable improvement over not using the word
 count.
 
-==============================================================================
-4. Assumptions						*design-assumptions*
-
-Size of variables:
-char	    8 bit signed
-char_u	    8 bit unsigned
-int	    32 or 64 bit signed (16 might be possible with limited features)
-unsigned    32 or 64 bit unsigned (16 as with ints)
-long	    32 or 64 bit signed, can hold a pointer
-
-Note that some compilers cannot handle long lines or strings.  The C89
-standard specifies a limit of 509 characters.
-
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 19
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -306,6 +306,19 @@ name or a part of a buffer name.  Examples:
 
 Also see |'diffopt'| and the "diff" item of |'fillchars'|.
 
+					    *diff-slow* *diff_translations*
+For very long lines, the diff syntax highlighting might be slow, especially
+since it tries to match all different kind of localisations. To disable
+localisations and speed up the syntax highlighting, set the global variable
+g:diff_translations to zero: >
+
+    let g:diff_translations = 0
+<
+After setting this variable, Reload the syntax script: >
+
+    set syntax=diff
+<
+
 
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*
 

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -130,9 +130,7 @@ You can use this file if you discover that you need the original file.  See
 also the 'patchmode' option.  The name of the backup file is normally the same
 as the original file with 'backupext' appended.  The default "~" is a bit
 strange to avoid accidentally overwriting existing files.  If you prefer ".bak"
-change the 'backupext' option.  Extra dots are replaced with '_' on MS-DOS
-machines, when Vim has detected that an MS-DOS-like filesystem is being used
-(e.g., messydos or crossdos).  The backup file can be placed in another
+change the 'backupext' option.  The backup file can be placed in another
 directory by setting 'backupdir'.
 
 When you started editing without giving a file name, "No File" is displayed in
@@ -276,7 +274,8 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
 			Mnemonic: "goto file".
 			Uses the 'isfname' option to find out which characters
 			are supposed to be in a file name.  Trailing
-			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored.
+			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored. Escaped
+			spaces "\ " are reduced to a single space.
 			Uses the 'path' option as a list of directory names to
 			look for the file.  See the 'path' option for details
 			about relative directories and wildcards.
@@ -470,9 +469,9 @@ The 'fileformat' option sets the <EOL> style for a file:
   "mac"		<CR>		   Mac format		*Mac-format*
 
 When reading a file, the mentioned characters are interpreted as the <EOL>.
-In DOS format (default for MS-DOS and Win32), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both
-interpreted as the <EOL>. Note that when writing the file in DOS format,
-<CR> characters will be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
+In DOS format (default for Windows), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both interpreted as
+the <EOL>. Note that when writing the file in DOS format, <CR> characters will
+be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
 
 When writing a file, the mentioned characters are used for <EOL>.  For DOS
 format <CR><NL> is used.  Also see |DOS-format-write|.
@@ -493,13 +492,13 @@ If you start editing a new file and the 'fileformats' option is not empty
 (which is the default), Vim will try to detect whether the lines in the file
 are separated by the specified formats.  When set to "unix,dos", Vim will
 check for lines with a single <NL> (as used on Unix) or by a <CR><NL> pair
-(MS-DOS).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is set to "dos",
+(Windows).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is set to "dos",
 otherwise it is set to "unix".  When 'fileformats' includes "mac", and no <NL>
 characters are found in the file, 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 
-If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-MS-DOS systems the message
+If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-Windows systems the message
 "[dos format]" is shown to remind you that something unusual is happening.  On
-MS-DOS systems you get the message "[unix format]" if 'fileformat' is set to
+Windows systems you get the message "[unix format]" if 'fileformat' is set to
 "unix".  On all systems but the Macintosh you get the message "[mac format]"
 if 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 
@@ -795,7 +794,8 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
 			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
 			each file.
-			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo| and |:bufdo|.
+			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
+			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
 
 Example: >
 	:args *.c
@@ -964,10 +964,10 @@ lost the original file.
 
 						*DOS-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "dos", <CR> <NL> is used for <EOL>.  This is default
-for MS-DOS and Win32. On other systems the message "[dos format]" is shown to
+for Windows. On other systems the message "[dos format]" is shown to
 remind you that an unusual <EOL> was used.
 						*Unix-format-write*
-If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On MS-DOS and Win32
+If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On Windows
 the message "[unix format]" is shown.
 						*Mac-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "mac", <CR> is used for <EOL>.  On non-Mac systems the
@@ -997,11 +997,11 @@ When the file name is actually a device name, Vim will not make a backup (that
 would be impossible).  You need to use "!", since the device already exists.
 Example for Unix: >
 	:w! /dev/lpt0
-and for MS-DOS or MS-Windows: >
+and Windows: >
 	:w! lpt0
 For Unix a device is detected when the name doesn't refer to a normal file or
 a directory.  A fifo or named pipe also looks like a device to Vim.
-For MS-DOS and MS-Windows the device is detected by its name:
+For Windows the device is detected by its name:
 	CON
 	CLOCK$
 	NUL
@@ -1141,10 +1141,10 @@ If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 			|:mkvimrc|, |:mksession|, |:mkview|, |:split|,
 			|:vsplit|, |:tabe|, |:tabnew|, |:cfile|, |:cgetfile|,
 			|:caddfile|, |:lfile|, |:lgetfile|, |:laddfile|,
-			|:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch|, |:open|, |:pedit|,
-			|:redir|, |:source|, |:update|, |:visual|, |:vsplit|,
+			|:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch|, |:pedit|, |:redir|,
+			|:source|, |:update|, |:visual|, |:vsplit|,
 			and |:qall| if 'confirm' is set.
-			{only in Win32, Athena, Motif, GTK and Mac GUI}
+			{only in Win32 GUI}
 			When ":browse" is not possible you get an error
 			message.  If the |+browse| feature is missing or the
 			{command} doesn't support browsing, the {command} is
@@ -1172,16 +1172,13 @@ For versions of Vim where browsing is not supported, the command is executed
 unmodified.
 
 							*browsefilter*
-For MS Windows and GTK, you can modify the filters that are used in the browse
-dialog.  By setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can
-change the filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to
-a string in the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter
-label} is the text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern}
-is the pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given,
-separated by ';'.
-
-For Motif the same format is used, but only the very first pattern is actually
-used (Motif only offers one pattern, but you can edit it).
+For Windows you can modify the filters that are used in the browse dialog.  By
+setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can change the
+filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to a string in
+the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter label} is the
+text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern} is the
+pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given, separated
+by ';'.
 
 For example, to have only Vim files in the dialog, you could use the following
 command: >
@@ -1225,7 +1222,7 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 			Does not change the meaning of an already opened file,
 			because its full path name is remembered.  Files from
 			the |arglist| may change though!
-			On MS-DOS this also changes the active drive.
+			On Windows this also changes the active drive.
 			To change to the directory of the current file: >
 				:cd %:h
 <

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Nov 27
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -65,14 +65,16 @@ the Number.  Examples:
 	Number 0	-->	String "0" ~
 	Number -1	-->	String "-1" ~
 							*octal*
-Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
-to a number.  Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized.  If
-the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero.  Examples:
+Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits to
+a number.  Hexadecimal "0xf9", Octal "017", and Binary "0b10" numbers are
+recognized.  If the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero.
+Examples:
 	String "456"	-->	Number 456 ~
 	String "6bar"	-->	Number 6 ~
 	String "foo"	-->	Number 0 ~
 	String "0xf1"	-->	Number 241 ~
 	String "0100"	-->	Number 64 ~
+	String "0b101"	-->	Number 5 ~
 	String "-8"	-->	Number -8 ~
 	String "+8"	-->	Number 0 ~
 
@@ -522,7 +524,7 @@ Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
 To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
 assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
 	:let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
-	:function mydict.len() dict
+	:function mydict.len()
 	:   return len(self.data)
 	:endfunction
 	:echo mydict.len()
@@ -953,7 +955,7 @@ Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
 Floating point numbers can be written in two forms:
 
 	[-+]{N}.{M}
-	[-+]{N}.{M}e[-+]{exp}
+	[-+]{N}.{M}[eE][-+]{exp}
 
 {N} and {M} are numbers.  Both {N} and {M} must be present and can only
 contain digits.
@@ -1001,7 +1003,7 @@ function.  Example: >
 
 
 
-string						*string* *expr-string* *E114*
+string					*string* *String* *expr-string* *E114*
 ------
 "string"		string constant		*expr-quote*
 
@@ -1017,7 +1019,7 @@ A string constant accepts these special characters:
 \X.	same as \x.
 \u....	character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
 	current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
-\U....	same as \u....
+\U....	same as \u but allows up to 8 hex numbers.
 \b	backspace <BS>
 \e	escape <Esc>
 \f	formfeed <FF>
@@ -1375,6 +1377,31 @@ v:errmsg	Last given error message.  It's allowed to set this variable.
 	:  ... handle error
 <		"errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
 
+					*v:errors* *errors-variable*
+v:errors	Errors found by assert functions, such as |assert_true()|.
+		This is a list of strings.
+		The assert functions append an item when an assert fails.
+		To remove old results make it empty: >
+	:let v:errors = []
+<		If v:errors is set to anything but a list it is made an empty
+		list by the assert function.
+
+					*v:event* *event-variable*
+v:event		Dictionary of event data for the current |autocommand|.  The
+		available keys differ per event type and are specified at the
+		documentation for each |event|.  The possible keys are:
+			operator	The operation performed.  Unlike
+					|v:operator|, it is set also for an Ex
+					mode command.  For instance, |:yank| is
+					translated to "|y|".
+			regcontents	Text stored in the register as a
+					|readfile()|-style list of lines.
+			regname 	Requested register (e.g "x" for "xyy)
+					or the empty string for an unnamed
+					operation.
+			regtype		Type of register as returned by
+					|getregtype()|.
+
 					*v:exception* *exception-variable*
 v:exception	The value of the exception most recently caught and not
 		finished.  See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
@@ -1535,6 +1562,15 @@ v:oldfiles	List of file names that is loaded from the |shada| file on
 		than String this will cause trouble.
 		{only when compiled with the |+shada| feature}
 
+						    *v:option_new*
+v:option_new    New value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
+		autocommand.
+						    *v:option_old*
+v:option_old    Old value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
+		autocommand.
+						    *v:option_type*
+v:option_type   Scope of the set command. Valid while executing an
+		|OptionSet| autocommand. Can be either "global" or "local"
 					*v:operator* *operator-variable*
 v:operator	The last operator given in Normal mode.  This is a single
 		character except for commands starting with <g> or <z>,
@@ -1719,10 +1755,13 @@ append( {lnum}, {string})	Number	append {string} below line {lnum}
 append( {lnum}, {list})		Number	append lines {list} below line {lnum}
 argc()				Number	number of files in the argument list
 argidx()			Number	current index in the argument list
-arglistid( [{winnr}, [ {tabnr}]])
+arglistid( [{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 				Number	argument list id
 argv( {nr})			String	{nr} entry of the argument list
 argv( )				List	the argument list
+assert_equal( {exp}, {act} [, {msg}]) none    assert that {exp} equals {act}
+assert_false( {actual} [, {msg}])     none    assert that {actual} is false
+assert_true( {actual} [, {msg}])      none    assert that {actual} is true
 asin( {expr})			Float	arc sine of {expr}
 atan( {expr})			Float	arc tangent of {expr}
 atan2( {expr}, {expr})		Float   arc tangent of {expr1} / {expr2}
@@ -1763,6 +1802,10 @@ cursor( {lnum}, {col} [, {off}])
 cursor( {list})			Number	move cursor to position in {list}
 deepcopy( {expr} [, {noref}])	any	make a full copy of {expr}
 delete( {fname})		Number	delete file {fname}
+dictwatcheradd( {dict}, {pattern}, {callback})
+				Start watching a dictionary
+dictwatcherdel( {dict}, {pattern}, {callback})
+				Stop watching a dictionary
 did_filetype()			Number	TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
 diff_filler( {lnum})		Number	diff filler lines about {lnum}
 diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col})	Number	diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
@@ -1837,10 +1880,10 @@ getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
-glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
 glob2regpat( {expr})		String  convert a glob pat into a search pat
-globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				String	do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
 has( {feature})			Number	TRUE if feature {feature} supported
 has_key( {dict}, {key})		Number	TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
@@ -1864,16 +1907,22 @@ inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String  like input() but in a GUI dialog
 inputlist( {textlist})		Number	let the user pick from a choice list
 inputrestore()			Number	restore typeahead
 inputsave()			Number	save and clear typeahead
-inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String  like input() but hiding the text
-insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List	insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
+inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}])
+				String  like input() but hiding the text
+insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}])
+				List	insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
 invert( {expr})			Number  bitwise invert
 isdirectory( {directory})	Number	TRUE if {directory} is a directory
 islocked( {expr})		Number	TRUE if {expr} is locked
 items( {dict})			List	key-value pairs in {dict}
-job_close({job})		Closes a job with id {job}
-job_send({job}, {data})		Writes {data} to {job}'s stdin
-job_spawn({name}, {prog}[, {argv}])
-				Spawns {prog} as a job associated with {name}
+jobclose( {job}[, {stream}])	Number	Closes a job stream(s)
+jobpid( {job})			Number	Returns pid of a job.
+jobresize( {job}, {width}, {height})
+				Number	Resize {job}'s pseudo terminal window
+jobsend( {job}, {data})		Number	Writes {data} to {job}'s stdin
+jobstart( {cmd}[, {opts}])	Number	Spawns {cmd} as a job
+jobstop( {job})			Number	Stops a job
+jobwait( {ids}[, {timeout}])	Number	Wait for a set of jobs
 join( {list} [, {sep}])		String	join {list} items into one String
 keys( {dict})			List	keys in {dict}
 len( {expr})			Number	the length of {expr}
@@ -1943,12 +1992,12 @@ repeat( {expr}, {count})	String	repeat {expr} {count} times
 resolve( {filename})		String	get filename a shortcut points to
 reverse( {list})		List	reverse {list} in-place
 round( {expr})			Float	round off {expr}
-rpcnotify({channel}, {event}[, {args}...])
+rpcnotify( {channel}, {event}[, {args}...])
 				Sends a |msgpack-rpc| notification to {channel}
-rpcrequest({channel}, {method}[, {args}...])
+rpcrequest( {channel}, {method}[, {args}...])
 				Sends a |msgpack-rpc| request to {channel}
-rpcstart({prog}[, {argv}])	Spawns {prog} and opens a |msgpack-rpc| channel
-rpcstop({channel})		Closes a |msgpack-rpc| {channel}
+rpcstart( {prog}[, {argv}])	Spawns {prog} and opens a |msgpack-rpc| channel
+rpcstop( {channel})		Closes a |msgpack-rpc| {channel}
 screenattr( {row}, {col})	Number	attribute at screen position
 screenchar( {row}, {col})	Number	character at screen position
 screencol()			Number	current cursor column
@@ -1970,11 +2019,12 @@ setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
 setcharsearch( {dict})		Dict	set character search from {dict}
 setcmdpos( {pos})		Number	set cursor position in command-line
 setline( {lnum}, {line})	Number	set line {lnum} to {line}
-setloclist( {nr}, {list}[, {action}])
+setloclist( {nr}, {list}[, {action}[, {title}]])
 				Number	modify location list using {list}
 setmatches( {list})		Number	restore a list of matches
 setpos( {expr}, {list})		Number	set the {expr} position to {list}
-setqflist( {list}[, {action}])	Number	modify quickfix list using {list}
+setqflist( {list}[, {action}[, {title}]]
+				Number	modify quickfix list using {list}
 setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}])	Number	set register to value and type
 settabvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in tab page {nr} to {val}
 settabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})    set {varname} in window
@@ -1999,7 +2049,7 @@ split( {expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
 sqrt( {expr})			Float	square root of {expr}
 str2float( {expr})		Float	convert String to Float
 str2nr( {expr} [, {base}])	Number	convert String to Number
-strchars( {expr})		Number	character length of the String {expr}
+strchars( {expr} [, {skipcc}])	Number	character length of the String {expr}
 strdisplaywidth( {expr} [, {col}]) Number display length of the String {expr}
 strftime( {format}[, {time}])	String	time in specified format
 stridx( {haystack}, {needle}[, {start}])
@@ -2147,6 +2197,37 @@ argv([{nr}])	The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
 <		Without the {nr} argument a |List| with the whole |arglist| is
 		returned.
 
+							*assert_equal()*
+assert_equal({expected}, {actual}, [, {msg}])
+		When {expected} and {actual} are not equal an error message is
+		added to |v:errors|.
+		There is no automatic conversion, the String "4" is different
+		from the Number 4.  And the number 4 is different from the
+		Float 4.0.  The value of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case
+		always matters.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected
+		{expected} but got {actual}" is produced.
+		Example: >
+	assert_equal('foo', 'bar')
+<		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+	test.vim line 12: Expected 'foo' but got 'bar' ~
+
+assert_false({actual}, [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
+		When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|..
+		A value is false when it is zero. When "{actual}" is not a
+		number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected False but
+		got {actual}" is produced.
+
+assert_true({actual}, [, {msg}])				*assert_true()*
+		When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|..
+		A value is true when it is a non-zeron number.  When {actual}
+		is not a number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected True but
+		got {actual}" is produced.
+
 asin({expr})						*asin()*
 		Return the arc sine of {expr} measured in radians, as a |Float|
 		in the range of [-pi/2, pi/2].
@@ -2401,6 +2482,10 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 			    number of bytes in the cursor line plus one)
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
+		    v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+			    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+			    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+			    that it's updated right away.
 		Additionally {expr} can be [lnum, col]: a |List| with the line
 		and column number. Most useful when the column is "$", to get
 		the last column of a specific line.  When "lnum" or "col" is
@@ -2502,10 +2587,10 @@ confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
 		{default} is omitted, 1 is used.
 
 		The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog.  This
-		is only used for the icon of the GTK, Mac, Motif and Win32
-		GUI.  It can be one of these values: "Error", "Question",
-		"Info", "Warning" or "Generic".  Only the first character is
-		relevant.  When {type} is omitted, "Generic" is used.
+		is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI.  It can be one of
+		these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
+		"Generic".  Only the first character is relevant.
+		When {type} is omitted, "Generic" is used.
 
 		If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
 		or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
@@ -2661,6 +2746,44 @@ delete({fname})							*delete()*
 		To delete a line from the buffer use |:delete|.  Use |:exe|
 		when the line number is in a variable.
 
+dictwatcheradd({dict}, {pattern}, {callback})		      *dictwatcheradd()*
+		Adds a watcher to a dictionary. A dictionary watcher is
+		identified by three components:
+
+		- A dictionary({dict});
+		- A key pattern({pattern}).
+		- A function({callback}).
+
+		After this is called, every change on {dict} and on keys
+		matching {pattern} will result in {callback} being invoked.
+
+		For now {pattern} only accepts very simple patterns that can
+		contain a '*' at the end of the string, in which case it will
+		match every key that begins with the substring before the '*'.
+		That means if '*' is not the last character of {pattern}, only
+		keys that are exactly equal as {pattern} will be matched.
+
+		The {callback} receives three arguments:
+
+		- The dictionary being watched.
+		- The key which changed.
+		- A dictionary containg the new and old values for the key.
+
+		The type of change can be determined by examining the keys
+		present on the third argument:
+
+		- If contains both `old` and `new`, the key was updated.
+		- If it contains only `new`, the key was added.
+		- If it contains only `old`, the key was deleted.
+
+		This function can be used by plugins to implement options with
+		validation and parsing logic.
+
+dictwatcherdel({dict}, {pattern}, {callback})		      *dictwatcherdel()*
+		Removes a watcher added  with |dictwatcheradd()|. All three
+		arguments must match the ones passed to |dictwatcheradd()| in
+		order for the watcher to be successfully deleted.
+
 							*did_filetype()*
 did_filetype()	Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
 		FileType event has been triggered at least once.  Can be used
@@ -2726,7 +2849,7 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 		arguments.
 		executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
 		searchpath for programs.		*PATHEXT*
-		On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
+		On Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
 		optionally be included.  Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
 		tried.	Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
 		found.	If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
@@ -2734,9 +2857,9 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 		the name without an extension.	When 'shell' looks like a
 		Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
 		extension.
-		On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
+		On Windows it only checks if the file exists and
 		is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
-		On MS-Windows an executable in the same directory as Vim is
+		On Windows an executable in the same directory as Vim is
 		always found.  Since this directory is added to $PATH it
 		should also work to execute it |win32-PATH|.
 		The result is a Number:
@@ -2959,6 +3082,8 @@ extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
 		{expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty.  If necessary
 		make a copy of {expr1} first.
 		{expr2} remains unchanged.
+		When {expr1} is locked and {expr2} is not empty the operation
+		fails.
 		Returns {expr1}.
 
 
@@ -3178,8 +3303,7 @@ foreground()	Move the Vim window to the foreground.	Useful when sent from
 		On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
 		allow a window to bring itself to the foreground.  Use
 		|remote_foreground()| instead.
-		{only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
-		Win32 console version}
+		{only in the Win32 GUI and console version}
 
 
 function({name})					*function()* *E700*
@@ -3310,7 +3434,7 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 			:  endwhile
 			:endfunction
 <
-		You may also receive syntetic characters, such as
+		You may also receive synthetic characters, such as
 		|<CursorHold>|. Often you will want to ignore this and get
 		another character: >
 			:function GetKey()
@@ -3427,8 +3551,6 @@ getfontname([{name}])					*getfontname()*
 		Only works when the GUI is running, thus not in your vimrc or
 		gvimrc file.  Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
 		function just after the GUI has started.
-		Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
-		for a valid name does not work.
 
 getfperm({fname})					*getfperm()*
 		The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
@@ -3527,8 +3649,7 @@ getmatches()						*getmatches()*
 <
 							*getpid()*
 getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
-		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
-		exits.	On MS-DOS it's always zero.
+		This is a unique number, until Vim exits.
 
 							*getpos()*
 getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
@@ -3654,7 +3775,7 @@ getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getwinvar()*
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
 			:echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
 <
-glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
+glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])		*glob()*
 		Expand the file wildcards in {expr}.  See |wildcards| for the
 		use of special characters.
 
@@ -3671,8 +3792,11 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
 		matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.
 
 		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty String or List.
+
 		A name for a non-existing file is not included.  A symbolic
 		link is only included if it points to an existing file.
+		However, when the {alllinks} argument is present and it is
+		non-zero then all symbolic links are included.
 
 		For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
 		any external command.  Example: >
@@ -3691,8 +3815,11 @@ glob2regpat({expr})					 *glob2regpat()*
 			if filename =~ glob2regpat('Make*.mak')
 <		This is equivalent to: >
 			if filename =~ '^Make.*\.mak$'
-<
-globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
+<		When {expr} is an empty string the result is "^$", match an
+		empty string.
+
+								*globpath()*
+globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {allinks}]]])
 		Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
 		the results.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
@@ -3718,6 +3845,8 @@ globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
 		they are separated by <NL> characters.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim", 0, 1)
 <
+		{allinks} is used as with |glob()|.
+
 		The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
 		For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
 		in 'runtimepath' and below: >
@@ -4060,6 +4189,9 @@ jobclose({job}[, {stream}])				{Nvim} *jobclose()*
 		Close {job}'s {stream}, which can be one "stdin", "stdout" or
 		"stderr". If {stream} is omitted, all streams are closed.
 
+jobpid({job})						{Nvim} *jobpid()*
+		Return the pid (process id) of {job}.
+
 jobresize({job}, {width}, {height})			{Nvim} *jobresize()*
 		Resize {job}'s pseudo terminal window to {width} and {height}.
 		This function will fail if used on jobs started without the
@@ -4079,9 +4211,14 @@ jobsend({job}, {data})					{Nvim} *jobsend()*
 
 jobstart({cmd}[, {opts}])				{Nvim} *jobstart()*
 		Spawns {cmd} as a job.  If {cmd} is a |List|, it will be run
-		directly.  If {cmd} is a |string|, it will be equivalent to >
-			:call jobstart([&shell, &shellcmdflag, '{cmd}'])
-<		If passed, {opts} must be a dictionary with any of the
+		directly.  If {cmd} is a |string|, it will be roughly 
+		equivalent to >
+			:call jobstart(split(&shell) + split(&shellcmdflag) + ['{cmd}'])
+<		NOTE: read |shell-unquoting| before constructing any lists 
+		with 'shell' or 'shellcmdflag' options.  The above call is 
+		only written to show the idea, one needs to perform unquoting 
+		and do split taking quotes into account.
+		If passed, {opts} must be a dictionary with any of the
 		following keys:
 		  - on_stdout: stdout event handler
 		  - on_stderr: stderr event handler
@@ -4092,6 +4229,10 @@ jobstart({cmd}[, {opts}])				{Nvim} *jobstart()*
 		  - width: Width of the terminal screen(only if pty is set)
 		  - height: Height of the terminal screen(only if pty is set)
 		  - TERM: $TERM environment variable(only if pty is set)
+		  - detach: Detach the job process from the nvim process. The
+		    process won't get killed when nvim exists. If the process
+		    dies before nvim exits, on_exit will still be invoked.
+		    This option is only allowed for non-pty jobs.
 		Either funcrefs or function names can be passed as event
 		handlers. The {opts} object is also used as the "self"
 		argument for the callback, so the caller may pass arbitrary
@@ -4478,9 +4619,18 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		message will appear and the match will not be added.  An ID
 		is specified as a positive integer (zero excluded).  IDs 1, 2
 		and 3 are reserved for |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match|,
-		respectively.  If the {id} argument is not specified,
+		respectively.  If the {id} argument is not specified or -1,
 		|matchadd()| automatically chooses a free ID.
 
+		The optional {dict} argmument allows for further custom
+		values. Currently this is used to specify a match specifc
+		conceal character that will be shown for |hl-Conceal|
+		highlighted matches. The dict can have the following members:
+
+			conceal	    Special character to show instead of the
+				    match (only for |hl-Conceal| highlighed
+				    matches, see |:syn-cchar|)
+
 		The number of matches is not limited, as it is the case with
 		the |:match| commands.
 
@@ -4494,7 +4644,7 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		available from |getmatches()|.	All matches can be deleted in
 		one operation by |clearmatches()|.
 
-matchaddpos({group}, {pos}[, {priority}[, {id}]])		*matchaddpos()*
+matchaddpos({group}, {pos}[, {priority}[, {id}[, {dict}]]])		*matchaddpos()*
 		Same as |matchadd()|, but requires a list of positions {pos}
 		instead of a pattern. This command is faster than |matchadd()|
 		because it does not require to handle regular expressions and
@@ -4658,7 +4808,7 @@ msgpackdump({list})				   {Nvim} *msgpackdump()*
 		(dictionary with zero items is represented by 0x80 byte in
 		messagepack).
 
-		Limitations:
+		Limitations:					*E951* *E952*
 		1. |Funcref|s cannot be dumped.
 		2. Containers that reference themselves cannot be dumped.
 		3. Dictionary keys are always dumped as STR strings.
@@ -4809,6 +4959,9 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		  %c	single byte
 		  %d	decimal number
 		  %5d	decimal number padded with spaces to 5 characters
+		  %b	binary number
+		  %08b	binary number padded with zeros to at least 8 characters
+		  %B	binary number using upper case letters
 		  %x	hex number
 		  %04x	hex number padded with zeros to at least 4 characters
 		  %X	hex number using upper case letters
@@ -4895,20 +5048,19 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 
 		The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:
 
-				*printf-d* *printf-o* *printf-x* *printf-X*
-		doxX	The Number argument is converted to signed decimal
-			(d), unsigned octal (o), or unsigned hexadecimal (x
-			and X) notation.  The letters "abcdef" are used for
-			x conversions; the letters "ABCDEF" are used for X
-			conversions.
-			The precision, if any, gives the minimum number of
-			digits that must appear; if the converted value
-			requires fewer digits, it is padded on the left with
-			zeros.
-			In no case does a non-existent or small field width
-			cause truncation of a numeric field; if the result of
-			a conversion is wider than the field width, the field
-			is expanded to contain the conversion result.
+				*printf-d* *printf-b* *printf-B* *printf-o* *printf-x* *printf-X*
+		dbBoxX	The Number argument is converted to signed decimal (d),
+			unsigned binary (b and B), unsigned octal (o), or
+			unsigned hexadecimal (x and X) notation.  The letters
+			"abcdef" are used for x conversions; the letters
+			"ABCDEF" are used for X conversions.  The precision, if
+			any, gives the minimum number of digits that must
+			appear; if the converted value requires fewer digits, it
+			is padded on the left with zeros.  In no case does a
+			non-existent or small field width cause truncation of a
+			numeric field; if the result of a conversion is wider
+			than the field width, the field is expanded to contain
+			the conversion result.
 
 							*printf-c*
 		c	The Number argument is converted to a byte, and the
@@ -4918,6 +5070,7 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		s	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
 			specified are used.
+							*printf-S*
 		S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more display cells than the
 			number specified are used.  Without the |+multi_byte|
@@ -4979,7 +5132,7 @@ py3eval({expr})						*py3eval()*
 		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
 		converted to Vim data structures.
 		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are 
-		copied though, unicode strings are additionally converted to 
+		copied though, Unicode strings are additionally converted to 
 		'encoding').
 		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
 		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with 
@@ -5106,8 +5259,7 @@ remote_foreground({server})				*remote_foreground()*
 		Note: This does not restore the window if it was minimized,
 		like foreground() does.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
-		{only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
-		Win32 console version}
+		{only in the Win32 GUI and the Win32 console version}
 
 
 remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}])		*remote_peek()*
@@ -5601,11 +5753,13 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 			:endfor
 <		Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
 
-setloclist({nr}, {list} [, {action}])			*setloclist()*
+setloclist({nr}, {list} [, {action}[, {title}]])	*setloclist()*
 		Create or replace or add to the location list for window {nr}.
 		When {nr} is zero the current window is used. For a location
 		list window, the displayed location list is modified.  For an
-		invalid window number {nr}, -1 is returned.
+		invalid window number {nr}, -1 is returned. If {title} is
+		given, it will be used to set |w:quickfix_title| after opening
+		the location window.
 		Otherwise, same as |setqflist()|.
 		Also see |location-list|.
 
@@ -5662,7 +5816,7 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 		|winrestview()|.
 
 
-setqflist({list} [, {action}])				*setqflist()*
+setqflist({list} [, {action}[, {title}]])		*setqflist()*
 		Create or replace or add to the quickfix list using the items
 		in {list}.  Each item in {list} is a dictionary.
 		Non-dictionary items in {list} are ignored.  Each dictionary
@@ -5701,6 +5855,9 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action}])				*setqflist()*
 		with the items from {list}. If {action} is not present or is
 		set to ' ', then a new list is created.
 
+		If {title} is given, it will be used to set |w:quickfix_title|
+		after opening the quickfix window.
+
 		Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
 
 		This function can be used to create a quickfix list
@@ -5783,12 +5940,12 @@ setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
 sha256({string})						*sha256()*
-		Returns a String with 64 hex charactes, which is the SHA256
+		Returns a String with 64 hex characters, which is the SHA256
 		checksum of {string}.
 
 shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.
-		On MS-Windows and MS-DOS, when 'shellslash' is not set, it
+		On Windows when 'shellslash' is not set, it
 		will enclose {string} in double quotes and double all double
 		quotes within {string}.
 		For other systems, it will enclose {string} in single quotes
@@ -6024,24 +6181,28 @@ str2float( {expr})					*str2float()*
 
 str2nr( {expr} [, {base}])				*str2nr()*
 		Convert string {expr} to a number.
-		{base} is the conversion base, it can be 8, 10 or 16.
+		{base} is the conversion base, it can be 2, 8, 10 or 16.
 		When {base} is omitted base 10 is used.  This also means that
 		a leading zero doesn't cause octal conversion to be used, as
 		with the default String to Number conversion.
 		When {base} is 16 a leading "0x" or "0X" is ignored.  With a
-		different base the result will be zero.
+		different base the result will be zero. Similarly, when {base}
+		is 8 a leading "0" is ignored, and when {base} is 2 a leading
+		"0b" or "0B" is ignored.
 		Text after the number is silently ignored.
 
 
-strchars({expr})					*strchars()*
+strchars({expr} [, {skipcc}])					*strchars()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the number of characters
-		String {expr} occupies.  Composing characters are counted
-		separately.
+		in String {expr}.
+		When {skipcc} is omitted or zero, composing characters are
+		counted separately.
+		When {skipcc} set to 1, Composing characters are ignored.
 		Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.
 
 strdisplaywidth({expr}[, {col}])			*strdisplaywidth()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the number of display cells
-		String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts a {col}.
+		String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts at {col}.
 		When {col} is omitted zero is used.  Otherwise it is the
 		screen column where to start.  This matters for Tab
 		characters.
@@ -6097,25 +6258,31 @@ string({expr})	Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
 			{expr} type	result ~
 			String		'string'
 			Number		123
-			Float		123.123456 or 1.123456e8
-			Funcref		function('name')
+			Float		123.123456 or 1.123456e8 or 
+					`str2float('inf')`
+			Funcref		`function('name')`
 			List		[item, item]
 			Dictionary	{key: value, key: value}
 		Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
 		Also see |strtrans()|.
+		Note 2: Output format is mostly compatible with YAML, except 
+		for infinite and NaN floating-point values representations 
+		which use |str2float()|.  Strings are also dumped literally, 
+		only single quote is escaped, which does not allow using YAML 
+		for parsing back binary strings (including text when 
+		'encoding' is not UTF-8).  |eval()| should always work for 
+		strings and floats though and this is the only official 
+		method, use |msgpackdump()| or |json_encode()| if you need to 
+		share data with other application.
 
 							*strlen()*
 strlen({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
 		{expr} in bytes.
-		If you want to count the number of multi-byte characters (not
-		counting composing characters) use something like this: >
-
-			:let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
-<
 		If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
 		For other types an error is given.
-		Also see |len()|, |strchars()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and
-		|strwidth()|.
+		If you want to count the number of multi-byte characters use
+		|strchars()|.
+		Also see |len()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.
 
 strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}])			*strpart()*
 		The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
@@ -6640,6 +6807,10 @@ virtcol({expr})						*virtcol()*
 			    plus one)
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
+		    v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+			    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+			    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+			    that it's updated right away.
 		Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
 		Examples: >
   virtcol(".")	   with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
@@ -6852,8 +7023,6 @@ There are four types of features:
 acl			Compiled with |ACL| support.
 arabic			Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
 autocmd			Compiled with autocommand support. |autocommand|
-balloon_eval		Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
-balloon_multiline	GUI supports multiline balloons.
 browse			Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
 			work.
 browsefilter		Compiled with support for |browsefilter|.
@@ -6871,7 +7040,6 @@ debug			Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
 dialog_con		Compiled with console dialog support.
 dialog_gui		Compiled with GUI dialog support.
 digraphs		Compiled with support for digraphs.
-dnd			Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
 eval			Compiled with expression evaluation support.  Always
 			true, of course!
 ex_extra		Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
@@ -6884,21 +7052,13 @@ filterpipe		When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
 find_in_path		Compiled with support for include file searches
 			|+find_in_path|.
 float			Compiled with support for |Float|.
-fname_case		Case in file names matters (for MS-DOS and Windows
-			this is not present).
+fname_case		Case in file names matters (for Windows this is not
+			present).
 folding			Compiled with |folding| support.
-footer			Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
 gettext			Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
 gui			Compiled with GUI enabled.
-gui_athena		Compiled with Athena GUI.
-gui_gnome		Compiled with Gnome support (gui_gtk is also defined).
-gui_gtk			Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
-gui_gtk2		Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
-gui_mac			Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
-gui_motif		Compiled with Motif GUI.
 gui_running		Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
 gui_win32		Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
-gui_win32s		idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
 iconv			Can use iconv() for conversion.
 insert_expand		Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
 			Insert mode.
@@ -6946,6 +7106,7 @@ statusline		Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
 syntax			Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
 syntax_items		There are active syntax highlighting items for the
 			current buffer.
+tablineat		'tabline' option accepts %@Func@ items.
 tag_binary		Compiled with binary searching in tags files
 			|tag-binary-search|.
 tag_old_static		Compiled with support for old static tags
@@ -6970,10 +7131,9 @@ visualextra		Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
 vreplace		Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
 wildignore		Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
 wildmenu		Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
-win32			Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95 and later, 32 or
-			64 bits)
-win32unix		Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
-win64			Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
+win32			Windows version of Vim (32 or 64 bit).
+win32unix		Windows version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin).
+win64			Windows version of Vim (64 bit).
 winaltkeys		Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
 windows			Compiled with support for more than one window.
 writebackup		Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
@@ -7542,7 +7702,7 @@ This does NOT work: >
 				:unlet v
 <							*E741*
 			If you try to change a locked variable you get an
-			error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
+			error message: "E741: Value is locked: {name}"
 
 			[depth] is relevant when locking a |List| or
 			|Dictionary|.  It specifies how deep the locking goes:
@@ -8459,7 +8619,7 @@ You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
 							*catch-text*
 NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
 	:catch /No such variable/
-only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
+only works in the English locale, but not when the user has selected
 a different language by the |:language| command.  It is however helpful to
 cite the message text in a comment: >
 	:catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/   " No such variable

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -53,60 +53,6 @@ o  Toggling between Farsi ISIR-3342 standard encoding and Vim Farsi via F9
    right-to-left mode, this function is also supported only in right-to-left
    mode.
 
-Farsi Fonts					*farsi fonts*
------------
-
-The following files are found in the subdirectories of the '$VIM/farsi/fonts'
-directory:
-
-   +  far-a01.pcf    X Windows fonts for Unix including Linux systems
-   +  far-a01.bf     X Windows fonts for SunOS
-   +  far-a01.f16    a screen fonts for Unix including Linux systems
-   +  far-a01.fon    a monospaced fonts for Windows NT/95/98
-   +  far-a01.com    a screen fonts for DOS
-
-
-Font Installation
------------------
-
-o  Installation of fonts for MS Window systems (NT/95/98)
-
-   From 'Control Panel' folder, start the 'Fonts' program.  Then from 'file'
-   menu item select 'Install New Fonts ...'.  Browse and select the
-   'far-a01.fon', then follow the installation guide.
-   NOTE: several people have reported that this does not work.  The solution
-   is unknown.
-
-o  Installation of fonts for X Window systems (Unix/Linux)
-
-   Depending on your system, copy far-a01.pcf.Z or far-a01.pcf.gz into a
-   directory of your choice.  Change to the directory containing the Farsi
-   fonts and execute the following commands:
-
-   >  mkfontdir
-   >  xset +fp path_name_of_farsi_fonts_directory
-
-o  Installation of fonts for X Window systems (SunOS)
-
-   Copy far-a01.bf font into a directory of your choice.
-   Change to the directory containing the far-a01.fb fonts and
-   execute the following commands:
-
-   >  fldfamily
-   >  xset +fp path_name_of_fonts_directory
-
-o  Installation of ASCII screen fonts (Unix/Linux)
-
-   For Linux system, copy the far-a01.f16 fonts into /usr/lib/kbd/consolefonts
-   directory and execute the setfont program as "setfont far-a01.f16".  For
-   other systems (e.g. SCO Unix), please refer to the fonts installation
-   section of your system administration manuals.
-
-o  Installation of ASCII screen fonts (DOS)
-
-   After system power on, prior to the first use of Vim, upload the Farsi
-   fonts by executing the far-a01.com font uploading program.
-
 
 Usage
 -----
@@ -165,7 +111,7 @@ The letter encoding used is the Vim extended ISIR-3342 standard with a built
 in function to convert between Vim extended ISIR-3342 and ISIR-3342 standard.
 
 For document portability reasons, the letter encoding is kept the same across
-different platforms (i.e. UNIX's, NT/95/98, MS DOS, ...).
+different platforms (i.e. Unix, Windows, ...).
 
 
 o  Keyboard
@@ -215,7 +161,7 @@ o  Keyboard
 Note:
 	<09>  stands for Farsi PSP (break without space)
 
-	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute )
+	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute)
 
 Restrictions
 ------------

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -557,6 +557,149 @@ Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
 file: |pi_spec.txt|.
 
 
+SHADA							*ft-shada*
+
+Allows editing binary |shada-file|s in a nice way.  Opened binary files are 
+displayed in the following format: >
+
+    Type with timestamp YYYY-mm-ddTHH:MM:SS:
+      % Key__  Description___  Value
+      + fooba  foo bar baz fo  {msgpack-value}
+      + abcde  abc def ghi jk  {msgpack-value}
+    Other type with timestamp YYYY-mm-ddTHH:MM:SS:
+      @ Description__  Value
+      - foo bar baz t  {msgpack-value}
+      # Expected more elements in list
+    Some other type with timestamp YYYY-mm-ddTHH:MM:SS:
+      # Unexpected type: type instead of map
+      = {msgpack-value}
+
+Filetype plugin defines all |Cmd-event|s.  Defined |SourceCmd| event makes 
+"source file.shada" be equivalent to "|:rshada| file.shada".  |BufWriteCmd|, 
+|FileWriteCmd| and |FileAppendCmd| events are affected by the following 
+settings:
+
+*g:shada#keep_old_header*	Boolean, if set to false all header entries 
+				are ignored when writing.  Defaults to 1.
+*g:shada#add_own_header*	Boolean, if set to true first written entry 
+				will always be header entry with two values in 
+				a map with attached data: |v:version| attached 
+				to "version" key and "shada.vim" attached to 
+				"generator" key.  Defaults to 1.
+
+Format description:
+
+1. `#` starts a comment.  Lines starting with space characters and then `#` 
+   are ignored.  Plugin may only add comment lines to indicate some errors in 
+   ShaDa format.  Lines containing no non-whitespace characters are also 
+   ignored.
+2. Each entry starts with line that has format "{type} with timestamp 
+   {timestamp}:". {timestamp} is |strftime()|-formatted string representing 
+   actual Unix timestamp value. First strftime() argument is equal to
+   `%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S`.  When writing this timestamp is parsed using 
+   |msgpack#strptime()|, with caching (it remembers which timestamp produced 
+   particular strftime() output and uses this value if you did not change 
+   timestamp). {type} is one of
+    1 - Header
+    2 - Search pattern
+    3 - Replacement string
+    4 - History entry
+    5 - Register
+    6 - Variable
+    7 - Global mark
+    8 - Jump
+    9 - Buffer list
+   10 - Local mark
+   11 - Change
+    * - Unknown (0x{type-hex})
+
+   Each type may be represented using Unknown entry: "Jump with timestamp ..." 
+   is the same as "Unknown (0x8) with timestamp ....".
+3. After header there is one of the following lines:
+   1. "  % Key__  Description__  Value": map header.  After mapping header 
+      follows a table which may contain comments and lines consisting of 
+      "  +", key, description and |{msgpack-value}|.  Key is separated by at 
+      least two spaces with description, description is separated by at least 
+      two spaces with the value.  Each key in the map must be at most as wide 
+      as "Key__" header: "Key" allows at most 3-byte keys, "Key__" allows at 
+      most 5-byte keys.  If keys actually occupy less bytes then the rest is 
+      filled with spaces.  Keys cannot be empty, end with spaces, contain two 
+      consequent spaces inside of them or contain multibyte characters (use 
+      "=" format if you need this).  Descriptions have the same restrictions 
+      on width and contents, except that empty descriptions are allowed.  
+      Description column may be omitted.
+
+      When writing description is ignored.  Keys with values |msgpack#equal| 
+      to default ones are ignored.  Order of keys is preserved.  All keys are 
+      treated as strings (not binary strings).
+
+      Note: specifically for buffer list entries it is allowed to have more 
+      then one map header.  Each map header starts a new map entry inside 
+      buffer list because ShaDa buffer list entry is an array of maps.  I.e. >
+
+        Buffer list with timestamp 1970-01-01T00:00:00:
+          % Key  Description  Value
+          + f    file name    "/foo"
+          + l    line number  1
+          + c    column       10
+<
+      is equivalent to >
+
+        Buffer list with timestamp 1970-01-01T00:00:00:
+          = [{="f": "/foo", ="c": 10}]
+<
+      and >
+
+        Buffer list with timestamp 1970-01-01T00:00:00:
+          % Key  Description  Value
+          + f    file name    "/foo"
+
+          % Key  Description  Value
+          + f    file name    "/bar"
+<
+      is equivalent to >
+
+        Buffer list with timestamp 1970-01-01T00:00:00:
+          = [{="f": "/foo"}, {="f": "/bar"}]
+<
+      Note 2: specifically for register entries special syntax for arrays was 
+      designed: >
+
+        Register with timestamp 1970-01-01T00:00:00:
+          % Key  Description  Value
+          + rc   contents     @
+          | - "line1"
+          | - "line2"
+<
+      This is equivalent to >
+
+        Register with timestamp 1970-01-01T00:00:00:
+          % Key  Description  Value
+          + rc   contents     ["line1", "line2"]
+<
+      Such syntax is automatically used if array representation appears to be 
+      too lengthy.
+   2. "  @  Description__  Value": array header.  Same as map, but key is 
+      omitted and description cannot be omitted.  Array entries start with 
+      "  -". Example: >
+
+        History entry with timestamp 1970-01-01T00:00:00:
+          @ Description_  Value
+          - history type  SEARCH
+          - contents      "foo"
+          - separator     '/'
+<
+      is equivalent to >
+
+        History entry with timestamp 1970-01-01T00:00:00:
+          = [SEARCH, "foo", '/']
+<
+      Note: special array syntax for register entries is not recognized here.
+   3. "  = {msgpack-value}": raw values.  |{msgpack-value}| in this case may 
+      have absolutely any type.  Special array syntax for register entries is 
+      not recognized here as well.
+
+
 SQL							*ft-sql*
 
 Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ zX		Undo manually opened and closed folds: re-apply 'foldlevel'.
 		Also forces recomputing folds, like |zx|.
 
 							*zm*
-zm		Fold more: Subtract one from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
+zm		Fold more: Subtract |v:count1| from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
 		already zero nothing happens.
 		'foldenable' will be set.
 
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ zM		Close all folds: set 'foldlevel' to 0.
 		'foldenable' will be set.
 
 							*zr*
-zr		Reduce folding: Add one to 'foldlevel'.
+zr		Reduce folding: Add |v:count1| to 'foldlevel'.
 
 							*zR*
 zR		Open all folds.  This sets 'foldlevel' to highest fold level.

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -61,10 +61,6 @@ When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
     ~/.config).
   The name of the first file found is stored in $MYGVIMRC, unless it was
   already set.
-- If the 'exrc' option is set (which is NOT the default) the file ./.ngvimrc
-  is sourced, if it exists and isn't the same file as the system or user
-  gvimrc file.  If this file is not owned by you, some security restrictions
-  apply.  When ".ngvimrc" is not found, "_ngvimrc" is tried too.
 
 NOTE: All but the first one are not carried out if Vim was started with
 "-u NONE" and no "-U" argument was given, or when started with "-U NONE".
@@ -212,18 +208,6 @@ takes too much time or you don't like the cursor jumping to another line,
 include the 'h' flag in 'guioptions'.  Then the scrolling is limited by the
 text of the current cursor line.
 
-							*athena-intellimouse*
-If you have an Intellimouse and an X server that supports using the wheel,
-then you can use the wheel to scroll the text up and down in gvim.  This works
-with XFree86 4.0 and later, and with some older versions when you add patches.
-See |scroll-mouse-wheel|.
-
-For older versions of XFree86 you must patch your X server.  The following
-page has a bit of information about using the Intellimouse on Linux as well as
-links to the patches and X server binaries (may not have the one you need
-though):
-    http://www.inria.fr/koala/colas/mouse-wheel-scroll/
-
 ==============================================================================
 3. Mouse Control					*gui-mouse*
 
@@ -609,10 +593,6 @@ The default menus have these priorities:
 When no or zero priority is given, 500 is used.
 The priority for the PopUp menu is not used.
 
-The Help menu will be placed on the far right side of the menu bar on systems
-which support this (Motif and GTK+).  For GTK+ 2, this is not done anymore
-because right-aligning the Help menu is now discouraged UI design.
-
 You can use a priority higher than 9999, to make it go after the Help menu,
 but that is non-standard and is discouraged.  The highest possible priority is
 about 32000.  The lowest is 1.
@@ -681,10 +661,8 @@ level.  Vim interprets the items in this menu as follows:
     toolbar button image.  Note that the exact filename is OS-specific: For
     example, under Win32 the command >
 	:amenu ToolBar.Hello :echo "hello"<CR>
-<   would find the file 'hello.bmp'.  Under GTK+/X11 it is 'Hello.xpm'.  With
-    GTK+ 2 the files 'Hello.png', 'Hello.xpm' and 'Hello.bmp' are checked for
-    existence, and the first one found would be used.
-    For MS-Windows and GTK+ 2 the bitmap is scaled to fit the button.  For
+<   would find the file 'hello.bmp'.  Under X11 it is 'Hello.xpm'.
+    For MS-Windows and the bitmap is scaled to fit the button.  For
     MS-Windows a size of 18 by 18 pixels works best.
     For MS-Windows the bitmap should have 16 colors with the standard palette.
     The light grey pixels will be changed to the Window frame color and the
@@ -733,8 +711,8 @@ nr  Name		Normal action  ~
 30  WinMinWidth		make current window use few columns
 
 					*hidden-menus* *win32-hidden-menus*
-In the Win32 and GTK+ GUI, starting a menu name with ']' excludes that menu
-from the main menu bar.  You must then use the |:popup| command to display it.
+In the Win32 GUI, starting a menu name with ']' excludes that menu from the
+main menu bar.  You must then use the |:popup| command to display it.
 
 							*popup-menu*
 You can define the special menu "PopUp".  This is the menu that is displayed
@@ -887,9 +865,8 @@ a menu item - you don't need to do a :tunmenu as well.
 
 5.9 Popup Menus
 
-In the Win32 and GTK+ GUI, you can cause a menu to popup at the cursor.
-This behaves similarly to the PopUp menus except that any menu tree can
-be popped up.
+In the Win32 GUI, you can cause a menu to popup at the cursor.  This behaves
+similarly to the PopUp menus except that any menu tree can be popped up.
 
 This command is for backwards compatibility, using it is discouraged, because
 it behaves in a strange way.
@@ -898,7 +875,7 @@ it behaves in a strange way.
 :popu[p] {name}			Popup the menu {name}.  The menu named must
 				have at least one subentry, but need not
 				appear on the menu-bar (see |hidden-menus|).
-				{only available for Win32 and GTK GUI}
+				{only available for Win32 GUI}
 
 :popu[p]! {name}		Like above, but use the position of the mouse
 				pointer instead of the cursor.

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -47,10 +47,6 @@ If you want Vim to start with a maximized window, add this command to your
 vimrc or gvimrc file: >
 	au GUIEnter * simalt ~x
 <
-								*gui-w32s*
-There is a specific version of gvim.exe that runs under the Win32s subsystem
-of Windows 3.1 or 3.11.  See |win32s|.
-
 ==============================================================================
 2. Vim as default editor				*vim-default-editor*
 
@@ -88,7 +84,6 @@ when you have got a new version):
 You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
 1. Start a Windows Explorer
 2. Navigate to your sendto directory:
-   Windows 95: %windir%\sendto (e.g. "c:\windows\sendto")
    Windows NT: %windir%\profiles\%user%\sendto (e.g.
 	       "c:\winnt\profiles\mattha\sendto").
 3. Right-click in the file pane and select New->Shortcut
@@ -243,7 +238,7 @@ selection.  You can use CTRL-Q instead.  You can also use CTRL-Q in Insert
 mode and Command-line mode to get the old meaning of CTRL-V.  But CTRL-Q
 doesn't work for terminals when it's used for control flow.
 
-NOTE: The clipboard support still has a number of bugs.  See |todo|.
+NOTE: The clipboard support still has a number of bugs.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Shell Commands					*gui-shell-win32*
@@ -262,17 +257,6 @@ WARNING: If you close this window with the "X" button, and confirm the
 question if you really want to kill the application, Vim may be killed too!
 (This does not apply to commands run asynchronously with ":!start".)
 
-							*msdos-mode*
-If you get a dialog that says "This program is set to run in MS-DOS mode..."
-when you run an external program, you can solve this by changing the
-properties of the associated shortcut:
-- Use a Windows Explorer to find the command.com that is used.  It can be
-  c:\command.com, c:\dos\command.com, c:\windows\command.com, etc.
-- With the right mouse button, select properties of this command.com.
-- In the Program tab select "Advanced".
-- Unselect "MS-DOS mode".
-- Click "OK" twice.
-
 							*win32-!start*
 Normally, Vim waits for a command to complete before continuing (this makes
 sense for most shell commands which produce output for Vim to use).  If you
@@ -281,10 +265,6 @@ syntax on W95 & NT: >
 	:!start [/min] {command}
 The optional "/min" causes the window to be minimized.
 
-On Win32s, you will have to go to another window instead.  Don't forget that
-you must tell Windows 3.1x to keep executing a DOS command in the background
-while you switch back to Vim.
-
 ==============================================================================
 5. Special colors					*win32-colors*
 
@@ -293,7 +273,7 @@ On Win32, the normal DOS colors can be used.  See |dos-colors|.
 Additionally the system configured colors can also be used.  These are known
 by the names Sys_XXX, where XXX is the appropriate system color name, from the
 following list (see the Win32 documentation for full descriptions).  Case is
-ignored.  Note: On Win32s not all of these colors are supported.
+ignored.
 
 Sys_3DDKShadow		Sys_3DFace			Sys_BTNFace
 Sys_3DHilight		Sys_3DHighlight			Sys_BTNHilight

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 15
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		      Command-line editing	  c_	   :help c_<Del>
 		      Vim command argument	  -	   :help -r
 		      Option			  '	   :help 'textwidth'
+		      Regular expression	  /	   :help /[
   Search for help:  Type ":help word", then hit CTRL-D to see matching
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
@@ -94,7 +95,6 @@ General subjects ~
 |tips.txt|	various tips on using Vim
 |message.txt|	(error) messages and explanations
 |quotes.txt|	remarks from users of Vim
-|todo.txt|	known problems and desired extensions
 |develop.txt|	development of Vim
 |debug.txt|	debugging Vim itself
 |uganda.txt|	Vim distribution conditions and what to do with your money
@@ -160,11 +160,9 @@ Versions ~
 |vi_diff.txt|	Main differences between Vim and Vi
 						*sys-file-list*
 Remarks about specific systems ~
-|os_mac.txt|	Macintosh
 |os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
-|pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts
 |pi_gzip.txt|      Reading and writing compressed files
 |pi_netrw.txt|     Reading and writing files over a network
 |pi_paren.txt|     Highlight matching parens

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -184,12 +184,6 @@ command: >
 	:!xterm -e vim +help &
 <
 
-			*:helpfind* *:helpf*
-:helpf[ind]		Like |:help|, but use a dialog to enter the argument.
-			Only for backwards compatibility.  It now executes the
-			ToolBar.FindHelp menu entry instead of using a builtin
-			dialog.  {only when compiled with |+GUI_GTK|}
-
 					*:helpt* *:helptags*
 				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 07
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -700,12 +700,16 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |g'|		g'{mark}	1  like |'| but without changing the jumplist
 |g`|		g`{mark}	1  like |`| but without changing the jumplist
 |gstar|		g*		1  like "*", but without using "\<" and "\>"
+|g+|		g+		   go to newer text state N times
+|g,|		g,		1  go to N newer position in change list
+|g-|		g-		   go to older text state N times
 |g0|		g0		1  when 'wrap' off go to leftmost character of
 				   the current line that is on the screen;
 				   when 'wrap' on go to the leftmost character
 				   of the current screen line
 |g8|		g8		   print hex value of bytes used in UTF-8
 				   character under the cursor
+|g;|		g;		1  go to N older position in change list
 |g<|		g<		   display previous command output
 |g?|		g?		2  Rot13 encoding operator
 |g?g?|		g??		2  Rot13 encode current line
@@ -734,6 +738,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   the screen; when 'wrap' on go to the
 				   leftmost non-white character of the current
 				   screen line
+|g_|		g_		1  cursor to the last CHAR N - 1 lines lower
 |ga|		ga		   print ascii value of character under the
 				   cursor
 |gd|		gd		1  go to definition of word under the cursor
@@ -1128,6 +1133,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cc|		:cc		go to specific error
 |:cclose|	:ccl[ose]	close quickfix window
 |:cd|		:cd		change directory
+|:cdo|		:cdo		execute command in each valid error list entry
+|:cfdo|		:cfdo		execute command in each file in error list
 |:center|	:ce[nter]	format lines at the center
 |:cexpr|	:cex[pr]	read errors from expr and jump to first
 |:cfile|	:cf[ile]	read file with error messages and jump to first
@@ -1239,7 +1246,6 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:hardcopy|	:ha[rdcopy]	send text to the printer
 |:help|		:h[elp]		open a help window
 |:helpclose|	:helpc[lose]	close one help window
-|:helpfind|	:helpf[ind]	dialog to open a help window
 |:helpgrep|	:helpg[rep]	like ":grep" but searches help files
 |:helptags|	:helpt[ags]	generate help tags for a directory
 |:highlight|	:hi[ghlight]	specify highlighting methods
@@ -1285,6 +1291,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:lchdir|	:lch[dir]	change directory locally
 |:lclose|	:lcl[ose]	close location window
 |:lcscope|	:lcs[cope]      like ":cscope" but uses location list
+|:ldo|		:ld[o]		execute command in valid location list entries
+|:lfdo|		:lfd[o]		execute command in each file in location list
 |:left|		:le[ft]		left align lines
 |:leftabove|	:lefta[bove]	make split window appear left or above
 |:let|		:let		assign a value to a variable or option
@@ -1359,8 +1367,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:number|	:nu[mber]	print lines with line number
 |:nunmap|	:nun[map]	like ":unmap" but for Normal mode
 |:nunmenu|	:nunme[nu]	remove menu for Normal mode
-|:oldfiles|	:ol[dfiles]	list files that have marks in the ShaDa file
-|:open|		:o[pen]		start open mode (not implemented)
+|:oldfiles|	:o[ldfiles]	list files that have marks in the ShaDa file
 |:omap|		:om[ap]		like ":map" but for Operator-pending mode
 |:omapclear|	:omapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Operator-pending mode
 |:omenu|	:ome[nu]	add menu for Operator-pending mode

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 04
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -77,9 +77,11 @@ CTRL-W		Delete the word before the cursor (see |i_backspacing| about
 		joining lines).  See the section "word motions",
 		|word-motions|, for the definition of a word.
 						*i_CTRL-U*
-CTRL-U		Delete all entered characters in the current line (see
-		|i_backspacing| about joining lines).
-
+CTRL-U		Delete all entered characters before the cursor in the current
+		line.  If there are no newly entered characters and
+		'backspace' is not empty, delete all characters before the
+		cursor in the current line.
+		See |i_backspacing| about joining lines.
 						*i_CTRL-I* *i_<Tab>* *i_Tab*
 <Tab> or CTRL-I Insert a tab.  If the 'expandtab' option is on, the
 		equivalent number of spaces is inserted (use CTRL-V <Tab> to
@@ -1939,9 +1941,9 @@ If the 'fileformats' option is not empty Vim tries to recognize the type of
 changed, the detected format is only used while reading the file.
 A similar thing happens with 'fileencodings'.
 
-On non-MS-DOS and Win32 systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if
+On non-Windows systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if
 a file is read in DOS format, to remind you that something unusual is done.
-On Macintosh, MS-DOS, and Win32 the message "[unix format]" is shown if
+On Macintosh and Windows the message "[unix format]" is shown if
 a file is read in Unix format.
 On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[Mac format]" is shown if a file is
 read in Mac format.

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 24
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
-Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
+Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
 This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will see
 the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security issue,
 send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 				lots of patches
 	Ingo Wilken		Tcl interface
 	Mike Williams		PostScript printing
-	Juergen Weigert		Lattice version, AUX improvements, UNIX and
+	Juergen Weigert		Lattice version, AUX improvements, Unix and
 				MS-DOS ports, autoconf
 	Stefan 'Sec' Zehl	Maintainer of vim.org
 
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ notation	meaning		    equivalent	decimal value(s)	~
 <C-...>		control-key			*control* *ctrl* *<C-*
 <M-...>		alt-key or meta-key		*meta* *alt* *<M-*
 <A-...>		same as <M-...>			*<A-*
-<D-...>		command-key (Macintosh only)	*<D-*
+<D-...>		command-key or "super" key	*<D-*
 <t_xx>		key with "xx" entry in termcap
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 03
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -43,16 +43,6 @@ features.  Unfortunately, every system has its own way to deal with multibyte
 languages and it is quite complicated.
 
 
-COMPILING
-
-If you already have a compiled Vim program, check if the |+multi_byte| feature
-is included.  The |:version| command can be used for this.
-
-If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "normal", "big" or
-"huge" features.  You can further tune what features are included.  See the
-INSTALL files in the source directory.
-
-
 LOCALE
 
 First of all, you must make sure your current locale is set correctly.  If
@@ -107,14 +97,6 @@ is the difficult part.  It depends on the system you are using, the locale and
 a few other things.  See the chapters on fonts: |mbyte-fonts-X11| for
 X-Windows and |mbyte-fonts-MSwin| for MS-Windows.
 
-For GTK+ 2, you can skip most of this section.  The option 'guifontset' does
-no longer exist.  You only need to set 'guifont' and everything should "just
-work".  If your system comes with Xft2 and fontconfig and the current font
-does not contain a certain glyph, a different font will be used automatically
-if available.  The 'guifontwide' option is still supported but usually you do
-not need to set it.  It is only necessary if the automatic font selection does
-not suit your needs.
-
 For X11 you can set the 'guifontset' option to a list of fonts that together
 cover the characters that are used.  Example for Korean: >
 
@@ -494,11 +476,6 @@ For Vim you may need to set 'encoding' to "utf-8".
 Unfortunately, using fonts in X11 is complicated.  The name of a single-byte
 font is a long string.  For multi-byte fonts we need several of these...
 
-Note: Most of this is no longer relevant for GTK+ 2.  Selecting a font via
-its XLFD is not supported; see 'guifont' for an example of how to
-set the font.  Do yourself a favor and ignore the |XLFD| and |xfontset|
-sections below.
-
 First of all, Vim only accepts fixed-width fonts for displaying text.  You
 cannot use proportionally spaced fonts.  This excludes many of the available
 (and nicer looking) fonts.  However, for menus and tooltips any font can be
@@ -629,52 +606,6 @@ If you use a wrong "font" argument you will get an error message.
 Also make sure that you set 'guifontset' before setting fonts for highlight
 groups.
 
-
-USING RESOURCE FILES
-
-Instead of specifying 'guifontset', you can set X11 resources and Vim will
-pick them up.  This is only for people who know how X resource files work.
-
-For Motif and Athena insert these three lines in your $HOME/.Xdefaults file:
-
-	Vim.font: |base_font_name_list|
-	Vim*fontSet: |base_font_name_list|
-	Vim*fontList: your_language_font
-
-Note: Vim.font is for text area.
-      Vim*fontSet is for menu.
-      Vim*fontList is for menu (for Motif GUI)
-
-For example, when you are using Japanese and a 14 dots font, >
-
-	Vim.font: -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*
-	Vim*fontSet: -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*
-	Vim*fontList: -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*
-<
-or: >
-
-	Vim*font: k14,r14
-	Vim*fontSet: k14,r14
-	Vim*fontList: k14,r14
-<
-To have them take effect immediately you will have to do >
-
-	xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
-
-Otherwise you will have to stop and restart the X server before the changes
-take effect.
-
-
-The GTK+ version of GUI Vim does not use .Xdefaults, use ~/.gtkrc instead.
-The default mostly works OK.  But for the menus you might have to change
-it.  Example: >
-
-	style "default"
-	{
-		fontset="-*-*-medium-r-normal--14-*-*-*-c-*-*-*"
-	}
-	widget_class "*" style "default"
-
 ==============================================================================
 6.  Fonts on MS-Windows				*mbyte-fonts-MSwin*
 
@@ -847,20 +778,6 @@ For example, when you are using kinput2 as |IM-server| and sh, >
 	export XMODIFIERS="@im=kinput2"
 <
 
-FULLY CONTROLLED XIM
-
-You can fully control XIM, like with IME of MS-Windows (see |multibyte-ime|).
-This is currently only available for the GTK GUI.
-
-Before using fully controlled XIM, one setting is required.  Set the
-'imactivatekey' option to the key that is used for the activation of the input
-method.  For example, when you are using kinput2 + canna as IM Server, the
-activation key is probably Shift+Space: >
-
-	:set imactivatekey=S-space
-
-See 'imactivatekey' for the format.
-
 ==============================================================================
 8.  Input on MS-Windows					*mbyte-IME*
 
@@ -893,14 +810,11 @@ WHAT IS IME
     URL.
 
 WHAT IS GLOBAL IME					*global-ime*
-    Global IME makes capability to input Chinese, Japanese, and Korean text
-    into Vim buffer on any language version of Windows 98, Windows 95, and
-    Windows NT 4.0.
-    On Windows 2000 and XP it should work as well (without downloading).  On
-    Windows 2000 Professional, Global IME is built in, and the Input Locales
-    can be added through Control Panel/Regional Options/Input Locales.
-    Please see below URL for detail of Global IME.  You can also find various
-    language version of Global IME at same place.
+    Global IME enables input of Chinese, Japanese, and Korean text into Vim
+    buffer on any language version of Windows.  Global IME is built in, and
+    the Input Locales can be added through Control Panel/Regional
+    Options/Input Locales.  Please see below URL for detail of Global IME.
+    You can also find various language version of Global IME at same place.
 
     - Global IME detailed information.
 	http://search.microsoft.com/results.aspx?q=global+ime
@@ -1201,14 +1115,12 @@ internally.
 
 Vim has comprehensive UTF-8 support.  It works well in:
 - xterm with utf-8 support enabled
-- Athena, Motif and GTK GUI
 - MS-Windows GUI
 - several other platforms
 
 Double-width characters are supported.  This works best with 'guifontwide' or
 'guifontset'.  When using only 'guifont' the wide characters are drawn in the
-normal width and a space to fill the gap.  Note that the 'guifontset' option
-is no longer relevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI.
+normal width and a space to fill the gap.
 
 							*bom-bytes*
 When reading a file a BOM (Byte Order Mark) can be used to recognize the
@@ -1278,8 +1190,6 @@ doesn't always work.  See the system specific remarks below, and 'langmenu'.
 
 USING UTF-8 IN X-Windows				*utf-8-in-xwindows*
 
-Note: This section does not apply to the GTK+ 2 GUI.
-
 You need to specify a font to be used.  For double-wide characters another
 font is required, which is exactly twice as wide.  There are three ways to do
 this:

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -401,12 +401,6 @@ You have used an ":unabbreviate" command with an argument which is not an
 existing abbreviation.  All variations of this command give the same message:
 ":cunabbrev", ":iunabbrev", etc.  Check for trailing white space.
 
->
-  /dev/dsp: No such file or directory
-
-Only given for GTK GUI with Gnome support.  Gnome tries to use the audio
-device and it isn't present.  You can ignore this error.
-
 							*E31*  >
   No such mapping
 

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -171,6 +171,8 @@ CTRL-H		or					*CTRL-H* *<BS>*
 l		or					*l*
 <Right>		or					*<Right>* *<Space>*
 <Space>			[count] characters to the right.  |exclusive| motion.
+			See the 'whichwrap' option for adjusting the behavior
+			at end of line
 
 							*0*
 0			To the first character of the line.  |exclusive|

runtime/doc/msgpack_rpc.txt

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 The Msgpack-RPC Interface to Nvim				  *msgpack-rpc*
 
 1. Introduction			|msgpack-rpc-intro|
-2. API				|msgpack-rpc-api|
+2. API mapping			|msgpack-rpc-api|
 3. Connecting			|msgpack-rpc-connecting|
 4. Clients			|msgpack-rpc-clients|
 5. Types			|msgpack-rpc-types|
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ Nvim's msgpack-rpc interface is like a more powerful version of Vim's
 `clientserver` feature.
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. API							      *msgpack-rpc-api*
+2. API mapping						      *msgpack-rpc-api*
 
-The Nvim C API is automatically exposed to the msgpack-rpc interface by the
-build system, which parses headers at src/nvim/api from the project root. A
-dispatch function is generated, which matches msgpack-rpc method names with
-non-static API functions, converting/validating arguments and return values
-back to msgpack.
+The Nvim C API, see |nvim-api|, is automatically exposed to the msgpack-rpc
+interface by the build system, which parses headers at src/nvim/api from the
+project root. A dispatch function is generated, which matches msgpack-rpc method
+names with non-static API functions, converting/validating arguments and return
+values back to msgpack.
 
 Client libraries will normally provide wrappers that hide msgpack-rpc details
 from programmers. The wrappers can be automatically generated by reading
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Here's a simple way to get human-readable description of the API (requires
 Python and the `pyyaml`/`msgpack-python` pip packages):
 >
     nvim --api-info | python -c 'import msgpack, sys, yaml; print yaml.dump(msgpack.unpackb(sys.stdin.read()))' > api.yaml
-
+<
 ==============================================================================
 3. Connecting					       *msgpack-rpc-connecting*
 
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ https://github.com/msgpack-rpc/msgpack-rpc-ruby/blob/master/lib/msgpack/rpc/tran
 ==============================================================================
 5. Types						    *msgpack-rpc-types*
 
-Nvim's C API uses custom types for all functions (some are just typedefs
-around C99 standard types). The types can be split into two groups:
+Nvim's C API uses custom types for all functions, se |nvim-api-types|.
+For the purpose of mapping to msgpack, he types can be split into two groups:
 
 - Basic types that map natively to msgpack (and probably have a default
   representation in msgpack-supported programming languages)

runtime/doc/nvim_provider.txt

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ are now decoupled from Nvim core as providers:
 
 The first example is clipboard integration: in the original Vim source code,
 clipboard functions account for more than 1k lines of C source code (and that
-is just on ui.c), all to peform two tasks that are now accomplished with
+is just on ui.c), all to perform two tasks that are now accomplished with
 simple shell commands such as xclip or pbcopy/pbpaste.
 
 The other example is Python scripting support: Vim has three files dedicated to

runtime/doc/nvim_python.txt

@@ -49,6 +49,9 @@ To use Vim Python 2/3 plugins with Nvim, do the following:
 >
     $ pip3 install --user neovim
 <
+Note: If you previously installed the package, get the latest version by
+      appending the `--upgrade` flag to the commands above.
+
 ==============================================================================
 							   *g:python_host_prog*
 

runtime/doc/nvim_terminal_emulator.txt

@@ -105,6 +105,8 @@ The configuration variables are only processed when the terminal starts, which
 is why it needs to be done with the |TermOpen| autocmd or setting global
 variables before the terminal is started.
 
+There is also a corresponding |TermClose| event.
+
 The terminal cursor can be highlighted via |hl-TermCursor| and
 |hl-TermCursorNC|.
 

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 17
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}&vim	Reset option to its Vim default value.
 
 :se[t] all&		Set all options, except terminal options, to their
-			default value.  The values of 'term', 'lines' and
-			'columns' are not changed.
+			default value.  The values of 'lines' and 'columns'
+			are not changed.
 
 						*:set-args* *E487* *E521*
 :se[t] {option}={value}		or
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ the option value, use '\"' instead.  This example sets the 'titlestring'
 option to 'hi "there"': >
    :set titlestring=hi\ \"there\"
 
-For MS-DOS and WIN32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More
+For Windows backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More
 precise: For options that expect a file name (those where environment
 variables are expanded) a backslash before a normal file name character is not
 removed.  But a backslash before a special character (space, backslash, comma,
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ number can be specified where "vim:" or "Vim:" is used:
 	vim<{vers}:	version before {vers}
 	vim={vers}:	version {vers}
 	vim>{vers}:	version after {vers}
-{vers} is 600 for Vim 6.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
-For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later:
-	/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */ ~
-To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7:
-	/* vim<570: set sw=4: */ ~
+{vers} is 700 for Vim 7.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
+For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 7.0:
+	/* vim700: set foldmethod=marker */ ~
+To use a modeline for Vim after version 7.2:
+	/* vim>702: set cole=2: */ ~
 There can be no blanks between "vim" and the ":".
 
 
@@ -635,25 +635,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	(or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with "-cjkwidth" option.),
 	this option should be set to "double" to match the width perceived
 	by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font.  Perhaps it also has
-	to be set to "double" under CJK Windows 9x/ME or Windows 2k/XP
-	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
-	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
+	to be set to "double" under CJK Windows XP when the system locale is
+	set to one of CJK locales.
+	See Unicode Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
 
 	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
 	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
 	escape sequence to request cursor position report.
 
-			*'antialias'* *'anti'* *'noantialias'* *'noanti'*
-'antialias' 'anti'	boolean (default: off)
-			global
-			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled
-			on Mac OS X}
-	This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim on Mac OS X
-	v10.2 or later.  When on, Vim will use smooth ("antialiased") fonts,
-	which can be easier to read at certain sizes on certain displays.
-	Setting this option can sometimes cause problems if 'guifont' is set
-	to its default (empty string).
-
 			*'autochdir'* *'acd'* *'noautochdir'* *'noacd'*
 'autochdir' 'acd'	boolean (default off)
 			global
@@ -783,14 +772,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	putting a ":gui" command in the gvimrc file, before where the value
 	of 'background' is used (e.g., before ":syntax on").
 
-	For MS-DOS and Windows the default is "dark".
-	For other systems "dark" is used when 'term' is "linux",
-	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
-	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
+	For Windows the default is "dark". "dark" should be used if $COLORFGBG
+	suggests a dark	background (not yet implemented). Otherwise the default
+	is "light".
 
 	Normally this option would be set in the vimrc file.  Possibly
 	depending on the terminal name.  Example: >
-		:if &term == "pcterm"
+		:if $TERM == "xterm"
 		:  set background=dark
 		:endif
 <	When this option is set, the default settings for the highlight groups
@@ -911,7 +899,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for Windows) means to
 	  put the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The
 	  leading "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	  ("." inside a directory name has no special meaning).
@@ -980,65 +968,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the newly created file).  Also see 'backupcopy' and |crontab|.
 
 						*'balloondelay'* *'bdlay'*
-'balloondelay' 'bdlay'	number	(default: 600)
-			global
-			{only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
-			feature}
-	Delay in milliseconds before a balloon may pop up.  See |balloon-eval|.
+'balloondelay' 'bdlay'	Removed. {Nvim}
 
 			*'ballooneval'* *'beval'* *'noballooneval'* *'nobeval'*
-'ballooneval' 'beval'	boolean	(default off)
-			global
-			{only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
-			feature}
-	Switch on the |balloon-eval| functionality.
+'ballooneval' 'beval'	Removed. {Nvim}
 
 						*'balloonexpr'* *'bexpr'*
-'balloonexpr' 'bexpr'	string	(default "")
-			global or local to buffer |global-local|
-			{only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
-			feature}
-	Expression for text to show in evaluation balloon.  It is only used
-	when 'ballooneval' is on.  These variables can be used:
-
-	v:beval_bufnr	number of the buffer in which balloon is going to show
-	v:beval_winnr	number of the window
-	v:beval_lnum	line number
-	v:beval_col	column number (byte index)
-	v:beval_text	word under or after the mouse pointer
-
-	The evaluation of the expression must not have side effects!
-	Example: >
-    function! MyBalloonExpr()
-	return 'Cursor is at line ' . v:beval_lnum .
-		\', column ' . v:beval_col .
-		\ ' of file ' .  bufname(v:beval_bufnr) .
-		\ ' on word "' . v:beval_text . '"'
-    endfunction
-    set bexpr=MyBalloonExpr()
-    set ballooneval
-<
-	NOTE: The balloon is displayed only if the cursor is on a text
-	character.  If the result of evaluating 'balloonexpr' is not empty,
-	Vim does not try to send a message to an external debugger (Netbeans
-	or Sun Workshop).
-
-	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
-	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
-
-	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
-	evaluating 'balloonexpr' |textlock|.
-
-	To check whether line breaks in the balloon text work use this check: >
-		if has("balloon_multiline")
-<	When they are supported "\n" characters will start a new line.  If the
-	expression evaluates to a |List| this is equal to using each List item
-	as a string and putting "\n" in between them.
+'balloonexpr' 'bexpr'	Removed. {Nvim}
 
 						*'belloff'* *'bo'*
 'belloff' 'bo'		string	(default "")
 			global
-			{not in Vi}
 	Specifies for which events the bell will not be rung. It is a comma
 	separated list of items. For each item that is present, the bell
 	will be silenced. This is most useful to specify specific events in
@@ -1169,8 +1109,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'browsedir'* *'bsdir'*
 'browsedir' 'bsdir'	string	(default: "last")
 			global
-			{only for Motif, Athena, GTK, Mac and
-			Win32 GUI}
+			{only for Mac and Win32 GUI}
 	Which directory to use for the file browser:
 	   last		Use same directory as with last file browser, where a
 			file was opened or saved.
@@ -1253,6 +1192,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	nofile only:	The buffer name is fixed, it is not handled like a
 			file name.  It is not modified in response to a |:cd|
 			command.
+	both:		When using ":e bufname" and already editing "bufname"
+			the buffer is made empty and autocommands are
+			triggered as usual for |:edit|.
 							*E676*
 	"acwrite" implies that the buffer name is not related to a file, like
 	"nofile", but it will be written.  Thus, in contrast to "nofile" and
@@ -1418,7 +1360,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			option, yank and delete operations (but not put)
 			will additionally copy the text into register
 			'*'. See |nvim-clipboard|.
-<
+
 						*clipboard-autoselect*
 	autoselect	Works like the 'a' flag in 'guioptions': If present,
 			then whenever Visual mode is started, or the Visual
@@ -1538,14 +1480,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	(gzipped files for example).  Unloaded buffers are not scanned for
 	whole-line completion.
 
-	The default is ".,w,b,u,t,i", which means to scan:
-	   1. the current buffer
-	   2. buffers in other windows
-	   3. other loaded buffers
-	   4. unloaded buffers
-	   5. tags
-	   6. included files
-
 	As you can see, CTRL-N and CTRL-P can be used to do any 'iskeyword'-
 	based expansion (e.g., dictionary |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K|, included patterns
 	|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-I|, tags |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]| and normal expansions).
@@ -1628,8 +1562,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	1		Each block of concealed text is replaced with one
 			character.  If the syntax item does not have a custom
 			replacement character defined (see |:syn-cchar|) the
-			character defined in 'listchars' is used (default is a
-			space).
+			character defined in 'listchars' is used.
 			It is highlighted with the "Conceal" highlight group.
 	2		Concealed text is completely hidden unless it has a
 			custom replacement character defined (see
@@ -2141,7 +2074,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
 	  attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for Windows) means to
 	  put the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
 	  "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	- For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//"
@@ -2197,7 +2130,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'edcompatible' 'ed'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 					*'encoding'* *'enc'* *E543*
-'encoding' 'enc'	string (default: "utf-8" or value from $LANG)
+'encoding' 'enc'	string (default: "utf-8")
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
 			feature}
@@ -2219,10 +2152,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	can use: >
 		if has("multi_byte_encoding")
 <
-	Normally 'encoding' will be equal to your current locale.  This will
-	be the default if Vim recognizes your environment settings, otherwise
-	"utf-8" is used.
-
 	When you set this option, it fires the |EncodingChanged| autocommand
 	event so that you can set up fonts if necessary.
 
@@ -2239,22 +2168,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	setting 'encoding' to one of these values instead of utf-8 only has
 	effect for encoding used for files when 'fileencoding' is empty.
 
-	When 'encoding' is set to a Unicode encoding, and 'fileencodings' was
-	not set yet, the default for 'fileencodings' is changed.
-
 			*'endofline'* *'eol'* *'noendofline'* *'noeol'*
 'endofline' 'eol'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
 	When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
-	is on, no <EOL> will be written for the last line in the file.  This
-	option is automatically set when starting to edit a new file, unless
-	the file does not have an <EOL> for the last line in the file, in
-	which case it is reset.  Normally you don't have to set or reset this
-	option.  When 'binary' is off the value is not used when writing the
-	file.  When 'binary' is on it is used to remember the presence of a
-	<EOL> for the last line in the file, so that when you write the file
-	the situation from the original file can be kept.  But you can change
-	it if you want to.
+	is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no <EOL> will be written for the
+	last line in the file.  This option is automatically set or reset when
+	starting to edit a new file, depending on whether file has an <EOL>
+	for the last line in the file.  Normally you don't have to set or
+	reset this option.
+	When 'binary' is off and 'fixeol' is on the value is not used when
+	writing the file.  When 'binary' is on or 'fixeol' is off it is used
+	to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
+	that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
+	be kept.  But you can change it if you want to.
 
 			     *'equalalways'* *'ea'* *'noequalalways'* *'noea'*
 'equalalways' 'ea'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -2350,13 +2277,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					*'exrc'* *'ex'* *'noexrc'* *'noex'*
 'exrc' 'ex'		boolean (default off)
 			global
-	Enables the reading of .nvimrc, .exrc and .ngvimrc in the current
-	directory.  If you switch this option on you should also consider
-	setting the 'secure' option (see |initialization|).  Using a local
-	.exrc, .nvimrc or .ngvimrc is a potential security leak, use with care!
-	also see |init.vim| and |gui-init|.
+	Enables the reading of .nvimrc and .exrc in the current directory.
+	If you switch this option on you should also consider setting the
+	'secure' option (see |initialization|).  Using this option comes
+	with a potential security risk, use with care!
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
+	Also see |init.vim| and |gui-init|.
 
 				*'fileencoding'* *'fenc'* *E213*
 'fileencoding' 'fenc'	string (default: "")
@@ -2411,9 +2338,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	old short name was 'fe', which is no longer used.
 
 					*'fileencodings'* *'fencs'*
-'fileencodings' 'fencs'	string (default: "ucs-bom",
-				    "ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1" when
-				    'encoding' is set to a Unicode value)
+'fileencodings' 'fencs'	string (default: "ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1")
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
 			feature}
@@ -2453,9 +2378,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	because Vim cannot detect an error, thus the encoding is always
 	accepted.
 	The special value "default" can be used for the encoding from the
-	environment.  This is the default value for 'encoding'.  It is useful
-	when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and your environment uses a
-	non-latin1 encoding, such as Russian.
+	environment.  It is useful when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and
+	your environment uses a non-latin1 encoding, such as Russian.
 	When 'encoding' is "utf-8" and a file contains an illegal byte
 	sequence it won't be recognized as UTF-8.  You can use the |8g8|
 	command to find the illegal byte sequence.
@@ -2470,7 +2394,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	is read.
 
 					*'fileformat'* *'ff'*
-'fileformat' 'ff'	string (MS-DOS and MS-Windows default: "dos",
+'fileformat' 'ff'	string (Windows default: "dos",
 				Unix default: "unix",
 				Macintosh default: "mac")
 			local to buffer
@@ -2514,8 +2438,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  2. If a <NL> is found and 'fileformats' includes "unix", 'fileformat'
 	     is set to "unix".  Note that when a <NL> is found without a
 	     preceding <CR>, "unix" is preferred over "dos".
-	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if 'fileformats'
-	     includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if a <CR> is found, and
+	     if 'fileformats' includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 	     This means that "mac" is only chosen when:
 	      "unix" is not present or no <NL> is found in the file, and
 	      "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
@@ -2609,6 +2533,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  fold:c	Folded			|hl-Folded|
 	  diff:c	DiffDelete		|hl-DiffDelete|
 
+		*'fixendofline'* *'fixeol'* *'nofixendofline'* *'nofixeol'*
+'fixendofline' 'fixeol'	boolean	(default on)
+			local to buffer
+			{not in Vi}
+	When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
+	will be restored if missing. Turn this option off if you want to
+	preserve the situation from the original file.
+	When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
+	matter.
+	See the 'endofline' option.
+
 					*'fkmap'* *'fk'* *'nofkmap'* *'nofk'*
 'fkmap' 'fk'		boolean (default off)			*E198*
 			global
@@ -2876,10 +2811,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	written even on filesystems which do metadata-only journaling.  This
 	will force the harddrive to spin up on Linux systems running in laptop
 	mode, so it may be undesirable in some situations.  Be warned that
-	turning this off increases the chances of data loss after a crash.  On
-	systems without an fsync() implementation, this variable is always
-	off.
-	Also see 'swapsync' for controlling fsync() on swap files.
+	turning this off increases the chances of data loss after a crash.
 
 				   *'gdefault'* *'gd'* *'nogdefault'* *'nogd'*
 'gdefault' 'gd'		boolean	(default off)
@@ -2932,14 +2864,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					r-cr:hor20-Cursor/lCursor,
 					sm:block-Cursor
 					-blinkwait175-blinkoff150-blinkon175",
-				for MS-DOS and Win32 console:
+				for Windows console:
 					"n-v-c:block,o:hor50,i-ci:hor15,
 					r-cr:hor30,sm:block")
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled, and
-			for MS-DOS and Win32 console}
+			for Windows console}
 	This option tells Vim what the cursor should look like in different
-	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In an MSDOS or Win32 console, only
+	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In a Windows console, only
 	the height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by
 	specifying a block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or
 	horizontal cursor.
@@ -3038,28 +2970,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the case of X).  The font names given should be "normal" fonts.  Vim
 	will try to find the related bold and italic fonts.
 
-	For Win32, GTK, Motif, and Mac OS: >
+	For Win32 and Mac OS: >
 	    :set guifont=*
 <	will bring up a font requester, where you can pick the font you want.
 
 	The font name depends on the GUI used.  See |setting-guifont| for a
 	way to set 'guifont' for various systems.
 
-	For the GTK+ 2 GUI the font name looks like this: >
-	    :set guifont=Andale\ Mono\ 11
-<	That's all.  XLFDs are not used.  For Chinese this is reported to work
-	well: >
-	    if has("gui_gtk2")
-	      set guifont=Bitstream\ Vera\ Sans\ Mono\ 12,Fixed\ 12
-	      set guifontwide=Microsoft\ Yahei\ 12,WenQuanYi\ Zen\ Hei\ 12
-	    endif
-<
 	For Mac OSX you can use something like this: >
 	    :set guifont=Monaco:h10
 <								*E236*
 	Note that the fonts must be mono-spaced (all characters have the same
-	width).  An exception is GTK 2: all fonts are accepted, but
-	mono-spaced fonts look best.
+	width).
 
 	To preview a font on X11, you might be able to use the "xfontsel"
 	program.  The "xlsfonts" program gives a list of all available fonts.
@@ -3092,7 +3014,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
 			with the |+xfontset| feature}
-			{not available in the GTK+ 2 GUI}
 	When not empty, specifies two (or more) fonts to be used.  The first
 	one for normal English, the second one for your special language.  See
 	|xfontset|.
@@ -3120,24 +3041,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note: The size of these fonts must be exactly twice as wide as the one
 	specified with 'guifont' and the same height.
 
-	All GUI versions but GTK+ 2:
-
 	'guifontwide' is only used when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and
 	'guifontset' is empty or invalid.
 	When 'guifont' is set and a valid font is found in it and
 	'guifontwide' is empty Vim will attempt to find a matching
 	double-width font and set 'guifontwide' to it.
 
-	GTK+ 2 GUI only:			*guifontwide_gtk2*
-
-	If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is always used for double width
-	characters, even if 'encoding' is not set to "utf-8".
-	Vim does not attempt to find an appropriate value for 'guifontwide'
-	automatically.  If 'guifontwide' is empty Pango/Xft will choose the
-	font for characters not available in 'guifont'.  Thus you do not need
-	to set 'guifontwide' at all unless you want to override the choice
-	made by Pango/Xft.
-
 	Windows +multibyte only:		*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
 
 	If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is used for IME instead of 'guifont'.
@@ -3145,7 +3054,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guiheadroom'* *'ghr'*
 'guiheadroom' 'ghr'	number	(default 50)
 			global
-			{only for GTK and X11 GUI}
+			{only for X11 GUI}
 	The number of pixels subtracted from the screen height when fitting
 	the GUI window on the screen.  Set this before the GUI is started,
 	e.g., in your |gvimrc| file.  When zero, the whole screen height will
@@ -3155,8 +3064,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	screen.
 
 						*'guioptions'* *'go'*
-'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLT"   (MS-Windows),
-					 "aegimrLT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
+'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLT"   (MS-Windows))
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
 	This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim.  It is a
@@ -3202,10 +3110,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
 		When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
 		The GUI tabs are only supported on some systems, currently
-		GTK, Motif, Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
+		Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
 								*'go-i'*
-	  'i'	Use a Vim icon.  For GTK with KDE it is used in the left-upper
-		corner of the window.
+	  'i'	Use a Vim icon.
 								*'go-m'*
 	  'm'	Menu bar is present.
 								*'go-M'*
@@ -3217,10 +3124,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*'go-g'*
 	  'g'	Grey menu items: Make menu items that are not active grey.  If
 		'g' is not included inactive menu items are not shown at all.
-		Exception: Athena will always use grey menu items.
 								*'go-T'*
-	  'T'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in Win32, GTK+, Motif,
-		and Athena GUIs.
+	  'T'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in Win32 GUI.
 								*'go-r'*
 	  'r'	Right-hand scrollbar is always present.
 								*'go-R'*
@@ -3252,8 +3157,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		the right moment, try adding this flag.  This must be done
 		before starting the GUI.  Set it in your |gvimrc|.  Adding or
 		removing it after the GUI has started has no effect.
-								*'go-F'*
-	  'F'	Add a footer.  Only for Motif.  See |gui-footer|.
 
 
 						*'guipty'* *'noguipty'*
@@ -3506,54 +3409,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|/ignorecase|.
 
 						*'imactivatefunc'* *'imaf'*
-'imactivatefunc' 'imaf'	string (default "")
-			global
-			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
-			|+GUI_GTK|}
-	This option specifies a function that will be called to
-	activate/inactivate Input Method.
+'imactivatefunc' 'imaf'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
-	Example: >
-		function ImActivateFunc(active)
-		  if a:active
-		    ... do something
-		  else
-		    ... do something
-		  endif
-		  " return value is not used
-		endfunction
-		set imactivatefunc=ImActivateFunc
-<
 						*'imactivatekey'* *'imak'*
-'imactivatekey' 'imak'	string (default "")
-			global
-			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
-			|+GUI_GTK|}				*E599*
-	Specifies the key that your Input Method in X-Windows uses for
-	activation.  When this is specified correctly, vim can fully control
-	IM with 'imcmdline', 'iminsert' and 'imsearch'.
-	You can't use this option to change the activation key, the option
-	tells Vim what the key is.
-	Format:
-		[MODIFIER_FLAG-]KEY_STRING
-
-	These characters can be used for MODIFIER_FLAG (case is ignored):
-		S	    Shift key
-		L	    Lock key
-		C	    Control key
-		1	    Mod1 key
-		2	    Mod2 key
-		3	    Mod3 key
-		4	    Mod4 key
-		5	    Mod5 key
-	Combinations are allowed, for example "S-C-space" or "SC-space" are
-	both shift+ctrl+space.
-	See <X11/keysymdef.h> and XStringToKeysym for KEY_STRING.
-
-	Example: >
-		:set imactivatekey=S-space
-<	"S-space" means shift+space.  This is the activation key for kinput2 +
-	canna (Japanese), and ami (Korean).
+'imactivatekey' 'imak'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 				*'imcmdline'* *'imc'* *'noimcmdline'* *'noimc'*
 'imcmdline' 'imc'	boolean (default off)
@@ -3595,8 +3454,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|i_CTRL-^|.
 	The value is set to 1 when setting 'keymap' to a valid keymap name.
 	It is also used for the argument of commands like "r" and "f".
-	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
-	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
 						*'imsearch'* *'ims'*
 'imsearch' 'ims'	number (default 0, 2 when an input method is supported)
@@ -3612,25 +3469,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|c_CTRL-^|.
 	The value is set to 1 when it is not -1 and setting the 'keymap'
 	option to a valid keymap name.
-	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
-	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
 						*'imstatusfunc'* *'imsf'*
-'imstatusfunc' 'imsf'	string (default "")
-			global
-			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
-			|+GUI_GTK|}
-	This option specifies a function that is called to obtain the status
-	of Input Method.  It must return a positive number when IME is active.
-
-	Example: >
-		function ImStatusFunc()
-		  let is_active = ...do something
-		  return is_active ? 1 : 0
-		endfunction
-		set imstatusfunc=ImStatusFunc
-<
-	NOTE: This function is invoked very often.  Keep it fast.
+'imstatusfunc' 'imsf'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 						*'include'* *'inc'*
 'include' 'inc'		string	(default "^\s*#\s*include")
@@ -3772,7 +3613,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When executing commands with |:normal| 'insertmode' is not used.
 
 						*'isfname'* *'isf'*
-'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for MS-DOS and Win32:
+'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for Windows:
 			     "@,48-57,/,\,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,{,},[,],:,@-@,!,~,="
 			    otherwise: "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,~,=")
 			global
@@ -3823,7 +3664,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 
 						*'isident'* *'isi'*
-'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for MS-DOS and Win32:
+'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for Windows:
 					   "@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235"
 				otherwise: "@,48-57,_,192-255")
 			global
@@ -3838,9 +3679,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	change 'iskeyword' instead.
 
 						*'iskeyword'* *'isk'*
-'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (Vim default for
-				  Win32:     @,48-57,_,128-167,224-235
-				  otherwise: @,48-57,_,192-255
+'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (default: @,48-57,_,192-255
 				Vi default: @,48-57,_)
 			local to buffer
 	Keywords are used in searching and recognizing with many commands:
@@ -3853,8 +3692,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the 'lisp' option is on the '-' character is always included.
 
 						*'isprint'* *'isp'*
-'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32, and Macintosh:
-				"@,~-255"; otherwise: "@,161-255")
+'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default: "@,161-255")
 			global
 	The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
 	screen.  It is also used for "\p" in a |pattern|.  The characters from
@@ -4143,10 +3981,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			visible in the first column.
 							*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
-			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
+			'conceallevel' is set to 1.  A space when omitted.
 							*lcs-nbsp*
-	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space (character
-			0xA0, 160).  Left blank when omitted.
+	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space character
+			(0xA0 (160 decimal) and U+202F).  Left blank when
+			omitted.
 
 	The characters ':' and ',' should not be used.  UTF-8 characters can
 	be used when 'encoding' is "utf-8", otherwise only printable
@@ -4449,7 +4288,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The mouse pointer is restored when the mouse is moved.
 
 						*'mousemodel'* *'mousem'*
-'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for MS-DOS and Win32)
+'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for Windows)
 			global
 	Sets the model to use for the mouse.  The name mostly specifies what
 	the right mouse button is used for:
@@ -4551,12 +4390,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'mousetime'* *'mouset'*
 'mousetime' 'mouset'	number	(default 500)
 			global
-	Only for GUI, MS-DOS, Win32 and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
+	Only for GUI, Windows and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
 	time in msec between two mouse clicks for the second click to be
 	recognized as a multi click.
 
 							*'nrformats'* *'nf'*
-'nrformats' 'nf'	string	(default "hex")
+'nrformats' 'nf'	string	(default "bin,hex")
 			local to buffer
 	This defines what bases Vim will consider for numbers when using the
 	CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands for adding to and subtracting from a number
@@ -4569,6 +4408,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	hex	If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
 		considered to be hexadecimal.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
 		"0x100" results in "0x0ff".
+	bin	If included, numbers starting with "0b" or "0B" will be
+		considered to be binary.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
+		"0b1000" subtracts one, resulting in "0b0111".
 	Numbers which simply begin with a digit in the range 1-9 are always
 	considered decimal.  This also happens for numbers that are not
 	recognized as octal or hex.
@@ -4632,11 +4474,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    *'opendevice'* *'odev'* *'noopendevice'* *'noodev'*
 'opendevice' 'odev'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{only for MS-DOS and MS-Windows}
+			{only for Windows}
 	Enable reading and writing from devices.  This may get Vim stuck on a
 	device that can be opened but doesn't actually do the I/O.  Therefore
 	it is off by default.
-	Note that on MS-Windows editing "aux.h", "lpt1.txt" and the like also
+	Note that on Windows editing "aux.h", "lpt1.txt" and the like also
 	result in editing a device.
 
 
@@ -5002,18 +4844,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	instead of the number of lines.
 
 			 *'restorescreen'* *'rs'* *'norestorescreen'* *'nors'*
-'restorescreen' 'rs'	boolean	(default on)
-			global
-			{only in Windows 95/NT console version}
-	When set, the screen contents is restored when exiting Vim.  This also
-	happens when executing external commands.
-
-	For non-Windows Vim: You can set or reset the 't_ti' and 't_te'
-	options in your vimrc.  To disable restoring:
-		set t_ti= t_te=
-	To enable restoring (for an xterm):
-		set t_ti=^[7^[[r^[[?47h t_te=^[[?47l^[8
-	(Where ^[ is an <Esc>, type CTRL-V <Esc> to insert it)
+'restorescreen' 'rs'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 				*'revins'* *'ri'* *'norevins'* *'nori'*
 'revins' 'ri'		boolean	(default off)
@@ -5342,8 +5173,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 				*'shada'* *'sd'* *E526* *E527* *E528*
 'shada' 'sd'		string	(Vim default for
-				   Win32:  '!,100,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:
-				   others: '!,100,<50,s10,h
+				   Win32:  !,'100,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:
+				   others: !,'100,<50,s10,h
 				 Vi default: "")
 			global
 	When non-empty, the shada file is read upon startup and written
@@ -5370,9 +5201,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	%	When included, save and restore the buffer list.  If Vim is
 		started with a file name argument, the buffer list is not
 		restored.  If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
-		buffer list is restored from the shada file.  Buffers
-		without a file name and buffers for help files are not written
-		to the shada file.
+		buffer list is restored from the shada file.  Quickfix 
+		('buftype'), unlisted ('buflisted'), unnamed and buffers on 
+		removable media (|shada-r|) are not saved.
 		When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
 		number of buffers that are stored.  Without a number all
 		buffers are stored.
@@ -5421,7 +5252,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
 		specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
-		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For MS-DOS you
+		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For Windows you
 		could use "ra:,rb:".  You can also use it for temp files,
 		e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is ignored.
 							*shada-s*
@@ -5459,8 +5290,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shell'* *'sh'* *E91*
 'shell' 'sh'		string	(default $SHELL or "sh",
-					MS-DOS and Win32: "command.com" or
-					"cmd.exe")
+					Windows: "cmd.exe")
 			global
 	Name of the shell to use for ! and :! commands.  When changing the
 	value also check these options: 'shellpipe', 'shellslash'
@@ -5472,26 +5302,49 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	it in quotes.  Example: >
 		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
 <	Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and 
-	each space (to avoid ending the option value).  Also note that the
-	"-f" is not inside the quotes, because it is not part of the command
-	name.  And Vim automagically recognizes the backslashes that are path
-	separators.
+	each space (to avoid ending the option value), so better use |:let-&| 
+	like this: >
+		:let &shell='"C:\Program Files\unix\sh.exe" -f'
+<	Also note that the "-f" is not inside the quotes, because it is not 
+	part of the command name.
+							*shell-unquoting*
+	Rules regarding quotes:
+	1. Option is split on space and tab characters that are not inside 
+	   quotes: "abc def" runs shell named "abc" with additional argument 
+	   "def", '"abc def"' runs shell named "abc def" with no additional 
+	   arguments (here and below: additional means “additional to 
+	   'shellcmdflag'”).
+	2. Quotes in option may be present in any position and any number: 
+	   '"abc"', '"a"bc', 'a"b"c', 'ab"c"' and '"a"b"c"' are all equivalent 
+	   to just "abc".
+	3. Inside quotes backslash preceding backslash means one backslash.  
+	   Backslash preceding quote means one quote. Backslash preceding 
+	   anything else means backslash and next character literally: 
+	   '"a\\b"' is the same as "a\b", '"a\\"b"' runs shell named literally 
+	   'a"b', '"a\b"' is the same as "a\b" again.
+	4. Outside of quotes backslash always means itself, it cannot be used 
+	   to escape quote: 'a\"b"' is the same as "a\b".
+	Note that such processing is done after |:set| did its own round of 
+	unescaping, so to keep yourself sane use |:let-&| like shown above.
+
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellcmdflag'* *'shcf'*
 'shellcmdflag' 'shcf'	string	(default: "-c";
-				 MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell' does not
+				 Windows, when 'shell' does not
 				 contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
 			global
 	Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
-	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
+	"bash.exe -c ls" or "cmd.exe /c dir".  For Windows
 	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
 	reduce the need to set this option by the user.
 	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
 	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
-	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+	See |shell-unquoting| which talks about separating this option into 
+	multiple arguments.
+	Also see |dos-shell| for Windows.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -5506,7 +5359,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	For MS-DOS the default is ">".  The output is directly saved in a file
+	For Windows the default is ">".  The output is directly saved in a file
 	and not echoed to the screen.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
@@ -5530,7 +5383,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellquote'* *'shq'*
-'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell'
+'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; Windows, when 'shell'
 					contains "sh" somewhere: "\"")
 			global
 	Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
@@ -5538,7 +5391,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	quoting.  See 'shellxquote' to include the redirection.  It's
 	probably not useful to set both options.
 	This is an empty string by default.  Only known to be useful for
-	third-party shells on MS-DOS-like systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
+	third-party shells on Windows systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
 	or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted according
 	the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option by the
 	user.  See |dos-shell|.
@@ -5603,7 +5456,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shellxescape'* *'sxe'*
 'shellxescape' 'sxe'	string	(default: "";
-				 for MS-DOS and MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
+				 for Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
 			global
 	When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
 	option will be escaped with a '^' character.  This makes it possible
@@ -5685,6 +5538,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
 		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
 		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
+	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
+	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like `:silent`
+		was used for the command
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -5772,8 +5628,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Use the 'M' flag in 'highlight' to set the type of highlighting for
 	this message.
 	When |XIM| may be used the message will include "XIM".  But this
-	doesn't mean XIM is really active, especially when 'imactivatekey' is
-	not set.
+	doesn't mean XIM is really active.
 
 						*'showtabline'* *'stal'*
 'showtabline' 'stal'	number	(default 1)
@@ -6158,11 +6013,39 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
 	      alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
 	) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
-	T N   For 'tabline': start of tab page N label.  Use %T after the last
-	      label.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
-	X N   For 'tabline': start of close tab N label.  Use %X after the
-	      label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X.  Use %999X for a "close current tab"
-	      mark.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
+	T N   For 'tabline': start of tab page N label.  Use %T or %X to end 
+	      the label.  Clicking this label with left mouse button switches 
+	      to the specified tab page.
+	X N   For 'tabline': start of close tab N label.  Use %X or %T to end 
+	      the label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X.  Use %999X for a "close current 
+	      tab" label.    Clicking this label with left mouse button closes 
+	      specified tab page.
+	@ N   For 'tabline': start of execute function label. Use %X or %T to 
+	      end the label, e.g.: %10@SwitchBuffer@foo.c%X.  Clicking this 
+	      label runs specified function: in the example when clicking once 
+	      using left mouse button on "foo.c" "SwitchBuffer(10, 1, 'l', 
+	      '    ')" expression will be run.  Function receives the 
+	      following arguments in order:
+	      1. minwid field value or zero if no N was specified
+	      2. number of mouse clicks to detect multiple clicks
+	      3. mouse button used: "l", "r" or "m" for left, right or middle 
+	         button respectively; one should not rely on third argument 
+	         being only "l", "r" or "m": any other non-empty string value 
+	         that contains only ASCII lower case letters may be expected 
+	         for other mouse buttons
+	      4. modifiers pressed: string which contains "s" if shift 
+	         modifier was pressed, "c" for control, "a" for alt and "m" 
+	         for meta; currently if modifier is not pressed string 
+	         contains space instead, but one should not rely on presence 
+	         of spaces or specific order of modifiers: use |stridx()| to 
+	         test whether some modifier is present; string is guaranteed 
+	         to contain only ASCII letters and spaces, one letter per 
+	         modifier; "?" modifier may also be present, but its presence 
+	         is a bug that denotes that new mouse button recognition was 
+	         added without modifying code that reacts on mouse clicks on 
+	         this label.
+	      Note: to test whether your version of Neovim contains this 
+	            feature use `has('tablineat')`.
 	< -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
 	      No width fields allowed.
 	= -   Separation point between left and right aligned items.
@@ -6269,7 +6152,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When 'swapfile' is reset, the swap file for the current buffer is
 	immediately deleted.  When 'swapfile' is set, and 'updatecount' is
 	non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
-	Also see |swap-file| and |'swapsync'|.
+	Also see |swap-file|.
 	If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
 	use the |:noswapfile| modifier.
 
@@ -6277,18 +6160,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
 
 						*'swapsync'* *'sws'*
-'swapsync' 'sws'	string	(default "fsync")
-			global
-	When this option is not empty a swap file is synced to disk after
-	writing to it.  This takes some time, especially on busy unix systems.
-	When this option is empty parts of the swap file may be in memory and
-	not written to disk.  When the system crashes you may lose more work.
-	On Unix the system does a sync now and then without Vim asking for it,
-	so the disadvantage of setting this option off is small.  On some
-	systems the swap file will not be written at all.  For a unix system
-	setting it to "sync" will use the sync() call instead of the default
-	fsync(), which may work better on some systems.
-	The 'fsync' option is used for the actual file.
+'swapsync' 'sws'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 						*'switchbuf'* *'swb'*
 'switchbuf' 'swb'	string	(default "")
@@ -6307,6 +6179,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   split	If included, split the current window before loading
 			a buffer for a |quickfix| command that display errors.
 			Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
+	   vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
 
@@ -6500,18 +6373,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mapping which should not change the tagstack.
 
 						*'term'* *E529* *E530* *E531*
-'term'			string	(default is $TERM, if that fails:
-				      in the GUI: "builtin_gui"
-					  on Mac: "mac-ansi"
-				       on MS-DOS: "pcterm"
-					 on Unix: "ansi"
-				       on Win 32: "win32")
-			global
-	Name of the terminal.  Used for choosing the terminal control
-	characters.  Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
-	For example: >
-		:set term=$TERM
-<	See |termcap|.
+'term'			Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 						*'termbidi'* *'tbidi'*
 						*'notermbidi'* *'notbidi'*
@@ -6691,9 +6553,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'ttyscroll' 'tsl'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 						*'ttytype'* *'tty'*
-'ttytype' 'tty'		string	(default from $TERM)
-			global
-	Alias for 'term', see above.
+'ttytype' 'tty'		Alias for 'term'. Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 						*'undodir'* *'udir'* *E926*
 'undodir' 'udir'	string	(default "$XDG_DATA_HOME/nvim/undo")
@@ -6775,7 +6635,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When 'updatecount' is set from zero to non-zero, swap files are
 	created for all buffers that have 'swapfile' set.  When 'updatecount'
 	is set to zero, existing swap files are not deleted.
-	Also see |'swapsync'|.
 	This option has no meaning in buffers where |'buftype'| is "nofile"
 	or "nowrite".
 
@@ -7079,7 +6938,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winaltkeys'* *'wak'*
 'winaltkeys' 'wak'	string	(default "menu")
 			global
-			{only used in Win32, Motif, and GTK}
+			{only used in Win32}
 	Some GUI versions allow the access to menu entries by using the ALT
 	key in combination with a character that appears underlined in the
 	menu.  This conflicts with the use of the ALT key for mappings and
@@ -7094,8 +6953,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		keys can be mapped.
 	If the menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', the ALT
 	key is never used for the menu.
-	This option is not used for <F10>; on Win32 and with GTK <F10> will
-	select the menu, unless it has been mapped.
+	This option is not used for <F10>; on Win32.
 
 						*'window'* *'wi'*
 'window' 'wi'		number  (default screen height - 1)
@@ -7263,6 +7121,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	The number of microseconds to wait for each character sent to the
 	screen.  When non-zero, characters are sent to the terminal one by
-	one.  For MS-DOS pcterm this does not work.  For debugging purposes.
+	one.  For debugging purposes.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:noet:norl:

runtime/doc/os_dos.txt

@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-*os_dos.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2006 Mar 30
-
-
-		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
-
-
-							*dos* *DOS*
-This file documents some particularities of the Win32
-version of Vim.  Also see |os_win32.txt|.
-
-1. File locations		|dos-locations|
-2. Using backslashes		|dos-backslash|
-3. Standard mappings		|dos-standard-mappings|
-4. Screen output and colors	|dos-colors|
-5. File formats			|dos-file-formats|
-6. :cd command			|dos-:cd|
-7. Interrupting			|dos-CTRL-Break|
-8. Temp files			|dos-temp-files|
-9. Shell option default		|dos-shell|
-
-==============================================================================
-1. File locations					*dos-locations*
-
-If you keep the Vim executable in the directory that contains the help and
-syntax subdirectories, there is no need to do anything special for Vim to
-work.  No registry entries or environment variables need to be set.  Just make
-sure that the directory is in your search path, or use a shortcut on the
-desktop.
-
-Your vimrc files ("_vimrc" and "_gvimrc") are normally located one directory
-up from the runtime files.  If you want to put them somewhere else, set the
-environment variable $VIM to the directory where you keep them.  Example: >
-	set VIM=C:\user\piet
-Will find "c:\user\piet\_vimrc".
-Note: This would only be needed when the computer is used by several people.
-Otherwise it's simpler to keep your _vimrc file in the default place.
-
-If you move the executable to another location, you also need to set the $VIM
-environment variable.  The runtime files will be found in "$VIM/vim{version}".
-Example: >
-	set VIM=E:\vim
-Will find the version 5.4 runtime files in "e:\vim\vim54".
-Note: This is _not_ recommended.  The preferred way is to keep the executable
-in the runtime directory.
-
-If you move your executable AND want to put your "_vimrc" and "_gvimrc" files
-somewhere else, you must set $VIM to where you vimrc files are, and set
-$VIMRUNTIME to the runtime files.  Example: >
-	set VIM=C:\usr\piet
-	set VIMRUNTIME=E:\vim\vim54
-Will find "c:\user\piet\_vimrc" and the runtime files in "e:\vim\vim54".
-
-See |$VIM| and |$VIMRUNTIME| for more information.
-
-Under Windows 95, you can set $VIM in your C:\autoexec.bat file.  For
-example: >
-  set VIM=D:\vim
-Under Windows NT, you can set environment variables for each user separately
-under "Start/Settings/Control Panel->System", or through the properties in the
-menu of "My Computer", under the Environment Tab.
-
-==============================================================================
-2. Using backslashes					*dos-backslash*
-
-Using backslashes in file names can be a problem.  Vi halves the number of
-backslashes for some commands.  Vim is a bit more tolerant and does not remove
-backslashes from a file name, so ":e c:\foo\bar" works as expected.  But when
-a backslash occurs before a special character (space, comma, backslash, etc.),
-Vim removes the backslash.  Use slashes to avoid problems: ":e c:/foo/bar"
-works fine.  Vim replaces the slashes with backslashes internally to avoid
-problems with some MS-DOS programs and Win32 programs.
-
-When you prefer to use forward slashes, set the 'shellslash' option.  Vim will
-then replace backslashes with forward slashes when expanding file names.  This
-is especially useful when using a Unix-like 'shell'.
-
-==============================================================================
-3. Standard mappings				*dos-standard-mappings*
-
-The mappings for CTRL-PageUp and CTRL-PageDown have been removed, they now
-jump to the next or previous tab page |<C-PageUp>| |<C-PageDown>|
-
-If you want them to move to the first and last screen line you can use these
-mappings:
-
-key		key code     Normal/Visual mode	    Insert mode ~
-CTRL-PageUp	<M-N><M-C-D>	    H		    <C-O>H
-CTRL-PageDown	<M-N>v		    L$		    <C-O>L<C-O>$
-
-Additionally, these keys are available for copy/cut/paste.
-In the Win32 version, they also use the clipboard.
-
-Shift-Insert	paste text (from clipboard)			*<S-Insert>*
-CTRL-Insert	copy Visual text (to clipboard)			*<C-Insert>*
-CTRL-Del	cut Visual text (to clipboard)			*<C-Del>*
-Shift-Del	cut Visual text (to clipboard)			*<S-Del>*
-
-These mappings accomplish this (Win32 version of Vim):
-
-key		key code     Normal	Visual	    Insert ~
-Shift-Insert	<M-N><M-T>   "*P	"-d"*P      <C-R><C-O>*
-CTRL-Insert	<M-N><M-U>		"*y
-Shift-Del	<M-N><M-W>		"*d
-CTRL-Del	<M-N><M-X>		"*d
-
-Or these mappings (non-Win32 version of Vim):
-
-key		key code     Normal	Visual	    Insert ~
-Shift-Insert	<M-N><M-T>   P		"-dP	    <C-R><C-O>"
-CTRL-Insert	<M-N><M-U>		y
-Shift-Del	<M-N><M-W>		d
-CTRL-Del	<M-N><M-X>		d
-
-When the clipboard is supported, the "* register is used.
-
-==============================================================================
-4. Screen output and colors				*dos-colors*
-
-The default output method for the screen is to use bios calls.  This works
-right away on most systems.  You do not need ansi.sys.  You can use ":mode" to
-set the current screen mode.  See |:mode|.
-
-To change the screen colors that Vim uses, you can use the |:highlight|
-command.  The Normal highlight group specifies the colors Vim uses for normal
-text.  For example, to get grey text on a blue background: >
-	:hi Normal ctermbg=Blue ctermfg=grey
-See |highlight-groups| for other groups that are available.
-
-A DOS console does not support attributes like bold and underlining.  You can
-set the color used in five modes with nine terminal options.  Note that this
-is not necessary since you can set the color directly with the ":highlight"
-command; these options are for backward compatibility with older Vim versions.
-The |'highlight'| option specifies which of the five modes is used for which
-action. >
-
-	:set t_mr=^V^[\|xxm		start of invert mode
-	:set t_md=^V^[\|xxm		start of bold mode
-	:set t_me=^V^[\|xxm		back to normal text
-
-	:set t_so=^V^[\|xxm		start of standout mode
-	:set t_se=^V^[\|xxm		back to normal text
-
-	:set t_us=^V^[\|xxm		start of underline mode
-	:set t_ue=^V^[\|xxm		back to normal text
-
-	:set t_ZH=^V^[\|xxm		start of italics mode
-	:set t_ZR=^V^[\|xxm		back to normal text
-
-^V is CTRL-V
-^[ is <Esc>
-You must replace xx with a decimal code, which is the foreground color number
-and background color number added together:
-
-COLOR			FOREGROUND	BACKGROUND	~
-Black			    0		    0
-DarkBlue		    1		   16
-DarkGreen		    2		   32
-DarkCyan		    3		   48
-DarkRed			    4		   64
-DarkMagenta		    5		   80
-Brown, DarkYellow	    6		   96
-LightGray		    7		  112
-DarkGray		    8		  128 *
-Blue, LightBlue		    9		  144 *
-Green, LightGreen	   10		  160 *
-Cyan, LightCyan		   11		  176 *
-Red, LightRed		   12		  192 *
-Magenta, LightMagenta	   13		  208 *
-Yellow, LightYellow	   14		  224 *
-White			   15		  240 *
-
-* Depending on the display mode, the color codes above 128 may not be
-  available, and code 128 will make the text blink.
-
-When you use 0, the color is reset to the one used when you started Vim
-(usually 7, lightgray on black, but you can override this.  If you have
-overridden the default colors in a command prompt, you may need to adjust
-some of the highlight colors in your vimrc---see below).
-This is the default for t_me.
-
-The defaults for the various highlight modes are:
-	t_mr	112	 reverse mode: Black text (0) on LightGray (112)
-	t_md	 15	 bold mode: White text (15) on Black (0)
-	t_me	  0	 normal mode (revert to default)
-
-	t_so	 31	 standout mode: White (15) text on DarkBlue (16)
-	t_se	  0	 standout mode end (revert to default)
-
-	t_czh	225	 italic mode: DarkBlue text (1) on Yellow (224)
-	t_czr	  0	 italic mode end (revert to default)
-
-	t_us	 67	 underline mode: DarkCyan text (3) on DarkRed (64)
-	t_ue	  0	 underline mode end (revert to default)
-
-These colors were chosen because they also look good when using an inverted
-display, but you can change them to your liking.
-
-Example: >
-  :set t_mr=^V^[\|97m	" start of invert mode: DarkBlue (1) on Brown (96)
-  :set t_md=^V^[\|67m	" start of bold mode: DarkCyan (3) on DarkRed (64)
-  :set t_me=^V^[\|112m	" back to normal mode: Black (0) on LightGray (112)
-
-  :set t_so=^V^[\|37m	" start of standout mode: DarkMagenta (5) on DarkGreen
-									(32)
-  :set t_se=^V^[\|112m	" back to normal mode: Black (0) on LightGray (112)
-
-==============================================================================
-5. File formats						*dos-file-formats*
-
-If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" (which is the default), Vim accepts
-a single <NL> or a <CR><NL> pair for end-of-line (<EOL>).  When writing a
-file, Vim uses <CR><NL>.  Thus, if you edit a file and write it, Vim replaces
-<NL> with <CR><NL>.
-
-If the 'fileformat' option is set to "unix", Vim uses a single <NL> for <EOL>
-and shows <CR> as ^M.
-
-You can use Vim to replace <NL> with <CR><NL> by reading in any mode and
-writing in Dos mode (":se ff=dos").
-You can use Vim to replace <CR><NL> with <NL> by reading in Dos mode and
-writing in Unix mode (":se ff=unix").
-
-Vim sets 'fileformat' automatically when 'fileformats' is not empty (which is
-the default), so you don't really have to worry about what you are doing.
-					|'fileformat'| |'fileformats'|
-
-If you want to edit a script file or a binary file, you should set the
-'binary' option before loading the file.  Script files and binary files may
-contain single <NL> characters which Vim would replace with <CR><NL>.  You can
-set 'binary' automatically by starting Vim with the "-b" (binary) option.
-
-==============================================================================
-6. :cd command						*dos-:cd*
-
-The ":cd" command recognizes the drive specifier and changes the current
-drive.  Use ":cd c:" to make drive C the active drive.  Use ":cd d:\foo" to go
-to the directory "foo" in the root of drive D.  Vim also recognizes UNC names
-if the system supports them; e.g., ":cd \\server\share\dir".  |:cd|
-
-==============================================================================
-7. Interrupting						*dos-CTRL-Break*
-
-Use CTRL-Break instead of CTRL-C to interrupt searches.  Vim does not detect
-the CTRL-C until it tries to read a key.
-
-==============================================================================
-8. Temp files						*dos-temp-files*
-
-Only for the 16 bit and 32 bit DOS version:
-Vim puts temporary files (for filtering) in the first of these directories
-that exists and in which Vim can create a file:
-	$TMP
-	$TEMP
-	C:\TMP
-	C:\TEMP
-	current directory
-
-For the Win32 version (both console and GUI):
-Vim uses standard Windows functions to obtain a temporary file name (for
-filtering).  The first of these directories that exists and in which Vim can
-create a file is used:
-	$TMP
-	$TEMP
-	current directory
-
-==============================================================================
-9. Shell option default					*dos-shell*
-
-The default for the 'sh' ('shell') option is "command.com" on Windows 95 and
-"cmd.exe" on Windows NT.  If SHELL is defined, Vim uses SHELL instead, and if
-SHELL is not defined but COMSPEC is, Vim uses COMSPEC.  Vim starts external
-commands with "<shell> /c <command_name>".  Typing CTRL-Z starts a new command
-subshell.  Return to Vim with "exit".	|'shell'| |CTRL-Z|
-
-If you are running a third-party shell, you may need to set the
-|'shellcmdflag'| ('shcf') and |'shellquote'| ('shq') or |'shellxquote'|
-('sxq') options.  Unfortunately, this also depends on the version of Vim used.
-For example, with the MKS Korn shell or with bash, the values of the options
-on Win32 should be:
-
-'shellcmdflag'	-c
-'shellquote'	(empty)
-'shellxquote'	"
-
-For Win32, this starts the shell as:
-	<shell> -c "command name >file"
-
-When starting up, Vim checks for the presence of "sh" anywhere in the 'shell'
-option.  If it is present, Vim sets the 'shellcmdflag' and 'shellquote' or
-'shellxquote' options will be set as described above.
-
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_mac.txt

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2006 Apr 30
-
-
-		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar et al.
-
-
-					*mac* *Mac* *macintosh* *Macintosh*
-
-This file documents the particularities of the Macintosh version of Vim.
-
-NOTE: This file is a bit outdated.  You might find more useful info here:
-	http://macvim.org/
-
-1. Filename Convention		|mac-filename|
-2. .vimrc an .vim files		|mac-vimfile|
-3. FAQ				|mac-faq|
-4. Known Lack			|mac-lack|
-5. Mac Bug Report		|mac-bug|
-6. Compiling Vim		|mac-compile|
-
-There was a Mac port for version 3.0 of Vim.  Here are the first few lines
-from the old file:
-
-VIM Release Notes
-Initial Macintosh release, VIM version 3.0
-19 October 1994
-
-Eric Fischer
-<enf1@midway.uchicago.edu>, <eric@jcp.uchicago.edu>, <etaoin@uchicago.edu>
-5759 N. Guilford Ave
-Indianapolis IN 46220 USA
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Filename Convention					*mac-filename*
-
-Starting with Vim version 7 you can just use the unix path separators with
-Vim. In order to determine if the specified filename is relative to the
-current folder or absolute (i.e. relative to the "Desktop"), the following
-algorithm is used:
-
-	If the path start by a "/", the path is absolute
-	If the path start by a ":", the path is relative
-	If the path doesn't start by neither a "/" nor ":",
-	  and a ":" is found before a "/" then the path is absolute
->
-		:e /HD/text
-		:e HD:text
-<	Edit the file "text" of the disk "HD" >
-		:e :src:main.c
-		:e src/main.c
-<	Edit the file "main.c" in the folder "src" in the current folder >
-		:e os_mac.c
-<	Edit the file "os_mac.c" in the current folder.
-
-You can use the |$VIM| and |$VIMRUNTIME|  variable. >
-
-		:so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
-
-==============================================================================
-2. .vimrc and .vim files				*mac-vimfile*
-
-It is recommended to use Unix style line separators for Vim scripts, thus a
-single newline character.
-
-When starting up Vim will load the $VIMRUNTIME/macmap.vim script to define
-default command-key mappings.
-
-On older systems files starting with a dot "." are discouraged, thus the rc
-files are named "vimrc" or "_vimrc" and "gvimrc" or "_gvimrc".  These files
-can be in any format (mac, dos or unix).
-
-==============================================================================
-3. Mac FAQ						*mac-faq*
-
-On the internet:  http://macvim.org/OSX/index.php#FAQ
-
-Q: I can't enter non-ASCII character in Apple Terminal.
-A: Under Window Settings, Emulation, make sure that "Escape non-ASCII
-   characters" is not checked.
-
-Q: How do I start the GUI from the command line?
-A: Assuming that Vim.app is located in /Applications:
-	open /Applications/Vim.app
-   Or:
-	/Applications/Vim.app/Contents/MacOS/Vim -g  {arguments}
-
-Q: How can I set $PATH to something reasonable when I start Vim.app from the
-   GUI or with open?
-A: The following trick works with most shells.  Put it in your vimrc file.
-   This is included in the system vimrc file included with the binaries
-   distributed at macvim.org . >
-	let s:path = system("echo echo VIMPATH'${PATH}' | $SHELL -l")
-	let $PATH = matchstr(s:path, 'VIMPATH\zs.\{-}\ze\n')
-
-==============================================================================
-4. Mac Lack						*mac-lack*
-
-In a terminal CTRL-^ needs to be entered as Shift-Control-6.  CTRL-@ as
-Shift-Control-2.
-
-==============================================================================
-5. Mac Bug Report					*mac-bug*
-
-When reporting any Mac specific bug or feature change, please use the vim-mac
-maillist |vim-mac|.  However, you need to be subscribed.  An alternative is to
-send a message to the current MacVim maintainers:
-
-	mac@vim.org
-
-==============================================================================
-6. Compiling Vim					*mac-compile*
-
-See the file "src/INSTALLmac.txt" that comes with the source files.
-
-
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -7,17 +7,15 @@
 						*win32* *Win32* *MS-Windows*
 This file documents the idiosyncrasies of the Win32 version of Vim.
 
-The Win32 version of Vim works on Windows NT, XP, Vista and Windows 7.
+The Win32 version of Vim works on Windows XP, Vista and Windows 7.
 There are both console and GUI versions.
 
 The 32 bit version also runs on 64 bit MS-Windows systems.
 
 1. Known problems		|win32-problems|
 2. Startup			|win32-startup|
-3. Restore screen contents	|win32-restore|
-4. Using the mouse		|win32-mouse|
-5. Running under Windows 3.1	|win32-win3.1|
-6. Win32 mini FAQ		|win32-faq|
+3. Using the mouse		|win32-mouse|
+4. Win32 mini FAQ	        |win32-faq|
 
 Additionally, there are a number of common Win32 and DOS items:
 File locations			|dos-locations|
@@ -34,7 +32,6 @@ Win32 GUI			|gui-w32|
 
 Credits:
 The Win32 version was written by George V. Reilly <george@reilly.org>.
-The original Windows NT port was done by Roger Knobbe <RogerK@wonderware.com>.
 The GUI version was made by George V. Reilly and Robert Webb.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -79,14 +76,7 @@ make "!xxd" work, as it is in the Tools menu.  And it also means that when
 executable() returns 1 the executable can actually be executed.
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Restore screen contents				*win32-restore*
-
-When 'restorescreen' is set (which is the default), Vim will restore the
-original contents of the console when exiting or when executing external
-commands.  If you don't want this, use ":set nors".	|'restorescreen'|
-
-==============================================================================
-4. Using the mouse					*win32-mouse*
+3. Using the mouse					*win32-mouse*
 
 The Win32 version of Vim supports using the mouse.  If you have a two-button
 mouse, the middle button can be emulated by pressing both left and right
@@ -98,35 +88,7 @@ When the mouse doesn't work, try disabling the "Quick Edit Mode" feature of
 the console.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Running under Windows 3.1				*win32-win3.1*
-
-						*win32s* *windows-3.1*
-There is a special version of Gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.  You
-need the gvim.exe that was compiled with Visual C++ 4.1.
-
-To run the Win32 version under Windows 3.1, you need to install Win32s.  You
-might have it already from another Win32 application which you have installed.
-If Vim doesn't seem to be running properly, get the latest version: 1.30c.
-You can find it at:
-
-	http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/pw1118.exe
-
-(Microsoft moved it again, we don't know where it is now :-( ).
-
-The reason for having two versions of gvim.exe is that the Win32s version was
-compiled with VC++ 4.1.  This is the last version of VC++ that supports Win32s
-programs.  VC++ 5.0 is better, so that one was used for the Win32 version.
-Apart from that, there is no difference between the programs.  If you are in a
-mixed environment, you can use the gvim.exe for Win32s on both.
-
-The Win32s version works the same way as the Win32 version under 95/NT.  When
-running under Win32s the following differences apply:
-- You cannot use long file names, because Windows 3.1 doesn't support them!
-- When executing an external command, it doesn't return an exit code.  After
-  doing ":make" you have to do ":cn" yourself.
-
-==============================================================================
-6. Win32 mini FAQ					*win32-faq*
+4. Win32 mini FAQ					*win32-faq*
 
 Q. How do I change the font?
 A. In the GUI version, you can use the 'guifont' option.  Example: >
@@ -134,14 +96,6 @@ A. In the GUI version, you can use the 'guifont' option.  Example: >
 <  In the console version, you need to set the font of the console itself.
    You cannot do this from within Vim.
 
-Q. How do I type dead keys on Windows NT?
-A. Dead keys work on NT 3.51.  Just type them as you would in any other
-   application.
-   On NT 4.0, you need to make sure that the default locale (set in the
-   Keyboard part of the Control Panel) is the same as the currently active
-   locale.  Otherwise the NT code will get confused and crash!  This is a NT
-   4.0 problem, not really a Vim problem.
-
 Q. I'm using Vim to edit a symbolically linked file on a Unix NFS file server.
    When I write the file, Vim does not "write through" the symlink.  Instead,
    it deletes the symbolic link and creates a new file in its place.  Why?
@@ -176,28 +130,6 @@ A. Basically what you need is to put a tee program that will copy its input
 	:set shellpipe=\|\ tee
 <  to your _vimrc.
 
-Q. I'm storing files on a remote machine that works with VisionFS, and files
-   disappear!
-A. VisionFS can't handle certain dot (.) three letter extension file names.
-   SCO declares this behavior required for backwards compatibility with 16bit
-   DOS/Windows environments.  The two commands below demonstrate the behavior:
->
-	echo Hello > file.bat~ 
-	dir > file.bat
-<
-   The result is that the "dir" command updates the "file.bat~" file, instead
-   of creating a new "file.bat" file.  This same behavior is exhibited in Vim
-   when editing an existing file named "foo.bat" because the default behavior
-   of Vim is to create a temporary file with a '~' character appended to the
-   name.  When the file is written, it winds up being deleted.
-
-   Solution: Add this command to your _vimrc file: >
-	:set backupext=.temporary
-
-Q. How do I change the blink rate of the cursor?
-A. You can't!  This is a limitation of the NT console.  NT 5.0 is reported to
-   be able to set the blink rate for all console windows at the same time.
-
 							*:!start*
 Q. How can I run an external command or program asynchronously?
 A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start": >
@@ -240,28 +172,6 @@ A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
 <  The first command runs notepad minimized and the second one runs it
    normally.
 
-Q. I'm using Win32s, and when I try to run an external command like "make",
-   Vim doesn't wait for it to finish!  Help!
-A. The problem is that a 32-bit application (Vim) can't get notification from
-   Windows that a 16-bit application (your DOS session) has finished.  Vim
-   includes a work-around for this, but you must set up your DOS commands to
-   run in a window, not full-screen.  Unfortunately the default when you
-   install Windows is full-screen.  To change this:
-   1) Start PIF editor (in the Main program group).
-   2) Open the file "_DEFAULT.PIF" in your Windows directory.
-   3) Changes the display option from "Full Screen" to "Windowed".
-   4) Save and exit.
-
-   To test, start Vim and type >
-	:!dir C:\<CR>".
-<  You should see a DOS box window appear briefly with the directory listing.
-
-Q. I use Vim under Win32s and NT.  In NT, I can define the console to default to
-   50 lines, so that I get a 80x50 shell when I ':sh'.  Can I do the same in
-   W3.1x, or am I stuck with 80x25?
-A. Edit SYSTEM.INI and add 'ScreenLines=50' to the [NonWindowsApp] section.  DOS
-   prompts and external DOS commands will now run in a 50-line window.
-
 						*windows-icon*
 Q. I don't like the Vim icon, can I change it?
 A. Yes, place your favorite icon in bitmaps/vim.ico in a directory of

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 06
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 
 							*n*
 n			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times.
+			If the cursor doesn't move the search is repeated with
+			count + 1.
 			|last-pattern|
 
 							*N*
@@ -129,7 +131,7 @@ gD			Goto global Declaration.  When the cursor is on a
 
 							*CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C			Interrupt current (search) command.  Use CTRL-Break on
-			MS-DOS |dos-CTRL-Break|.
+			Windows |dos-CTRL-Break|.
 			In Normal mode, any pending command is aborted.
 
 							*:noh* *:nohlsearch*
@@ -1050,7 +1052,10 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 								*E769*
 	When the ']' is not there Vim will not give an error message but
 	assume no collection is used.  Useful to search for '['.  However, you
-	do get E769 for internal searching.
+	do get E769 for internal searching.  And be aware that in a
+	`:substitute` command the whole command becomes the pattern.  E.g.
+	":s/[/x/" searches for "[/x" and replaces it with nothing.  It does
+	not search for "[" and replaces it with "x"!
 
 	If the sequence begins with "^", it matches any single character NOT
 	in the collection: "[^xyz]" matches anything but 'x', 'y' and 'z'.
@@ -1082,7 +1087,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 *[:backspace:]*		  [:backspace:]	the <BS> character
 	  The brackets in character class expressions are additional to the
 	  brackets delimiting a collection.  For example, the following is a
-	  plausible pattern for a UNIX filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,
+	  plausible pattern for a Unix filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,
 	  a list of at least one character, each of which is either '-', '.',
 	  '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or '~'.
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters.

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2013 Nov 29
->
-		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
-<
-Authors:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
-	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
-						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
-	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
-	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
-	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
-	instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
-	associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of
-	any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
-	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
-	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
-	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
-	software. Use at your own risk!
-
-Getscript is a plugin that simplifies retrieval of the latest versions of the
-scripts that you yourself use!  Typing |:GLVS| will invoke getscript; it will
-then use the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> (see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|) file to
-get the latest versions of scripts listed therein from http://vim.sf.net/.
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Contents				*glvs-contents* *glvs* *getscript*
-   					*GetLatestVimScripts*
-
-	1. Contents........................................: |glvs-contents|
-	2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started..........: |glvs-install|
-	3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage.......................: |glvs-usage|
-	4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File...................: |glvs-data|
-	5. GetLatestVimScripts Friendly Plugins............: |glvs-plugins|
-	6. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall.................: |glvs-autoinstall|
-	7. GetLatestViMScripts Options.....................: |glvs-options|
-	8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm...................: |glvs-alg|
-	9. GetLatestVimScripts History.....................: |glvs-hist|
-
-
-==============================================================================
-2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started		*getscript-start*
-						*getlatestvimscripts-install*
-
-	VERSION FROM VIM DISTRIBUTION			*glvs-dist-install*
-
-Vim 7.0 does not include the GetLatestVimScripts.dist file which
-serves as an example and a template.  So, you'll need to create
-your own!  See |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|.
-
-	VERSION FROM VIM SF NET				*glvs-install*
-
-NOTE: The last step, that of renaming/moving the GetLatestVimScripts.dist
-file, is for those who have just downloaded GetLatestVimScripts.tar.bz2 for
-the first time.
-
-The GetLatestVimScripts.dist file serves as an example and a template for your
-own personal list.  Feel free to remove all the scripts mentioned within it;
-the "important" part of it is the first two lines.
-
-Your computer needs to have wget or curl for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
-
-	1. if compressed:  gunzip getscript.vba.gz
-	2. Unix:
-		vim getscript.vba
-		:so %
-		:q
-		cd ~/.vim/GetLatest
-		mv GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-		(edit GetLatestVimScripts.dat to install your own personal
-		list of desired plugins -- see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|)
-	
-	3. Windows:
-		vim getscript.vba
-		:so %
-		:q
-		cd **path-to-vimfiles**/GetLatest
-		mv GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-		(edit GetLatestVimScripts.dat to install your own personal
-		list of desired plugins -- see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|)
-
-
-==============================================================================
-3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage				*glvs-usage* *:GLVS*
-
-Unless it has been defined elsewhere, >
-
-	:GLVS
-
-will invoke GetLatestVimScripts().  If some other plugin has defined that
-command, then you may type
->
-	:GetLatestVimScripts
-<
-The script will attempt to update and, if permitted, will automatically
-install scripts from http://vim.sourceforge.net/.  To do so it will peruse a
-file,
->
-	.vim/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat                    (unix)
-<
-or >
-	..wherever..\vimfiles\GetLatest\GetLatestVimScripts.dat   (windows)
-(see |glvs-data|), and examine plugins in your [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin
-directory (see |glvs-plugins|).
-
-Scripts which have been downloaded will appear in the
-~/.vim/GetLatest (unix) or ..wherever..\vimfiles\GetLatest (windows)
-subdirectory.  GetLatestVimScripts will attempt to automatically
-install them if you have the following line in your <.vimrc>: >
-
-	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=1
-
-The <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file will be automatically be updated to
-reflect the latest version of script(s) so downloaded.
-(also see |glvs-options|)
-
-
-==============================================================================
-4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File		*getscript-data* *glvs-data*
- 						*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
-The data file <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> must have for its first two lines
-the following text:
->
-	ScriptID SourceID Filename
-	--------------------------
-<
-Following those two lines are three columns; the first two are numeric
-followed by a text column.  The GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dist file
-contains an example of such a data file.  Anything following a #... is
-ignored, so you may embed comments in the file.
-
-The first number on each line gives the script's ScriptID.  When you're about
-to use a web browser to look at scripts on http://vim.sf.net/, just before you
-click on the script's link, you'll see a line resembling
-
-	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
-
-The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
-download the associated page, and is assigned by vim.sf.net itself
-during initial uploading of the plugin.
-
-The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID.  The SourceID
-records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by vim.sf.net; hence it
-serves to indicate "when" a script was uploaded.  Setting the SourceID to 1
-insures that GetLatestVimScripts will assume that the script it has is
-out-of-date.
-
-The SourceID is extracted by GetLatestVimScripts from the script's page on
-vim.sf.net; whenever it is greater than the one stored in the
-GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, the script will be downloaded
-(see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|).
-
-If your script's author has included a special comment line in his/her plugin,
-the plugin itself will be used by GetLatestVimScripts to build your
-<GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file, including any dependencies on other scripts it
-may have.  As an example, consider: >
-
-	" GetLatestVimScripts: 884  1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
-
-This comment line tells getscript.vim to check vimscript #884 and that the
-script is automatically installable.  Getscript will also use this line to
-help build the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, by including a line such as: >
-
-	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
-<
-assuming that such a line isn't already in GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
-See |glvs-plugins| for more.  Thus, GetLatestVimScripts thus provides a
-comprehensive ability to keep your plugins up-to-date!
-
-In summary:
-
-  * Optionally tell getscript that it is allowed to build/append a
-    GetLatestVimScripts.dat file based upon already installed plugins: >
-	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=1
-<
-  * A line such as >
-	" GetLatestVimScripts: 884  1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
-<   in an already-downloaded plugin constitutes the concurrence of the
-    plugin author that getscript may do AutoInstall.  Not all plugins
-    may be AutoInstall-able, and the plugin's author is best situated
-    to know whether or not his/her plugin will AutoInstall properly.
-
-  * A line such as >
-	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
-<   in your GetLatestVimScripts.dat file constitutes your permission
-    to getscript to do AutoInstall.  AutoInstall requires both your
-    and the plugin author's permission.  See |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|.
-
-
-						*GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
-As an example of a <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file:
->
-    ScriptID SourceID Filename
-    --------------------------
-    294 1 :AutoInstall: Align.vim
-    120 2 Decho.vim
-     40 3 DrawIt.tar.gz
-    451 4 EasyAccents.vim
-    195 5 engspchk.vim
-    642 6 GetLatestVimScripts.vim
-    489 7 Manpageview.vim
-<
-Note: the first two lines are required, but essentially act as comments.
-
-
-==============================================================================
-5. GetLatestVimScripts Friendly Plugins	*getscript-plugins* *glvs-plugins*
-
-		(this section is for plugin authors)~
-
-If a plugin author includes the following comment anywhere in their plugin,
-GetLatestVimScripts will find it and use it to automatically build the user's
-GetLatestVimScripts.dat files:
->
-	                         src_id
-	                            v
-	" GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### yourscriptname
-	                        ^
-	                    scriptid
-<
-As an author, you should include such a line in to refer to your own script
-plus any additional lines describing any plugin dependencies it may have.
-Same format, of course!
-
-If your command is auto-installable (see |glvs-autoinstall|), and most scripts
-are, then you may include :AutoInstall: just before "yourscriptname":
->
-	                         src_id
-	                            v
-	" GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### :AutoInstall: yourscriptname
-	                        ^
-	                    scriptid
-<
-NOTE: The :AutoInstall: feature requires both the plugin author's and~
-      the user's permission to operate!~
-
-GetLatestVimScripts commands for those scripts are then appended, if not
-already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.  It is
-a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of any scripts your
-plugins depend upon.
-
-Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to download
-your own scripts atop your own copy, thereby overwriting your not-yet-released
-hard work.  GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution for this:  put
->
-	0 0 yourscriptname
-<
-into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and GetLatestVimScripts will skip
-examining the "yourscriptname" scripts for those GetLatestVimScripts comment
-lines.  As a result, those lines won't be inadvertently installed into your
-<GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and subsequently used to download your own
-scripts.  This is especially important to do if you've included the
-:AutoInstall: option.
-
-Be certain to use the same "yourscriptname" in the "0 0 yourscriptname" line
-as you've used in your GetLatestVimScripts comment!
-
-
-==============================================================================
-6. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall			*getscript-autoinstall*
-							*glvs-autoinstall*
-
-GetLatestVimScripts now supports "AutoInstall".  Not all scripts are
-supportive of auto-install, as they may have special things you need to do to
-install them (please refer to the script's "install" directions).  On the
-other hand, most scripts will be auto-installable.
-
-To let GetLatestVimScripts do an autoinstall, the data file's comment field
-should begin with (surrounding blanks are ignored): >
-
-	:AutoInstall:
-<
-Both colons are needed, and it should begin the comment (yourscriptname)
-field.
-
-One may prevent any autoinstalling by putting the following line in your
-<.vimrc>: >
-
-	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 0
-<
-With :AutoInstall: enabled, as it is by default, files which end with
-
-	---.tar.bz2  : decompressed & untarred in .vim/ directory
-	---.vba.bz2  : decompressed in .vim/ directory, then vimball handles it
-	---.vim.bz2  : decompressed & moved into .vim/plugin directory
-	---.tar.gz   : decompressed & untarred in .vim/ directory
-	---.vba.gz   : decompressed in .vim/ directory, then vimball handles it
-	---.vim.gz   : decompressed & moved into .vim/plugin directory
-	---.vba      : unzipped in .vim/ directory
-	---.vim      : moved to .vim/plugin directory
-	---.zip      : unzipped in .vim/ directory
-
-and which merely need to have their components placed by the untar/gunzip or
-move-to-plugin-directory process should be auto-installable.  Vimballs, of
-course, should always be auto-installable.
-
-When is a script not auto-installable?  Let me give an example:
-
-	.vim/after/syntax/blockhl.vim
-
-The <blockhl.vim> script provides block highlighting for C/C++ programs; it is
-available at:
-
-	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=104
-
-Currently, vim's after/syntax only supports by-filetype scripts (in
-blockhl.vim's case, that's after/syntax/c.vim).  Hence, auto-install would
-possibly overwrite the current user's after/syntax/c.vim file.
-
-In my own case, I use <aftersyntax.vim> (renamed to after/syntax/c.vim) to
-allow a after/syntax/c/ directory:
-
-	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=1023
-
-The script allows multiple syntax files to exist separately in the
-after/syntax/c subdirectory.  I can't bundle aftersyntax.vim in and build an
-appropriate tarball for auto-install because of the potential for the
-after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
-
-
-==============================================================================
-7. GetLatestVimScripts Options					*glvs-options*
->
-	g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget
-<	default= "wget"
-		This variable holds the name of the command for obtaining
-		scripts.
->
-	g:GetLatestVimScripts_options
-<	default= "-q -O"
-		This variable holds the options to be used with the
-		g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget command.
->
- 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
-<	default= 1
-		This variable indicates whether GetLatestVimScripts is allowed
-		to attempt to automatically install scripts.  Furthermore, the
-		plugin author has to have explicitly indicated that his/her
-		plugin is automatically installable (via the :AutoInstall:
-		keyword in the GetLatestVimScripts comment line).
->
-	g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir
-<	default= $HOME/.vim     (linux)
-	default= $HOME/vimfiles (windows)
-		Override where :AutoInstall: scripts will be installed.
-		Doesn't override vimball installation.
->
-	g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr
-<       default='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
-		Override this if your system needs
-	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script/script.php?script_id='
-
-==============================================================================
-8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm		*glvs-algorithm* *glvs-alg*
-
-The Vim sourceforge page dynamically creates a page by keying off of the
-so-called script-id.  Within the webpage of
-
-	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
-
-is a line specifying the latest source-id (src_id).  The source identifier
-numbers are always increasing, hence if the src_id is greater than the one
-recorded for the script in GetLatestVimScripts then it's time to download a
-newer copy of that script.
-
-GetLatestVimScripts will then download the script and update its internal
-database of script ids, source ids, and scriptnames.
-
-The AutoInstall process will:
-
-	Move the file from GetLatest/ to the following directory
-		Unix   : $HOME/.vim
-		Windows: $HOME\vimfiles
-	if the downloaded file ends with ".bz2"
-		bunzip2 it
-	else if the downloaded file ends with ".gz"
-		gunzip it
-	if the resulting file ends with ".zip"
-		unzip it
-	else if the resulting file ends with ".tar"
-		tar -oxvf it
-	else if the resulting file ends with ".vim"
-		move it to the plugin subdirectory
-
-
-==============================================================================
-9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
-
-v36 Apr 22, 2013 : * (glts) suggested use of plugin/**/*.vim instead of
-		     plugin/*.vim in globpath() call.
-		   * (Andy Wokula) got warning message when setting
-		     g:loaded_getscriptPlugin
-v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script url has
-		     changed (somewhat).  However, it doesn't work, and
-		     the original one does (under Linux). I'll make it
-		     yet-another-option.
-v34 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
-                     (tgz taz tbz txz)
-v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
-		   * *.xz support
-v32 Jun 19, 2010 : * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
-v31 Jun 29, 2008 : * (Bill McCarthy) fixed having hls enabled with getscript
-		   * (David Schaefer) the acd option interferes with vimballs
-		     Solution: bypass the acd option
-v30 Jun 13, 2008 : * GLVS now checks for existence of fnameescape() and will
-		     issue an error message if it is not supported
-v29 Jan 07, 2008 : * Bram M pointed out that cpo is a global option and that
-                     getscriptPlugin.vim was setting it but not restoring it.
-v28 Jan 02, 2008 : * improved shell quoting character handling, cygwin
-		     interface, register-a bypass
-    Oct 29, 2007   * Bill McCarthy suggested a change to getscript that avoids
-                     creating pop-up windows
-v24 Apr 16, 2007 : * removed save&restore of the fo option during script
-                     loading
-v23 Nov 03, 2006 : * ignores comments (#...)
-                   * handles vimballs
-v22 Oct 13, 2006 : * supports automatic use of curl if wget is not
-                     available
-v21 May 01, 2006 : * now takes advantage of autoloading.
-v20 Dec 23, 2005 : * Eric Haarbauer found&fixed a bug with unzip use;
-                     unzip needs the -o flag to overwrite.
-v19 Nov 28, 2005 : * v18's GetLatestVimScript line accessed the wrong
-                     script! Fixed.
-v18 Mar 21, 2005 : * bugfix to automatic database construction
-                   * bugfix - nowrapscan caused an error
-                     (tnx to David Green for the fix)
-    Apr 01, 2005   * if shell is bash, "mv" instead of "ren" used in
-                     :AutoInstall:s, even though its o/s is windows
-    Apr 01, 2005   * when downloading errors occurred, GLVS was
-                     terminating early.  It now just goes on to trying
-                     the next script (after trying three times to
-                     download a script description page)
-    Apr 20, 2005   * bugfix - when a failure to download occurred,
-                     GetLatestVimScripts would stop early and claim that
-                     everything was current.  Fixed.
-v17 Aug 25, 2004 : * g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall, which
-                     defaults to 1, can be used to prevent all
-                     :AutoInstall:
-v16 Aug 25, 2004 : * made execution of bunzip2/gunzip/tar/zip silent
-                   * fixed bug with :AutoInstall: use of helptags
-v15 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix: the "0 0 comment" download prevention wasn't
-                     always preventing downloads (just usually).  Fixed.
-v14 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix -- helptags was using dotvim, rather than
-                     s:dotvim.  Fixed.
-v13 Aug 23, 2004 : * will skip downloading a file if its scriptid or srcid
-                     is zero.  Useful for script authors; that way their
-                     own GetLatestVimScripts activity won't overwrite
-                     their scripts.
-v12 Aug 23, 2004 : * bugfix - a "return" got left in the distribution that
-                     was intended only for testing.  Removed, now works.
-                   * :AutoInstall: implemented
-v11 Aug 20, 2004 : * GetLatestVimScripts is now a plugin:
-                   * :GetLatestVimScripts command
-                   * (runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-                     now holds scripts that need updating
-v10 Apr 19, 2004 : * moved history from script to doc
-v9  Jan 23, 2004 :   windows (win32/win16/win95) will use
-                     double quotes ("") whereas other systems will use
-                     single quotes ('') around the urls in calls via wget
-v8  Dec 01, 2003 :   makes three tries at downloading
-v7  Sep 02, 2003 :   added error messages if "Click on..." or "src_id="
-                     not found in downloaded webpage
-                     Uses t_ti, t_te, and rs to make progress visible
-v6  Aug 06, 2003 :   final status messages now display summary of work
-                     ( "Downloaded someqty scripts" or
-                       "Everything was current")
-                     Now GetLatestVimScripts is careful about downloading
-                     GetLatestVimScripts.vim itself!
-                     (goes to <NEW_GetLatestVimScripts.vim>)
-v5  Aug 04, 2003 :   missing an endif near bottom
-v4  Jun 17, 2003 :   redraw! just before each "considering" message
-v3  May 27, 2003 :   Protects downloaded files from errant shell
-                     expansions with single quotes: '...'
-v2  May 14, 2003 :   extracts name of item to be obtained from the
-                     script file.  Uses it instead of comment field
-                     for output filename; comment is used in the
-                     "considering..." line and is now just a comment!
-                   * Fixed a bug: a string-of-numbers is not the
-                     same as a number, so I added zero to them
-                     and they became numbers.  Fixes comparison.
-
-==============================================================================
-vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker

runtime/doc/pi_msgpack.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+*pi_msgpack.txt*	For NeoVim version 0.1.
+
+Author:  Nikolay Pavlov <kp-pav@yandex.ru>
+Copyright: (c) 2015 by Nikolay Pavlov
+
+The Apache license applies to the files in this package, including 
+runtime/autoload/msgpack.vim, runtime/doc/pi_msgpack.txt and 
+test/functional/plugin/msgpack_spec.lua.  Like anything else that's free, 
+msgpack.vim and its associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no 
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of 
+merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By using this 
+plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any 
+damages resulting from the use of this software. Use at your own risk!
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Contents				*msgpack.vim-contents*
+
+	1. Contents..............................: |msgpack.vim-contents|
+	2. Msgpack.vim introduction..............: |msgpack.vim-intro|
+	3. Msgpack.vim manual....................: |msgpack.vim-manual|
+	   Function arguments....................: |msgpack.vim-arguments|
+	   msgpack#is_int function...............: |msgpack#is_int()|
+	   msgpack#is_uint function..............: |msgpack#is_uint()|
+	   msgpack#strftime function.............: |msgpack#strftime()|
+	   msgpack#strptime function.............: |msgpack#strptime()|
+	   msgpack#int_dict_to_str function......: |msgpack#int_dict_to_str()|
+	   msgpack#special_type function.........: |msgpack#special_type()|
+	   msgpack#type function.................: |msgpack#type()|
+	   msgpack#deepcopy function.............: |msgpack#deepcopy()|
+	   msgpack#string function...............: |msgpack#string()|
+	   msgpack#eval function.................: |msgpack#eval()|
+	   msgpack#equal function................: |msgpack#equal()|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Msgpack.vim introduction			*msgpack.vim-intro*
+
+This plugin contains utility functions to be used in conjunction with 
+|msgpackdump()| and |msgpackparse()| functions.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Msgpack.vim manual				*msgpack.vim-manual*
+
+FUNCTION ARGUMENTS				*msgpack.vim-arguments*
+
+Disambiguation of arguments described below.  Note: if e.g. function is listed 
+as accepting |{msgpack-integer}| (or anything else) it means that function 
+does not check whether argument matches its description.
+
+*{msgpack-value}*	Either |msgpack-special-dict| or a regular value, but 
+			not function reference.
+*{msgpack-integer}*	Any value for which |msgpack#type| will return 
+			"integer".
+*{msgpack-special-int}*	|msgpack-special-dict| representing integer.
+
+msgpack#is_int({msgpack-value})				*msgpack#is_int()*
+	Returns 1 if given {msgpack-value} is integer value, 0 otherwise.
+
+msgpack#is_uint({msgpack-value})			*msgpack#is_uint()*
+	Returns 1 if given {msgpack-value} is integer value greater or equal 
+	to zero, 0 otherwise.
+
+							*msgpack#strftime*
+msgpack#strftime({format}, {msgpack-integer})		*msgpack#strftime()*
+	Same as |strftime()|, but second argument may be 
+	|msgpack-special-dict|.  Requires |+python| or |+python3| to really 
+	work with |msgpack-special-dict|s.
+
+							*msgpack#strptime*
+msgpack#strptime({format}, {time})			*msgpack#strptime()*
+	Reverse of |msgpack#strptime()|: for any time and format 
+	|msgpack#equal|( |msgpack#strptime|(format, |msgpack#strftime|(format, 
+	time)), time) be true.  Requires |+python| or |+python3|, without it 
+	only supports non-|msgpack-special-dict| nonnegative times and format 
+	equal to `%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S`.
+
+msgpack#int_dict_to_str({msgpack-special-int})	*msgpack#int_dict_to_str()*
+	Function which converts |msgpack-special-dict| integer value to 
+	a hexadecimal value like 0x1234567890ABCDEF (always returns exactly 16 
+	hexadecimal digits).
+
+msgpack#special_type({msgpack-value})		*msgpack#special_type()*
+	Returns zero if {msgpack-value} is not |msgpack-special-dict|.  If it 
+	is it returns name of the key in |v:msgpack_types| which represents 
+	{msgpack-value} type.
+
+msgpack#type({msgpack-value})				*msgpack#type()*
+	Returns name of the key in |v:msgpack_types| that represents 
+	{msgpack-value} type.  Never returns zero: this function returns 
+	msgpack type which will be dumped by |msgpackdump()| should it receive 
+	a list with singe {msgpack-value} as input.
+
+msgpack#deepcopy({msgpack-value})			*msgpack#deepcopy()*
+	Like |deepcopy()|, but works correctly with |msgpack-special-dict| 
+	values.  Plain |deepcopy()| will destroy all types in 
+	|msgpack-special-dict| values because it will copy _TYPE key values, 
+	while they should be preserved.
+
+msgpack#string({msgpack-value})				*msgpack#string()*
+	Like |string()|, but saves information about msgpack types.  Values 
+	dumped by msgpack#string may be read back by |msgpack#eval()|.  
+	Returns is the following:
+
+	- Dictionaries are dumped as "{key1: value1, key2: value2}". Note: 
+	  msgpack allows any values in keys, so with some 
+	  |msgpack-special-dict| values |msgpack#string()| may produce even 
+	  "{{1: 2}: 3, [4]: 5}".
+	- Lists are dumped as "[value1, value2]".
+	- Strings are dumped as
+	  1. `"abc"`: binary string.
+	  2. `="abc"`: string.
+	  3. `+(10)"ext"`: extension strings (10 may be replaced with any 
+	     8-bit signed integer).
+	  Inside strings the following escape sequences may be present: "\0" 
+	  (represents NUL byte), "\n" (represents line feed) and "\"" 
+	  (represents double quote).
+	- Floating-point and integer values are dumped using |string()| or 
+	  |msgpack#int_dict_to_str()|.
+	- Booleans are dumped as "TRUE" or "FALSE".
+	- Nil values are dumped as "NIL".
+
+msgpack#eval({string}, {dict})				*msgpack#eval()*
+	Transforms string created by |msgpack#string()| into a value suitable 
+	for |msgpackdump()|.  Second argument allows adding special values 
+	that start with head characters (|/\h|) and contain only word 
+	characters (|/\w|).  Built-in special values are "TRUE", "FALSE", 
+	"NIL", "nan" and "inf" and they cannot be overridden.  Map values are 
+	always evaluated to |msgpack-special-dict| values, as well as 
+	hexadecimal digits.  When evaluating maps order of keys is preserved.
+
+							*msgpack#equal*
+msgpack#equal({msgpack-value}, {msgpack-value})		*msgpack#equal()*
+	Returns 1 if given values are equal, 0 otherwise.  When comparing 
+	msgpack map values order of keys is ignored.  Comparing 
+	|msgpack-special-dict| with equivalent non-special-dict value 
+	evaluates to 1.
+
+==============================================================================
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ It is possible to achieve a poor man's version of duplex printing using the PS
 utility psselect.  This utility has options -e and -o for printing just the
 even or odd pages of a PS file respectively.
 
-First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate a new
+First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate new
 files with all the odd and even numbered pages with: >
 
 	psselect -o test.ps odd.ps

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -291,6 +291,100 @@ use this code: >
 
 	au QuickfixCmdPost make call QfMakeConv()
 
+EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
+							*:cdo*
+:cdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the quickfix list.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:cfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:cnext
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
+			buffers will not be visited.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+			Only valid entries in the quickfix list are used.
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:ldo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
+
+							*:cfdo*
+:cfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the quickfix list.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:cfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:cnfile
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
+			buffers will not be visited.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+			Only valid entries in the quickfix list are used.
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:cdo|, |:ldo| and |:lfdo|.
+
+							*:ldo*
+:ld[o][!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the location list
+			for the current window.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:lfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:lnext
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
+			buffers will not be visited.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:cdo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
+
+							*:lfdo*
+:lfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the location list for
+			the current window.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:lfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:lnfile
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
+			buffers will not be visited.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:cdo|, |:ldo| and |:cfdo|.
 
 =============================================================================
 2. The error window					*quickfix-window*
@@ -493,11 +587,11 @@ or simpler >
 "$*" can be given multiple times, for example: >
    :set makeprg=gcc\ -o\ $*\ $*
 
-The 'shellpipe' option defaults to ">" for MS-DOS and Win32.  This means that
-the output of the compiler is saved in a file and not shown on the screen
-directly.  For Unix "| tee" is used.  The compiler output is shown on the
-screen and saved in a file the same time.  Depending on the shell used "|&
-tee" or "2>&1| tee" is the default, so stderr output will be included.
+The 'shellpipe' option defaults to ">" on Windows.  This means that the output
+of the compiler is saved in a file and not shown on the screen directly.  For
+Unix "| tee" is used.  The compiler output is shown on the screen and saved in
+a file the same time.  Depending on the shell used "|& tee" or "2>&1| tee" is
+the default, so stderr output will be included.
 
 If 'shellpipe' is empty, the {errorfile} part will be omitted.  This is useful
 for compilers that write to an errorfile themselves.
@@ -905,9 +999,9 @@ normally happens by matching following characters and items.  When nothing is
 following the rest of the line is matched.  If "%f" is followed by a '%' or a
 backslash, it will look for a sequence of 'isfname' characters.
 
-On MS-DOS and MS-Windows a leading "C:" will be included in "%f", even when
-using "%f:".  This means that a file name which is a single alphabetical
-letter will not be detected.
+On Windows a leading "C:" will be included in "%f", even when using "%f:".
+This means that a file name which is a single alphabetical letter will not be
+detected.
 
 The "%p" conversion is normally followed by a "^".  It's used for compilers
 that output a line like: >

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -600,7 +600,6 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'allowrevins'	  'ari'     allow CTRL-_ in Insert and Command-line mode
 'altkeymap'	  'akm'     for default second language (Farsi/Hebrew)
 'ambiwidth'	  'ambw'    what to do with Unicode chars of ambiguous width
-'antialias'	  'anti'    Mac OS X: use smooth, antialiased fonts
 'autochdir'	  'acd'     change directory to the file in the current window
 'arabic'	  'arab'    for Arabic as a default second language
 'arabicshape'	  'arshape' do shaping for Arabic characters
@@ -731,13 +730,10 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'icon'			    let Vim set the text of the window icon
 'iconstring'		    string to use for the Vim icon text
 'ignorecase'	  'ic'	    ignore case in search patterns
-'imactivatekey'   'imak'    key that activates the X input method
-'imactivatefunc'  'imaf'    function to enable/disable the X input method
 'imcmdline'	  'imc'     use IM when starting to edit a command line
 'imdisable'	  'imd'     do not use the IM in any mode
 'iminsert'	  'imi'     use :lmap or IM in Insert mode
 'imsearch'	  'ims'     use :lmap or IM when typing a search pattern
-'imstatusfunc'    'imsf'    function to obtain X input method status
 'include'	  'inc'     pattern to be used to find an include file
 'includeexpr'	  'inex'    expression used to process an include line
 'incsearch'	  'is'	    highlight match while typing search pattern
@@ -821,7 +817,6 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'relativenumber'  'rnu'	    show relative line number in front of each line
 'remap'			    allow mappings to work recursively
 'report'		    threshold for reporting nr. of lines changed
-'restorescreen'   'rs'	    Win32: restore screen when exiting
 'revins'	  'ri'	    inserting characters will work backwards
 'rightleft'	  'rl'	    window is right-to-left oriented
 'rightleftcmd'	  'rlc'     commands for which editing works right-to-left
@@ -875,7 +870,6 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'suffixes'	  'su'	    suffixes that are ignored with multiple match
 'suffixesadd'	  'sua'     suffixes added when searching for a file
 'swapfile'	  'swf'     whether to use a swapfile for a buffer
-'swapsync'	  'sws'     how to sync the swap file
 'switchbuf'	  'swb'     sets behavior when switching to another buffer
 'synmaxcol'	  'smc'     maximum column to find syntax items
 'syntax'	  'syn'     syntax to be loaded for current buffer
@@ -986,11 +980,9 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 |g_CTRL-G|	   g CTRL-G	show cursor column, line, and character
 				   position
 |CTRL-C|	   CTRL-C	during searches: Interrupt the search
-|dos-CTRL-Break|   CTRL-Break	MS-DOS: during searches: Interrupt the search
+|dos-CTRL-Break|   CTRL-Break	Windows: during searches: Interrupt the search
 |<Del>|		   <Del>	while entering a count: delete last character
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	show version information
-|:mode|		:mode N		MS-DOS: set screen mode to N (number, C80,
-				   C4350, etc.)
 |:normal|	:norm[al][!] {commands}
 				execute Normal mode commands
 |Q|		   Q		switch to "Ex" mode

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -178,14 +178,14 @@ Hurrah for VIM!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
 that vi sorely needs: highlighting for executing commands on blocks, an easily
 navigable and digestible help screen, and more.  (Paul Pax)
 
-The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro any more, is that I
+The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro anymore, is that I
 now use VIM - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
 
 I am a user of VIM and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
 C++, HTML what ever.  (Tim Allwine)
 
 I discovered VIM after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
-can't live without it any more.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
+can't live without it anymore.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
 
 Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as VIM is around.  Besides,
 it also has the most detailed software documentation I have ever seen---much

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Disadvantages:
 If you want to put swap files in a fixed place, put a command resembling the
 following ones in your vimrc:
 	:set dir=~/tmp		(for Unix)
-	:set dir=c:\\tmp	(for MS-DOS and Win32)
+	:set dir=c:\\tmp	(for Windows)
 This is also very handy when editing files on floppy.  Of course you will have
 to create that "tmp" directory for this to work!
 
@@ -92,10 +92,7 @@ changed, not when you only moved around.  The reason why it is not kept up to
 date all the time is that this would slow down normal work too much.  You can
 change the 200 character count with the 'updatecount' option.  You can set
 the time with the 'updatetime' option.  The time is given in milliseconds.
-After writing to the swap file Vim syncs the file to disk.  This takes some
-time, especially on busy Unix systems.  If you don't want this you can set the
-'swapsync' option to an empty string.  The risk of losing work becomes bigger
-though.
+After writing to the swap file Vim syncs the file to disk.
 
 If the writing to the swap file is not wanted, it can be switched off by
 setting the 'updatecount' option to 0.  The same is done when starting Vim

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 May 24
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ The following command line arguments are available:
 				The remote Vim is raised.  If you don't want
 				this use >
 				 vim --remote-send "<C-\><C-N>:n filename<CR>"
-<  --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
+<
+   --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
 				As above, but don't complain if there is no
 				server and the file is edited locally.
    --remote-wait [+{cmd}] {file} ...				*--remote-wait*

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 07
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -109,6 +109,12 @@ q{0-9a-zA-Z"}		Record typed characters into register {0-9a-zA-Z"}
 			while executing a register, and it doesn't work inside
 			a mapping and |:normal|.
 
+			Note: If the register being used for recording is also
+			used for |y| and |p| the result is most likely not
+			what is expected, because the put will paste the
+			recorded macro and the yank will overwrite the
+			recorded macro.
+
 q			Stops recording.
 			Implementation note: The 'q' that stops recording is
 			not stored in the register, unless it was the result
@@ -287,13 +293,13 @@ with CTRL-V followed by the three digit decimal code.  This does NOT work for
 the <t_xx> termcap codes, these can only be used in mappings.
 
 							*:source_crnl* *W15*
-MS-DOS and Win32: Files that are read with ":source" normally have
-<CR><NL> <EOL>s.  These always work.  If you are using a file with <NL> <EOL>s
-(for example, a file made on Unix), this will be recognized if 'fileformats'
-is not empty and the first line does not end in a <CR>.  This fails if the
-first line has something like ":map <F1> :help^M", where "^M" is a <CR>.  If
-the first line ends in a <CR>, but following ones don't, you will get an error
-message, because the <CR> from the first lines will be lost.
+Windows: Files that are read with ":source" normally have <CR><NL> <EOL>s.
+These always work.  If you are using a file with <NL> <EOL>s (for example, a
+file made on Unix), this will be recognized if 'fileformats' is not empty and
+the first line does not end in a <CR>.  This fails if the first line has
+something like ":map <F1> :help^M", where "^M" is a <CR>.  If the first line
+ends in a <CR>, but following ones don't, you will get an error message,
+because the <CR> from the first lines will be lost.
 
 Mac Classic: Files that are read with ":source" normally have <CR> <EOL>s.
 These always work.  If you are using a file with <NL> <EOL>s (for example, a
@@ -303,7 +309,7 @@ linebreaks which has a <CR> in first line.
 
 On other systems, Vim expects ":source"ed files to end in a <NL>.  These
 always work.  If you are using a file with <CR><NL> <EOL>s (for example, a
-file made on MS-DOS), all lines will have a trailing <CR>.  This may cause
+file made on Windows), all lines will have a trailing <CR>.  This may cause
 problems for some commands (e.g., mappings).  There is no automatic <EOL>
 detection, because it's common to start with a line that defines a mapping
 that ends in a <CR>, which will confuse the automaton.
@@ -390,7 +396,7 @@ To enter debugging mode use one of these methods:
    useful to find out what is happening when Vim is starting up.  A side
    effect is that Vim will switch the terminal mode before initialisations
    have finished, with unpredictable results.
-   For a GUI-only version (Windows, Macintosh) the debugging will start as
+   For a GUI-only version (Windows) the debugging will start as
    soon as the GUI window has been opened.  To make this happen early, add a
    ":gui" command in the vimrc file.
 								*:debug*
@@ -583,9 +589,13 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
 		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
+		"~/" and environment variables in {fname} will be expanded.
 		If {fname} already exists it will be silently overwritten.
 		The variable |v:profiling| is set to one.
 
+:prof[ile] stop
+		Write the logfile and stop profiling.
+
 :prof[ile] pause
 		Don't profile until the following ":profile continue".  Can be
 		used when doing something that should not be counted (e.g., an
@@ -609,6 +619,9 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 		after this command.  A :profile command in the script itself
 		won't work.
 
+:prof[ile] dump
+		Don't wait until exiting Vim and write the current state of
+		profiling to the log immediately.
 
 :profd[el] ...						*:profd* *:profdel*
 		Stop profiling for the arguments specified. See |:breakdel|
@@ -652,10 +665,6 @@ long you take to respond to the input() prompt is irrelevant.
 Profiling should give a good indication of where time is spent, but keep in
 mind there are various things that may clobber the results:
 
-- The accuracy of the time measured depends on the gettimeofday() system
-  function.  It may only be as accurate as 1/100 second, even though the times
-  are displayed in micro seconds.
-
 - Real elapsed time is measured, if other processes are busy they may cause
   delays at unpredictable moments.  You may want to run the profiling several
   times and use the lowest results.

runtime/doc/rileft.txt

@@ -106,9 +106,6 @@ o  Does not support reverse insert and rightleft modes on the command-line.
 o  Somewhat slower in right-to-left mode, because right-to-left motion is
    emulated inside Vim, not by the controlling terminal.
 
-o  When the Athena GUI is used, the bottom scrollbar works in the wrong
-   direction.  This is difficult to fix.
-
 o  When both 'rightleft' and 'revins' are on: 'textwidth' does not work.
    Lines do not wrap at all; you just get a single, long line.
 

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -245,26 +245,6 @@ dragging the scrollbar of the current window.  How many lines are scrolled
 depends on your mouse driver.  If the scroll action causes input focus
 problems, see |intellimouse-wheel-problems|.
 
-For the X11 GUIs (Motif, Athena and GTK) scrolling the wheel generates key
-presses <ScrollWheelUp>, <ScrollWheelDown>, <ScrollWheelLeft> and
-<ScrollWheelRight>.  For example, if you push the scroll wheel upwards a
-<ScrollWheelUp> key press is generated causing the window to scroll upwards
-(while the text is actually moving downwards).  The default action for these
-keys are:
-    <ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll three lines up	*<ScrollWheelUp>*
-    <S-ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll one page up		*<S-ScrollWheelUp>*
-    <C-ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll one page up		*<C-ScrollWheelUp>*
-    <ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll three lines down	*<ScrollWheelDown>*
-    <S-ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll one page down	*<S-ScrollWheelDown>*
-    <C-ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll one page down	*<C-ScrollWheelDown>*
-    <ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll six columns left	*<ScrollWheelLeft>*
-    <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll one page left	*<S-ScrollWheelLeft>*
-    <C-ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll one page left	*<C-ScrollWheelLeft>*
-    <ScrollWheelRight>	    scroll six columns right	*<ScrollWheelRight>*
-    <S-ScrollWheelRight>    scroll one page right	*<S-ScrollWheelRight>*
-    <C-ScrollWheelRight>    scroll one page right	*<C-ScrollWheelRight>*
-This should work in all modes, except when editing the command line.
-
 Note that horizontal scrolling only works if 'nowrap' is set.  Also, unless
 the "h" flag in 'guioptions' is set, the cursor moves to the longest visible
 line if the cursor line is about to be scrolled off the screen (similarly to
@@ -281,13 +261,6 @@ You can also use Alt and Ctrl modifiers.
 This only works when Vim gets the scroll wheel events, of course.  You can
 check if this works with the "xev" program.
 
-When using XFree86, the /etc/XF86Config file should have the correct entry for
-your mouse.  For FreeBSD, this entry works for a Logitech scrollmouse: >
-    Protocol     "MouseMan"
-    Device       "/dev/psm0"
-    ZAxisMapping 4 5
-See the XFree86 documentation for information.
-
 						*<MouseDown>* *<MouseUp>*
 The keys <MouseDown> and <MouseUp> have been deprecated.  Use <ScrollWheelUp>
 instead of <MouseDown> and use <ScrollWheelDown> instead of <MouseUp>.

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -75,12 +75,8 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 		Define the file name where the bitmap can be found.  Should be
 		a full path.  The bitmap should fit in the place of two
 		characters.  This is not checked.  If the bitmap is too big it
-		will cause redraw problems.  Only GTK 2 can scale the bitmap
-		to fit the space available.
+		will cause redraw problems.
 			toolkit		supports ~
-			GTK 1		pixmap (.xpm)
-			GTK 2		many
-			Motif		pixmap (.xpm)
 			Win32		.bmp, .ico, .cur
 					pixmap (.xpm) |+xpm_w32|
 

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -35,9 +35,7 @@ Vim only checks words for spelling, there is no grammar check.
 If the 'mousemodel' option is set to "popup" and the cursor is on a badly
 spelled word or it is "popup_setpos" and the mouse pointer is on a badly
 spelled word, then the popup menu will contain a submenu to replace the bad
-word.  Note: this slows down the appearance of the popup menu.  Note for GTK:
-don't release the right mouse button until the menu appears, otherwise it
-won't work.
+word.  Note: this slows down the appearance of the popup menu.
 
 To search for the next misspelled word:
 

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -28,8 +28,6 @@ More generally, Vim is started with:
 Option arguments and file name arguments can be mixed, and any number of them
 can be given.  However, watch out for options that take an argument.
 
-For compatibility with various Vi versions, see	|cmdline-arguments|.
-
 Exactly one out of the following five items may be used to choose how to
 start editing:
 
@@ -219,7 +217,7 @@ argument.
 			:set      to display option values.
 		When 'verbose' is non-zero messages are printed (for
 		debugging, to stderr).
-		'term' and $TERM are not used.
+		$TERM is not used.
 		If Vim appears to be stuck try typing "qa!<Enter>".  You don't
 		get a prompt thus you can't see Vim is waiting for you to type
 		something.
@@ -317,9 +315,10 @@ argument.
 		When {vimrc} is equal to "NONE" (all uppercase), all
 		initializations from files and environment variables are
 		skipped, including reading the |ginit.vim| file when the GUI
-		starts.  Loading plugins is also skipped.
+		starts.  Plugins and syntax highlighting are also skipped.
 		When {vimrc} is equal to "NORC" (all uppercase), this has the
-		same effect as "NONE", but loading plugins is not skipped.
+		same effect as "NONE", but plugins and syntax highlighting are
+		not skipped.
 
 							*-i*
 -i {shada}	The file {shada} is used instead of the default ShaDa
@@ -356,13 +355,10 @@ argument.
 At startup, Vim checks environment variables and files and sets values
 accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 
-1. Set the 'shell' and 'term' option		*SHELL* *COMSPEC* *TERM*
+1. Set the 'shell' option		*SHELL* *COMSPEC* *TERM*
 	The environment variable SHELL, if it exists, is used to set the
-	'shell' option.  On MS-DOS and Win32, the COMSPEC variable is used
+	'shell' option.  On Windows, the COMSPEC variable is used
 	if SHELL is not set.
-	The environment variable TERM, if it exists, is used to set the 'term'
-	option.  However, 'term' will change later when starting the GUI (step
-	8 below).
 
 2. Process the arguments
 	The options and file names from the command that start Vim are
@@ -384,6 +380,8 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	Places for your personal initializations:
 		Unix		$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/nvim/init.vim
 				(default for $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is ~/.config)
+		Windows		$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/nvim/init.vim
+				(default for $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is ~/AppData/Local)
 
 	The files are searched in the order specified above and only the first
 	one that is found is read.
@@ -396,16 +394,16 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	All following initializations until 4. are skipped. $MYVIMRC is not
 	set.
 	"vim -u NORC" can be used to skip these initializations without
-	reading a file.  "vim -u NONE" also skips loading plugins.  |-u|
+	reading a file.  "vim -u NONE" also skips plugins and syntax
+	highlighting.  |-u|
 
 	If Vim was started in Ex mode with the "-s" argument, all following
 	initializations until 4. are skipped.  Only the "-u" option is
 	interpreted.
 							*system-vimrc*
-     a. For Unix, MS-DOS, MS-Windows, and Macintosh, the system vimrc file is
-	read for initializations.  The path of this file is shown with the
+     a. For Unix, MS-Windows, and Macintosh, the system vimrc file is read for
+	initializations.  The path of this file is shown with the
 	":version" command.  Mostly it's "$VIM/vimrc".
-	For the Macintosh the $VIMRUNTIME/macmap.vim is read.
 
 						*VIMINIT* *EXINIT* *$MYVIMRC*
      b. Four places are searched for initializations.  The first that exists
@@ -430,7 +428,22 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	-  The file ".exrc"  (for Unix)
 		    "_exrc"  (for Win32)
 
-4. Load the plugin scripts.					*load-plugins*
+4. Enable filetype and indent plugins.
+	This does the same as the commands: >
+		:runtime! filetype.vim
+		:runtime! ftplugin.vim
+		:runtime! indent.vim
+<	This step is skipped if ":filetype ..." was called before now or if
+	the "-u NONE" command line argument was given.
+
+5. Enable syntax highlighting.
+	This does the same as the command: >
+		:runtime! syntax/syntax.vim
+<	Note: This enables filetype detection even if ":filetype off" was
+	called before now.
+	This step is skipped if the "-u NONE" command line argument was given.
+
+6. Load the plugin scripts.					*load-plugins*
 	This does the same as the command: >
 		:runtime! plugin/**/*.vim
 <	The result is that all directories in the 'runtimepath' option will be
@@ -446,31 +459,30 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	commands from the command line have not been executed yet.  You can
 	use "--cmd 'set noloadplugins'" |--cmd|.
 
-5. Set 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir'
+7. Set 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir'
 	The 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir' options are set according to the
 	value of the 'shell' option, unless they have been set before.
 	This means that Vim will figure out the values of 'shellpipe' and
 	'shellredir' for you, unless you have set them yourself.
 
-6. Set 'updatecount' to zero, if "-n" command argument used
+8. Set 'updatecount' to zero, if "-n" command argument used
 
-7. Set binary options
+9. Set binary options
 	If the "-b" flag was given to Vim, the options for binary editing will
 	be set now.  See |-b|.
 
-8. Perform GUI initializations
+10. Perform GUI initializations
 	Only when starting "gvim", the GUI initializations will be done.  See
 	|gui-init|.
 
-9. Read the ShaDa file
-	If the 'shada' option is not empty, the ShaDa file is read.  See
-	|shada-file|.
+11. Read the ShaDa file
+	See |shada-file|.
 
-10. Read the quickfix file
+12. Read the quickfix file
 	If the "-q" flag was given to Vim, the quickfix file is read.  If this
 	fails, Vim exits.
 
-11. Open all windows
+13. Open all windows
 	When the |-o| flag was given, windows will be opened (but not
 	displayed yet).
 	When the |-p| flag was given, tab pages will be created (but not
@@ -479,7 +491,7 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	If the "-q" flag was given to Vim, the first error is jumped to.
 	Buffers for all windows will be loaded.
 
-12. Execute startup commands
+14. Execute startup commands
 	If a "-t" flag was given to Vim, the tag is jumped to.
 	The commands given with the |-c| and |+cmd| arguments are executed.
 	The starting flag is reset, has("vim_starting") will now return zero.
@@ -497,7 +509,7 @@ sessions.  Put it in a place so that it will be found by 3b:
 Local setup:
 Put all commands that you need for editing a specific directory only into a
 vimrc file and place it in that directory under the name ".nvimrc" ("_nvimrc"
-for MS-DOS and Win32).  NOTE: To make Vim look for these special files you
+for Windows).  NOTE: To make Vim look for these special files you
 have to turn on the option 'exrc'.  See |trojan-horse| too.
 
 System setup:
@@ -519,10 +531,9 @@ interfere with Vi, then use the variable VIMINIT and the file init.vim
 instead.
 
 MS-DOS line separators:
-On MS-DOS-like systems (MS-DOS itself and Win32), Vim assumes that all
-the vimrc files have <CR> <NL> pairs as line separators.  This will give
-problems if you have a file with only <NL>s and have a line like
-":map xx yy^M".  The trailing ^M will be ignored.
+On Windows systems Vim assumes that all the vimrc files have <CR> <NL> pairs
+as line separators.  This will give problems if you have a file with only
+<NL>s and have a line like ":map xx yy^M".  The trailing ^M will be ignored.
 
 The $MYVIMRC or $MYGVIMRC file will be set to the first found vimrc and/or
 gvimrc file.
@@ -709,8 +720,8 @@ vimrc file.
 These commands will write ":map" and ":set" commands to a file, in such a way
 that when these commands are executed, the current key mappings and options
 will be set to the same values.  The options 'columns', 'endofline',
-'fileformat', 'lines', 'modified', 'scroll', and 'term' are not included,
-because these are terminal or file dependent.
+'fileformat', 'lines', 'modified', and 'scroll' are not included, because 
+these are terminal or file dependent.
 Note that the options 'binary', 'paste' and 'readonly' are included, this
 might not always be what you want.
 
@@ -950,7 +961,7 @@ about to abandon with ":bdel", use ":wsh".  The '[' and ']' marks are not
 stored, but the '"' mark is.  The '"' mark is very useful for jumping to the
 cursor position when the file was last exited.  No marks are saved for files
 that start with any string given with the "r" flag in 'shada'.  This can be
-used to avoid saving marks for files on removable media (for MS-DOS you would
+used to avoid saving marks for files on removable media (for Windows you would
 use "ra:,rb:".
 The |v:oldfiles| variable is filled with the file names that the ShaDa file
 has marks for.
@@ -1163,13 +1174,14 @@ running) you have additional options:
 						   *:wv* *:wviminfo*
 :wv[iminfo][!] [file]	Deprecated alias to |:wshada| command.
 
-						*:ol* *:oldfiles*
-:ol[dfiles]		List the files that have marks stored in the ShaDa
+						*:o* *:ol* *:oldfiles*
+:o[ldfiles][!]		List the files that have marks stored in the ShaDa
 			file.  This list is read on startup and only changes
 			afterwards with ":rshada!".  Also see |v:oldfiles|.
 			The number can be used with |c_#<|.
+			Use ! to get a file selection prompt.
 
-:bro[wse] ol[dfiles][!]
+:bro[wse] o[ldfiles][!]
 			List file names as with |:oldfiles|, and then prompt
 			for a number.  When the number is valid that file from
 			the list is edited.
@@ -1232,6 +1244,8 @@ exactly four MessagePack objects:
                                               With |shada-h| or 'nohlsearch' 
                                               this key is always false.
                        sp   Binary   N/A      Actual pattern.  Required.
+                       sb   Boolean  false    True if search direction is 
+                                              backward.
                        *    any      none     Other keys are allowed for 
                                               compatibility reasons, see 
                                               |shada-compatibility|.

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 07
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ with: >
 For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
 For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
 
-NOTE: The syntax files on MS-DOS and Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
-The files for Unix end in <NL>.  This means you should use the right type of
-file for your system.  Although on MS-DOS and Windows the right format is
-automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
+NOTE: The syntax files on Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.  The files
+for Unix end in <NL>.  This means you should use the right type of file for
+your system.  Although on Windows the right format is automatically selected
+if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
 
 NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
 of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
@@ -206,7 +206,8 @@ thing.  These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
 A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
 
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
-and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
+and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
+an error when using other characters.
 
 To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
@@ -1130,6 +1131,8 @@ there are very long lines in the file.  To disable translations: >
 
 	:let diff_translations = 0
 
+Also see |diff-slow|.
+
 
 DIRCOLORS			       *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
 
@@ -3304,6 +3307,32 @@ must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
 It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
 	:set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
 
+
+YAML						*yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
+
+					*g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
+A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving 
+non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on 
+plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string 
+and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point, 
+integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values 
+will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
+
+Schema		Description ~
+failsafe	No additional highlighting.
+json		Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
+core		Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
+pyyaml		In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps, 
+		but there are some differences in what is recognized as 
+		numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core 
+		schema.
+
+Default schema is `core`.
+
+Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the 
+only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only 
+difference defined in the syntax file.
+
 ==============================================================================
 5. Defining a syntax					*:syn-define* *E410*
 
@@ -4236,7 +4265,7 @@ If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
 for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
 adding "minlines").  This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
 slow machine.  Example: >
-   :syntax sync ccomment maxlines=500
+   :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
 <
 						*:syn-sync-linebreaks*
 When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
@@ -4504,7 +4533,7 @@ mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 					*highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
 There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
 term	a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
-cterm	a color terminal (MS-DOS console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
+cterm	a color terminal (Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
 	termcap entry)
 gui	the GUI
 
@@ -4629,6 +4658,8 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
 	colors!
 
+	You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
+
 							*:hi-normal-cterm*
 	When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
 	these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
@@ -4650,7 +4681,7 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 							*E419* *E420*
 	When Vim knows the normal foreground and background colors, "fg" and
 	"bg" can be used as color names.  This only works after setting the
-	colors for the Normal group and for the MS-DOS console.  Example, for
+	colors for the Normal group and for the Windows console.  Example, for
 	reverse video: >
 	    :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
 <	Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
@@ -4676,7 +4707,7 @@ font={font-name}					*highlight-font*
 	When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
 	font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
 	used).
-	The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
+	The following only works with Motif not with other GUIs:
 	When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
 	When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
 	changed.
@@ -4864,11 +4895,6 @@ Menu		Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
 		Also used for the toolbar.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
-		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
-		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
-		set.
-
 							*hl-Scrollbar*
 Scrollbar	Current background and foreground of the main window's
 		scrollbars.
@@ -4878,11 +4904,6 @@ Scrollbar	Current background and foreground of the main window's
 Tooltip		Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
-		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
-		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
-		set.
-
 ==============================================================================
 13. Linking groups		*:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
 

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ A double click with the mouse in the non-GUI tab pages line opens a new, empty
 tab page.  It is placed left of the position of the click.  The first click
 may select another tab page first, causing an extra screen update.
 
-This also works in a few GUI versions, esp. Win32 and Motif.  But only when
-clicking right of the labels.
+This also works in a few GUI versions, esp. Win32.  But only when clicking
+right of the labels.
 
 In the GUI tab pages line you can use the right mouse button to open menu.
 |tabline-menu|.
@@ -197,22 +197,29 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 		Move the current tab page to after tab page N.  Use zero to
 		make the current tab page the first one.  Without N the tab
 		page is made the last one. >
+		    :.tabmove   " do nothing
 		    :-tabmove   " move the tab page to the left
-		    :tabmove    " move the tab page to the right
-		    :.tabmove   " as above
-		    :+tabmove   " as above
+		    :+tabmove   " move the tab page to the right
 		    :0tabmove   " move the tab page to the beginning  of the tab
 				" list
-		    :$tabmove   " move the tab page to the end of the tab list
-<
+		    :tabmove 0	" as above
+		    :tabmove	" move the tab page to the last
+		    :$tabmove	" as above
+		    :tabmove $	" as above
+
 :tabm[ove] +[N]
 :tabm[ove] -[N]
 		Move the current tab page N places to the right (with +) or to
-		the left (with -).
+		the left (with -). >
+		    :tabmove -	" move the tab page to the left
+		    :tabmove -1	" as above
+		    :tabmove +	" move the tab page to the right
+		    :tabmove +1	" as above
+
 
 Note that although it is possible to move a tab behind the N-th one by using
-:Ntabmove, it is impossible to move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
-clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
+:Ntabmove. And move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For clarification what
++N means in this context see |[range]|.
 
 
 LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
@@ -234,7 +241,8 @@ LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 		current tab page.
 		{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
 		{cmd} must not open or close tab pages or reorder them.
-		Also see |:windo|, |:argdo| and |:bufdo|.
+		Also see |:windo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, |:cfdo|
+		and |:lfdo|.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Other items						*tab-page-other*
@@ -265,8 +273,8 @@ window on the same buffer and then edit another buffer.  Thus ":tabnew"
 triggers:
 	WinLeave		leave current window
 	TabLeave		leave current tab page
-	TabEnter		enter new tab page
 	WinEnter		enter window in new tab page
+	TabEnter		enter new tab page
 	BufLeave		leave current buffer
 	BufEnter		enter new empty buffer
 
@@ -274,8 +282,8 @@ When switching to another tab page the order is:
 	BufLeave
 	WinLeave
 	TabLeave
-	TabEnter
 	WinEnter
+	TabEnter
 	BufEnter
 
 When entering a new tab page (|:tabnew|), TabNew is triggered before TabEnter

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 13
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ adjust the various t_ codes.  This avoids the problem that the xterm can
 produce different codes, depending on the mode it is in (8-bit, VT102,
 VT220, etc.).  The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
 Note: This is only done on startup.  If the xterm options are changed after
-Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized any more.
+Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.
 
 							*xterm-resize*
 Window resizing with xterm only works if the allowWindowOps resource is
@@ -425,11 +425,9 @@ cleared when scrolling).
 Unfortunately it is not possible to deduce from the termcap how cursor
 positioning should be done when using a scrolling region: Relative to the
 beginning of the screen or relative to the beginning of the scrolling region.
-Most terminals use the first method.  A known exception is the MS-DOS console
-(pcterm).  The 't_CS' option should be set to any string when cursor
-positioning is relative to the start of the scrolling region.  It should be
-set to an empty string otherwise.  It defaults to "yes" when 'term' is
-"pcterm".
+Most terminals use the first method.  The 't_CS' option should be set to any
+string when cursor positioning is relative to the start of the scrolling
+region.  It should be set to an empty string otherwise.
 
 Note for xterm users: The shifted cursor keys normally don't work.  You can
 	make them work with the xmodmap command and some mappings in Vim.
@@ -672,10 +670,9 @@ border, the text is scrolled.
 A selection can be started by pressing the left mouse button on the first
 character, moving the mouse to the last character, then releasing the mouse
 button.  You will not always see the selection until you release the button,
-only in some versions (GUI, MS-DOS, WIN32) will the dragging be shown
-immediately.  Note that you can make the text scroll by moving the mouse at
-least one character in the first/last line in the window when 'scrolloff' is
-non-zero.
+only in some versions (GUI, Windows) will the dragging be shown immediately.
+Note that you can make the text scroll by moving the mouse at least one
+character in the first/last line in the window when 'scrolloff' is non-zero.
 
 In Normal, Visual and Select mode clicking the right mouse button causes the
 Visual area to be extended.  When 'mousemodel' is "popup", the left button has
@@ -689,9 +686,9 @@ work on systems where the window manager consumes the mouse events when the
 alt key is pressed (it may move the window).
 
 							*double-click*
-Double, triple and quadruple clicks are supported when the GUI is active,
-for MS-DOS and Win32, and for an xterm (if the gettimeofday() function is
-available).  For selecting text, extra clicks extend the selection:
+Double, triple and quadruple clicks are supported when the GUI is active, for
+Windows and for an xterm.  For selecting text, extra clicks extend the
+selection:
 	click		select ~
 	double		word or % match		*<2-LeftMouse>*
 	triple		line			*<3-LeftMouse>*

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ child, you should have the intention to do this for at least one year.
 
 How do you know that the money will be spent right?  First of all you have my
 personal guarantee as the author of Vim.  I trust the people that are working
-at the centre, I know them personally.  Further more, the centre has been
+at the centre, I know them personally.  Furthermore, the centre has been
 co-sponsored and inspected by World Vision, Save the Children Fund and is now
 under the supervision of Pacific Academy Outreach Society.  The centre is
 visited about once a year to check the progress (at our own cost).  I have

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 12
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -29,11 +29,10 @@ To start Vim, enter this command: >
 
 	gvim file.txt
 
-In UNIX you can type this at any command prompt.  If you are running Microsoft
-Windows, open an MS-DOS prompt window and enter the command.
-   In either case, Vim starts editing a file called file.txt.  Because this
-is a new file, you get a blank window. This is what your screen will look
-like:
+On Unix you can type this at any command prompt.  If you are running Windows,
+open a command prompt window and enter the command.  In either case, Vim
+starts editing a file called file.txt.  Because this is a new file, you get a
+blank window. This is what your screen will look like:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|#					|
@@ -61,10 +60,9 @@ use this command: >
 
 the editing occurs inside your command window.  In other words, if you are
 running inside an xterm, the editor uses your xterm window.  If you are using
-an MS-DOS command prompt window under Microsoft Windows, the editing occurs
-inside this window.  The text in the window will look the same for both
-versions, but with gvim you have extra features, like a menu bar.  More about
-that later.
+the command prompt under Microsoft Windows, the editing occurs inside this
+window.  The text in the window will look the same for both versions, but with
+gvim you have extra features, like a menu bar.  More about that later.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *02.2*	Inserting text
@@ -80,7 +78,7 @@ mistakes; you can correct them later.  To enter the following programmer's
 limerick, this is what you type: >
 
 	iA very intelligent turtle
-	Found programming UNIX a hurdle
+	Found programming Unix a hurdle
 
 After typing "turtle" you press the <Enter> key to start a new line.  Finally
 you press the <Esc> key to stop Insert mode and go back to Normal mode.  You
@@ -88,7 +86,7 @@ now have two lines of text in your Vim window:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|A very intelligent turtle		|
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|					|
@@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ of the window.  This indicates you are in Insert mode.
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|A very intelligent turtle		|
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|-- INSERT --				|
@@ -187,7 +185,7 @@ look like this:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|intelligent turtle			|
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|					|
@@ -202,7 +200,7 @@ insert mode (the final <Esc>).	The result:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|A young intelligent turtle		|
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|					|
@@ -215,7 +213,7 @@ To delete a whole line use the "dd" command.  The following line will
 then move up to fill the gap:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
@@ -332,7 +330,7 @@ Insert mode.  Then you can type the text for the new line.
    Suppose the cursor is somewhere in the first of these two lines:
 
 	A very intelligent turtle ~
-	Found programming UNIX a hurdle ~
+	Found programming Unix a hurdle ~
 
 If you now use the "o" command and type new text: >
 
@@ -342,7 +340,7 @@ The result is:
 
 	A very intelligent turtle ~
 	That liked using Vim ~
-	Found programming UNIX a hurdle ~
+	Found programming Unix a hurdle ~
 
 The "O" command (uppercase) opens a line above the cursor.
 
@@ -518,9 +516,11 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 	:help subject()
 <		Function "subject". >
 	:help -subject
-<		Command-line option "-subject". >
+<		Command-line argument "-subject". >
 	:help +subject
 <		Compile-time feature "+subject". >
+	:help /*
+<		Regular expression item "*" >
 	:help EventName
 <		Autocommand event "EventName". >
 	:help digraphs.txt

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ MATCHING ANY SINGLE CHARACTER
 
 The . (dot) character matches any existing character.  For example, the
 pattern "c.m" matches a string whose first character is a c, whose second
-character is anything, and whose the third character is m.  Example:
+character is anything, and whose third character is m.  Example:
 
 	We use a computer that became the cummin winter. ~
 		 xxx		 xxx	  xxx

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -37,9 +37,10 @@ for you), you can edit it this way: >
 If you don't have a vimrc file yet, see |init.vim| to find out where you can
 create a vimrc file.
 
-For Unix and Macintosh this file is always used and is recommended:
+This file is always used and is recommended:
 
-	~/.config/nvim/init.vim ~
+	~/.config/nvim/init.vim         (Unix and OSX) ~
+	~/AppData/Local/nvim/init.vim   (Windows) ~
 
 The vimrc file can contain all the commands that you type after a colon.  The
 most simple ones are for setting options.  For example, if you want Vim to
@@ -285,7 +286,6 @@ Where can you find plugins?
 - You could write one yourself, see |write-plugin|.
 
 Some plugins come as a vimball archive, see |vimball|.
-Some plugins can be updated automatically, see |getscript|.
 
 
 USING A GLOBAL PLUGIN

runtime/doc/usr_06.txt

@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ You could also write your own color scheme.  This is how you do it:
    directory.  For Unix, this should work: >
 
 	!mkdir -p ~/.config/nvim/colors
-	!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/morning.vim ~/.vim/colors/mine.vim
+	!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/morning.vim ~/.config/nvim/colors/mine.vim
 <
    This is done from Vim, because it knows the value of $VIMRUNTIME.